Panasonic Mobile Communications 208009A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 01A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 01A

UserManual.wiki >

Panasonic Mobile Communications >

208009A User Manual >

User Manual Part 3 HTML Version

User Manual Part 3

313

i-αppli/i-Widget

■About i-Widget display

1Widget αppli

While displaying i-Widget menu, all Widget αppli programs are displayed, and “ACTIVE”

is displayed on the started Widget αppli program. While displaying started Widget αppli

list or separately, each Widget αppli program is displayed as started.

: Widget αppli

:i-αppli DX compatible Widget αppli

: Widget αppli of communication

: GPS compatible Widget αppli

: Osaifu-Keitai compatible Widget αppli

: Download from an SSL page

2Navigation display

Navigation that corresponds to the button operation is displayed.

Information

≥You can simultaneously run or display up to eight Widget αppli programs via i-Widget.

To change started Widget αppli, end the unused Widget αppli and then start Widget

αppli from the i-Widget menu. See page 314 for ending the Widget αppli program.

≥If you show the Widget αppli list on the display and do nothing for about three minutes,

the Stand-by display appears. While a Widget αppli program is displayed separately,

the Stand-by display never appears automatically.

While displaying

i-Widget menu

While displaying

started Widget αppli list

While displaying

started Widget αppli

separately

You can change the position of started Widget αppli in Widget αppli list.

So that it is changed automatically, you cannot locate them with an

option.

1i-Widget display1i

You can end the i-Widget and the Stand-by display returns.

1i-Widget display1r or h

≥You can show the Stand-by display also by pressing m[戻る (Return)] while

displaying Widget αppli list.

You can set whether to communicate by i-Widget when you use

overseas.

1m1i-αppli1iαppli settings1i-Widget roaming set.

1ON or OFF

You can set whether to make an effect tone sound when you start

i-Widget.

1m1i-αppli1iαppli settings1i-Widget sound effect

1ON or OFF

Shuffle the i-Widget

End i-Widget

Setting i-Widget

i-Widget Roaming Setting

i-Widget Sound Effect

314

i-αppli/i-Widget

1i-Widget Menu

Select a Widget αppli program to be started.

pYou can start a Widget αppli program also by selecting a Widget αppli program

from the Software list.

pWhen you select already started Widget αppli program, the selected Widget αppli

program is displayed separately. Press r to return to the list display.

1i-Widget displayHighlight a Widget αppli program to

be ended and press c[終了 (END)]YES

When a Widget αppli program does not end successfully, you can check

the date/time and its reason.

1mi-αppliiαppli infoEnd Widget appli inf

pWhen “ ” is displayed on the End Widget αppli Inf display, press

i( ), and select “Copy info” to copy the information. Select “Delete info”,

and select “YES” to delete the information.

Starting Widget αppli

End Widget αppli

End Widget Appli Inf

315

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

iC Transfer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppli

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Content> 317

Locking IC Card Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <IC Card Lock> 318

Checking Owner Information of IC Card

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check IC Owner> 318

ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<ToruCa> 318

Receiving ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Receive ToruCa Files> 319

Displaying ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Viewer> 320

How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File Display . . . 322

Setting ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToruCa Settings> 325

316

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Osaifu-Keitai is the function that enables you to deposit points or tickets

in addition to money such as bill and change into the mobile phone.

Osaifu-Keitai mounts the IC card, so that you can make payment and

others just by placing the FOMA terminal over the scanning device in a

shop.

Further, you can use communications to deposit electronic money or to

check your account for balance or usage details. Security is fully

secure※1 so that you can make use with a sense of security.

For details on Osaifu-Keitai, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]

FOMA version”.

pTo use the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service, you need to download the Osaifu-Keitai

compatible i-αppli program from the Osaifu-Keitai compatible site※2 (in Japanes only)

to make the settings.

※1 You can use Omakase Lock and IC Card Lock. (See page 129 and page 318)

※2iMenu→メニューリスト (Menu List)→おサイフケータイ (Osaifu-Keitai)

pData on the IC card (including electronic money, reward points, etc.) might be lost or

deformed owing to the malfunction of the FOMA terminal. (When we keep your FOMA

terminal for repair, we cannot keep it with data files left, so the data files shall be

deleted beforehand by yourself as a rule.) For supports such as reissue, restoration,

temporary storage, or transfer of data files, consult the service provider which supports

Osaifu-Keitai, except for the data transfer by iC transfer service. For your important

data files, be sure to use the service with backup support.

pIn any case including malfunction or model change, we cannot be held responsible for

the loss or deformation of data on the IC card or other losses caused regarding

Osaifu-Keitai compatible services.

pIf your FOMA terminal is stolen or lost, inquire of the provider for Osaifu-Keitai

compatible service you use about ways of dealing with the trouble, immediately.

Osaifu-Keitai

iC transfer service※1 is the service for moving※2 a package of data

files※3 on the IC card of your Osaifu-Keitai to your new Osaifu-Keitai

when you replace your Osaifu-Keitai such as at the time of phone model

change or malfunction.

After moving data files on the IC card, just download※4 an Osaifu-Keitai

compatible i-αppli program, and then you can use the Osaifu-Keitai

services continuously. iC transfer service is available at the service

counters such as a nearby docomo shop.

For details on iC transfer service, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[i-mode] FOMA version”.

※1 Both the transferring end and transferred end have to be the FOMA terminal that

supports iC transfer service. Visit a nearby counter such as a docomo shop to use

iC transfer service.

※2 This service is not for “copying” but for “moving” data files, so no data files on the IC

card remain in the FOMA terminal at the transferring end. iC transfer services is not

available for some cases, so use backup services for Osaifu-Keitai compatible

services.

※3 Some Osaifu-Keitai compatible services do not cover iC transfer service, and you

can move only the files on the IC card of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible service that

covers iC transfer service.

※4 You are charged a packet communication fee for downloading i-αppli programs and

respective settings.

iC Transfer Service

317

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

You can start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli from the Software list.

By using Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli, you can read/write the data

inside the IC card and use convenient functions such as depositing

electronic money or checking your account for the balance and usage

details on the mobile phone.

pTake care of your Terminal Security Code and password used for each service not to

reveal to anyone.

pWhen you start or download the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program for the first

time, the message “Use IC card for current UIM?” appears. When you select “YES”,

you cannot use the IC card function afterward unless you insert the same UIM.

To use the IC card function with another UIM, delete all the information of the IC card

by “Change IC owner”, and then delete all the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

programs other than “iD 設定アプリ (iD Setting Application)”. Otherwise, you cannot

use it.

pReading and writing data from the software program and to the IC card is suspended in

the following cases:

In that case, the read or written data is discarded. The operation after the

communication ends differs depending on the service you use.

・When a call comes in while an i-αppli program is running

・When the battery goes flat

1mOsaifu-KeitaiIC card content

The list of the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli programs is displayed. When you

select an i-αppli program, it starts up.

pSee page 293 for the Software list.

Starting Osaifu-Keitai Compatible i-αppli

Read and Write Data inside the IC Card

Place the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal over the scanning

device, and you can use the FOMA terminal as electronic money to pay

for shopping or to use it as a traffic ticket. This function is available

without starting the software program.

pDuring a call or i-mode connection, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the FeliCa

mark over the scanning device. However, while a display other than the Stand-by

display is shown or another function is activated, you cannot start the Osaifu-Keitai

compatible i-αppli.

1Place the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal over the

scanning device to use the target service.

pThe Call/Charging indicator lights when you bring your FOMA terminal close to a

scanning device and communication becomes ready.

Use Osaifu-Keitai

Place the FeliCa mark of the FOMA

terminal over the scanning device.

Information

pMount the battery pack to use Osaifu-Keitai. Even when the power is turned off or

when the battery has gone flat, you can use Osaifu-Keitai by placing the FeliCa mark

over the scanning device, however, you cannot start the Osaifu-Keitai compatible

i-αppli. You might not be able to use Osaifu-Keitai if you have left the battery unused

for a long period or not charged it after the low battery alarm sounds. Charge the

battery.

pWhen the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal placed over the scanning device is

not identified, slightly move the mark forwards, backwards, to left, or to right.

pOsaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli might start when you place the FOMA terminal over

the scanning device.

318

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

To prevent the IC card function from being used by others, you can set

the Osaifu-Keitai, received ToruCa, or iC communication disabled.

pIf the battery runs out while IC Card Lock is set, the IC card stays locked.

1Press and hold m for at least one second.

“ ” appears and IC Card Lock is set.

pTo release IC Card Lock, perform the same operation and enter your Terminal

Security Code. When Timer Lock ON At Close is set, the display for releasing IC

Card Lock appears also by opening the FOMA terminal.

When you set “PIM/IC security mode” to “Face reader”, follow the operation of

“Use Face Reader to Release Lock” on page 134.

When you set it to “Double security”, enter your Terminal Security Code after the

operation on page 134.

You can set whether to lock the IC card function while the power is

turned off.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityLock setting

mOsaifu-KeitaiIC card lock set.

2IC lock (power-off)

Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.

Setting before OFF . . . . Follows the setting just before turning off the power.

Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sets IC Card Lock.

Locking IC Card Function

IC Lock (Power-off)

You can check whether IC owner information required for using the IC

card is consistent with the information of the currently inserted UIM.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiCheck IC owner

pWhen the UIM differs from the stored one, select “Change” and reset the data on

the IC card, and then you can newly store the UIM information.

You can reset the IC owner information by deleting data on the IC card.

After resetting, you can newly register information of currently inserted

UIM.

pWhen you initialize the IC owner information, all the Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli

programs except “iD 設定アプリ (iD Setting Application)” are deleted. However, the

i-αppli program with its data file on the IC card is not initialized, so you need to delete it

separately.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiChange IC ownerResetYES

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

ToruCa is an electronic card that you can receive with Osaifu-Keitai for

use as fliers, restaurant cards, and coupon tickets.

You can receive ToruCa files from scanning devices or sites and can

easily exchange them using mail, infrared ray, or a microSD card.

The received ToruCa files are saved to “ToruCa” of “Osaifu-Keitai”.

pFor details on ToruCa, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode] FOMA version”.

Checking Owner Information of IC Card

Change IC Owner

ToruCa

319

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

■Flow for using ToruCa

■Sources of ToruCa files

Place your Osaifu-Keitai over a scanning

device to receive a ToruCa file.

You can view more detailed information by using “詳細 (Details)” key.

Scanning device

Exchanges ToruCa

files between

i-mode terminals.

Update and save

ToruCa to Data

Storage Center.

Data Storage Center

microSD card

Data broadcasting

QR code

Site

i-αppli

Mail, infrared

communication,

iC communication

You can receive the ToruCa file from a scanning device using the IC card

function. By receiving detailed information, a ToruCa file becomes a

ToruCa file (details) which has more pieces of information.

pFor a ToruCa file (details), you can download up to 100 Kbytes per file, and for a

ToruCa file before receiving the details, you can download up to 1 Kbyte per file.

1Place the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal over the

scanning device.

A ToruCa-received tone sounds, the Call/Charging indicator lights.

pWhen “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “ON”, detailed display of received ToruCa file

appears.

pFor a ToruCa file before receiveing detailed information, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to connect to a site to download detailed information. Select

“YES” to display a ToruCa file (details) with detailed information received. Select “NO”

to display a ToruCa file without detailed information.

pIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds or “Recv. ToruCa display” is set to “OFF”,

“ ” appears on the desktop.

Press Oo, highlight , and press Oo( ); then the ToruCa File list appears.

Receiving ToruCa

Receive from Scanning Device

When a ToruCa file is received

320

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

If you set “Auto reading ToruCa” to “Accept” to use the ToruCa files by placing the FOMA

terminal over the scanning device, the available ToruCa files are automatically

recognized. The used ToruCa files are converted into “Used” and then moved to the

“Used ToruCa” folder. Up to 20 used ToruCa files are saved, and when the number of

the files exceeds 20, the files are deleted from the one downloaded at the oldest date.

pEven if “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, the confirmation display might appear

asking whether to use “Auto reading ToruCa” when you place the FOMA terminal over

the scanning device. To use ToruCa files, select “YES”, and then set “Auto reading

ToruCa” to “Accept”.

You can display ToruCa file received by the IC card function or from sites

or mail.

1mOsaifu-KeitaiToruCa

Select a folder.

pEach time you press m from the ToruCa Folder list,

you can switch folders between the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pWhen the folder contains unread ToruCa files, “ ” appears.

2Select a ToruCa file.

About Auto-reading Function of ToruCa

Information

pWhen you fail to receive a ToruCa file, the ToruCa failed-to-received tone sounds,

and the Call/Charging indicator lights.

pA ToruCa-received tone and a ToruCa failed-to-receive tone sound at the volume set

for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

pDepending on the settings by IPs (Information Providers), you might not be able to

update ToruCa files or send them by mail or infrared rays.

Displaying ToruCa

ToruCa Folder list

A ToruCa file before receiving detailed information itself does not show the detailed

information. Select “詳細 (Details)” on the ToruCa file display and select “YES” to

connect to the site to receive more detailed information.

After receiving the detailed information, the ToruCa file is overwritten and saved.

When receiving detailed information from a ToruCa file

Information

pYou are charged the ordinary packet fee for receiving.

Function Menu of the ToruCa Folder List

Operate folder

Add folder You can create a user folder. You can create up to 20 folders.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for

the microSD card.

Edit folder name You can edit the folder name for the user folder.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters for

the FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for

the microSD card.

Delete folder All ToruCa files in the folder are deleted.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

321

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Search all folders You can search through all ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal

(except ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder) by

specifying a search condition.

Select a search condition.

Genre. . . .Select a genre.

Press l( ) to display a list of category

icons belonging to the genre.

Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

the title.

Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

location data.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for the Index search.

Auto-sort You can set to automatically sort and save the ToruCa files

that satisfy the conditions set to the folder for when you

receive them from a scanning device or automatically receive

them from data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.

Select a sorting condition.

Genre. . . . . Put a check mark for the genre to sort into and

press l( ). You can put it for multiple

genres.

Title . . . . . . Enter characters from those in the title, to be a

sorting condition.

Index . . . . . Enter characters from those in the location data,

to be a sorting condition.

Release . . . Select “YES” to release the sorting condition you

specified.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title sort, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters

for the Index sort.

pWhen a sorting condition is already specified for the folder, it

is displayed. Press i( ) to set a sorting condition

again.

Copy

Copy to microSD You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

CPY all to microSD You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Copy to phone You can copy the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Copy all to phone You can copy all the ToruCa files together with the folder from

the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Add or OverwriteEnter your Terminal Security Code

YES

pWhen you select “Overwrite”, the confirmation display

appears telling that the ToruCa files in the FOMA terminal

will be deleted.

Connect to Center See page 140.

All ToruCa disp. You can display all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA

terminal.

pYou can display them also by pressing c().

Ir/ transmission

Send all Ir data See page 387.

All transmission See page 389.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the

number of saved files.

Delete all You can delete all the ToruCa files stored in the FOMA

terminal.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Select storage You can set a destination folder for when copying from the

FOMA terminal to the microSD card.

YES

322

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Information

<Auto-sort>

p“ ” is displayed when the Genre sort is set, “ ” is displayed when the Title sort is

set, and “ ” is displayed when the Index sort is set.

pWhen a file satisfies multiple conditions, it is sorted into the top of the folder in the

ToruCa Folder list.

pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it

contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited.

pThe ToruCa files in the “ToruCa” folder within the FOMA terminal are saved to “SD

ToruCa” on the microSD card.

pThe ToruCa files in “SD ToruCa” on the microSD card are added or overwritten and

then saved to the “ToruCa” folder in the FOMA terminal.

p“ ” is displayed for the folder set as a destination.

pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal

computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the

setting is changed, set the destination folder again.

State of ToruCa file

※1 Does not apply to the ToruCa file downloaded from a site.

※2 Appears for only the ToruCa file on the microSD card.

p“ ” is added to the expired ToruCa file.

p“ ” is added to the ToruCa file whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.

Category

Displays a category icon that matches the contents of the ToruCa file.

Index file

Displays the location data of the publisher of the ToruCa file information.

Title

Date and time the ToruCa file was received

ToruCa information

Summary and the “詳細 (Details)” key are displayed for a ToruCa file. Publisher

information is displayed for a ToruCa file (details).

How to See ToruCa File List/Detailed

ToruCa File Display















ToruCa File list

Detailed ToruCa File display

(for ToruCa file)

Detailed ToruCa File display

[for ToruCa file (details)]







 

※1Unread ToruCa file

Read ToruCa file

Used ToruCa file

※2FOMA terminal incompatible ToruCa file

323

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Function Menu of the ToruCa File List/Detailed ToruCa File

Display

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the ToruCa

file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Move Select a destination folder.

pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.

Search/sort

[List only]

You can search through ToruCa file in the folder by specifying

a search condition.

Select a search condition.

Genre. . . .Select a genre.

Press l( ) to display a list of category

icons belonging to the genre.

Title . . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

the title.

Index . . . .Enter characters to be searched for, from those in

location data.

pYou can enter up to 20 full-pitch/40 half-pitch characters for

the Title search, and up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for the Index search.

Sort

[List only]

You can change the order of displayed files.

Select an order.

Copy

Copy You can copy the displayed or highlighted ToruCa file to

another folder.

Select a destination folder.

pYou cannot select the “Used ToruCa” folder.

Copy to microSD The files are copied to the folder as specified by “Select

storage” on page 321.

Copy to phone You can copy the ToruCa file from the microSD card to the

ToruCa folder in the FOMA terminal.

Connect to Center

[List only]

See page 140.

ToruCa folders

[List only]

You can display the ToruCa folder list.

pYou can display it also by pressing c().

Multiple-choice

[List only]

You can select multiple ToruCa files and operate them.

Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be selected

i()Select an item.

Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 323.

Copy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 323.

Copy to microSD . . . See page 323.

Copy to phone . . . . . See page 323.

Send Ir data. . . . . . . . See page 386.

Select all . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.

Release all. . . . . . . . . Releases all selections.

Update ToruCa

[Detailed display only]

You can re-receive the information about the ToruCa file. The

re-received ToruCa file (details) is automatically overwritten

and then saved.

YES

pYou cannot update some ToruCa files.

pSee page 205 when ToruCa files are stored to the

maximum.

Operate image

Save one image

[Detailed display only]

You can save an image displayed on the ToruCa file.

Select an image

Go to step 2 on page 203.

Save some images

[Detailed display only]

You can save multiple images displayed on the ToruCa file.

Put a check mark for images to be savedl()

Go to step 2 on page 203.

Save all images

[Detailed display only]

Among the images displayed on the ToruCa file, you can save

all the images that can be saved at one time.

Go to step 2 on page 203.

Save BG image

[Detailed display only]

You can save the background image of the ToruCa file and

set it for the Stand-by display or Wake-up display.

Go to step 2 on page 203.

324

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

Retry

[Detailed display only]

You can play back an animation image or Flash movie in the

ToruCa file from the beginning.

pWhen a part of the Flash movie is outside the display area,

the Flash movie might not be played back.

Add to phonebook

[Detailed display only]

See page 94.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Ir/ transmission

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Memory info

[List only]

You can display the used memory space (estimate)/the

number of saved files.

Delete

Delete this

[List only]

YES

Delete selected

[List only]

Put a check mark for ToruCa files to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all

[List only]

You can delete all ToruCa files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete

[Detailed display only]

YES

Information

pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited is attached as a ToruCa file before receiving details.

pYou might not be able to attach the ToruCa file to i-mode mail depending on its file

size.

<Copy>

pYou cannot copy ToruCa files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited.

pThe ToruCa file (details) is copied as a ToruCa file before receiving details if it

contains the data file with the UIM security or whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited.

pWhen the number of files in the destination folder on the microSD card is full, a new

folder is automatically created and ToruCa files are saved to that folder.

When copying is completed, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXXX”

(XXXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears.

pThe name of copied ToruCa file is TORUCXXX (XXX denotes a numeral).

pWhen no folder is set as a destination folder on the microSD card, a new folder is

created automatically and the file is saved to the folder. After saving, the newly

created folder is set as the destination folder.

pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to microSD” for the ToruCa file depending on

its file size.

pYou might not be able to execute “Copy to phone” for the ToruCa file depending on its

file size.

pThe image satisfying the following conditions is saved as a frame or a mark:

・Transparent GIF file that is not an animation GIF file

・The file extension is “ifm”.

・Images of Stand-by (480 x 854), VGA (480 x 640), CIF (352 x 288), QVGA (240 x

320), QCIF (144 x 176), or Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) are saved as frames; and images

of Stand-by (480 x 854) or smaller except frames are saved as marks.

Information

325

Osaifu-Keitai/ToruCa

1mOsaifu-KeitaiSettings

Do the following operations.

Setting ToruCa

Receive ToruCa You can set whether to receive ToruCa file from a scanning

device using the IC card function.

Accept or Reject

Auto reading

ToruCa

You can set whether to have the available ToruCa files

automatically recognized for when you place the FOMA terminal

over the scanning device.

Accept or Reject

Recv. ToruCa

display

You can set whether to display the detailed ToruCa File display

when you receive a ToruCa file while the Stand-by display is

shown.

ON or OFF

ToruCa from

dataBC

You can set whether to receive ToruCa files automatically from

data broadcasting while watching a 1Seg program.

Auto receive ON or Auto receive OFF

Check same

ToruCa

You can set whether to check the same ToruCa file is already

received before receiving a ToruCa file from a scanning device or

receiving a ToruCa file automatically from data broadcasting

while watching a 1Seg program.

ON or OFF

ON . . . . Checks and does not receive a new ToruCa file if the

same ToruCa file is already received.

OFF . . . Does not check. Receives even the same ToruCa file.

Information

pIf “Auto reading ToruCa” is set to “Reject”, you might not be able to use ToruCa files.

pThe ToruCa files stored in the “Used ToruCa” folder or expired ToruCa files are not

included in target files.

326

327

Map/GPS Function

Using GPS Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

Checking Your Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Position Location> 328

Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Providing Location Information on Request

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Provide Location> 336

Notifying Location Information. . . . . . . . .<Notify of Location> 337

Displaying History of Checked Location Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Location History> 337

Setting GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<GPS Settings> 338

328

Map/GPS Function

pGPS is operated by the United States Department of Defense, so the GPS radio wave

conditions might be controlled (accuracy deterioration, radio wave supply suspension,

etc.) depending on the defense strategy of the United States Department of Defense.

pNote that we do not take any responsibility for a loss such as pure economic loss

resulting from the facts that you have missed the chance to check the measurement

(communication) results, which have been caused by external factors such as

malfunctions, erroneous operations, troubles, or power failure (including battery

shortage) on the FOMA terminal.

pYou cannot use the FOMA terminal as a navigating system for aircraft, vehicles, and

people. Therefore, note that we are not held responsible for any damage resulting from

the use of the location information for navigation.

pYou cannot use GPS as a high-accuracy measuring device. Note that we do not take

any responsibility for the damage caused by an error in the location information.

pYou cannot use the GPS function when the FOMA terminal is out of the service area

(or overseas).

Using GPS Function

Information

pYou cannot use the GPS function in the following cases:

・During Lock All※・During Self Mode ・During Omakase Lock※

・While the UIM is not inserted

※Provide Location is available.

pAs GPS uses radio waves transmitted from the satellites, note that you cannot or

might have difficulty to receive radio waves in the following conditions:

・In a building or right under it

・In the basement, tunnel, ground, water

・In a bag or case

・In densely crowded areas with buildings and houses

・In densely crowded trees and right under them

・Close to high-tension wires

・In a car or train

・In bad weather such as heavy rain and snow

・When there are obstacles (persons and articles) around the FOMA terminal.

・When you cover the displays, keys, microphone, or speakers of the FOMA terminal

with your hand.

In these cases, an error in the obtained location information might become 300

meters or more.

You can measure your current location and display it.

You can display a map and send your location information by mail as well.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSPosition location

The current location is displayed by the latitude and longitude.

…Measurement date …Latitude …Longitude …Geographic datum

…Accuracy

★★★: Almost accurate location information (Error is about less than 50

meters)

★★☆: Relatively accurate location information (Error is less than about 300

meters)

★☆☆: Approximate location information (Error is about 300 meters or more)

The accuracy is an estimate. It might differ from actual one depending on the radio

wave conditions in the surrounding area.

pPress l( ) to measure again in “Quality mode” (see “Positioning mode”

on page 338).

pWhen “ ” is displayed at bottom right of the display during measuring,

press i and select “OK” to display the location using the information during

measuring.

pYou can measure your location also by pressing and holding 1 for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display. After measuring, the “Function Menu

while Current Location is Displayed” on page 329 is performed following the

setting of “GPS button setting”.

Checking Your Location

Blinks during measuring







329

Map/GPS Function

You can start GPS compatible i-αppli program set by “Select map”.

At purchase, “地図アプリ (Map Application)” is set, you can read a map

of current location or designated location.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSMap

pWhen “Select map” is not set, select an i-αppli program for using for displaying a

map.

Function Menu while Current Location is Displayed

Read map You can display a map by starting GPS compatible i-αppli

program set by “Select map”.

Map/GPS αppli You can use the location information on a GPS compatible i-αppli

program.

Select an i-αppli program.

Paste to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the URL of the

location information pasted to the text.

YES

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pThe URL of the location information to be sent is displayed on

i-mode compatible phones only.

Add to phonebook You can store the location information in the Phonebook.

YES

Go to step 2 of “Storing Displayed Phone Number/Mail Address

in Phonebook” on page 95.

Attach to image You can store the location information in the image.

Select a folderSelect an imageYES or NO

YES . . . . Overwrites and saves.

NO . . . . . Saves as a separate file.

Using Map/GPS Compatible i-αppli

Display a Map

You can select an i-αppli program from the list of the GPS compatible

i-αppli programs and start it.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSMap/GPS αppli

Select an i-αppli program.

pSee page 293 for the Software list.

The pre-installed “地図アプリ (Map Application)” enables you to read the

map of the place you are currently in or you specify, or check area

information by using the GPS function and map. You can then navigate

yourself to the destination by vehicle, on foot, or by car.

Further, you can easily get transfer information by voice input.

pYou are separately charged a packet communication fee. You are advised to subscribe

to Pake-Houdai, Pake-Houdai Full or Pake-Houdai Double for using this software

program.

pIf you delete this software program and then when you want to resume it, download it

from “ｉエリア−周辺情報− (i-area -Area Information-)”.

pThis software program is not available when the mode of 2in1 is set to B Mode.

pNote that we are not held responsible for the accuracy and promptness of the map and

route information.

pWhile driving, ensure that a person other than the driver operates this software

program.

pThis software program supports motion tracking.

pThe displays are for reference, so the actual ones might differ.

Start GPS Compatible i-αppli

Information

pWhen you use a GPS compatible i-αppli program, the location information is sent to

the information provider of the i-αppli program you use.

pYou need to set “Location usage” of “Software setting” to “ON” when you use the GPS

function of a GPS compatible i-αppli program.

Using “地図アプリ (Map Application)”

330

Map/GPS Function

■Standard and optional services

The standard and optional services are available with this software program.

Standard service: Provided by DOCOMO (charge free).

Optional service: Provided by ZENRIN DataCom (charged).

You can use the optional services charge free except traffic information for up to 60 days

from when you have started this software program for the first time. To use the optional

services from 61 days on, you need to register yourself as a member of “ゼンリン地

図＋ナビ (ZENRIN/map+navi)” (charged) provided by ZENRIN DataCom.

Even when you register yourself as a member while you are using this software

program, you do not need to re-download it. You can use this software program as it is.

Menu Descriptions

From 61

days on

フリーワード

検索

Keyword

pBy entering facilities name, address, phone number or zip

code, you can check area information and display the map.

Free

地図

Map

pBy using GPS, you can display the map of the place you are

currently in or specified from address list, or by entering

phone number.

pBy speaking an address to input, you can easily display the

map.

Free

pYou can check the map of the place stored in this software

program, on the server, or retrieved by the previous search.

pAfter you store it on the server, the stored point can be

shared with your personal computer as well.

Charged

周辺検索

Local Search

pYou can check information of shops, facilities, or iD member

shops in the area you are currently in or you specify, and can

obtain coupons from gourmet information.

pYou can check nearby empty parking lots.

pBy voice input, you can easily check area information.

Free

ナビ

Navigation

pYou can navigate yourself to the destination via a

comprehensive means of transportation including vehicle,

foot, and car.

pYou can navigate yourself easily to your home you have

stored.

pYou can check the nationwide traffic congestion information.

Charged

乗換案内

Transfer

pYou can check the train transfer information and timetables.

pYou can check the map for a train route and set an alarm to

sound before your departure.

pBy voice input, you can easily get transfer information.

Charged

■“地図アプリ (Map Application)” TOP menu display and its operation

The respective menus are displayed on the TOP menu display.

When you close the menu, the map retrieved by the last search

appears.

pAt the first start-up, the usage rules and caution items on use

are displayed.

便利ツール

Utility

pOn the map, you can color the places where you measured

in the past using GPS, by the unit of city, ward, town, village,

or prefecture.

pBy using GPS, you can leave your footprints on your current

position, and display the track you move.

pIn addition to the ordinary map, you can change the mode to

show the various types of maps such as the map you can

move by inclining the FOMA terminal, the 3D map, and the

map that accentuates train routes.

Free

You can invite friends by Map Talk, and exchange messages

while showing the location of the friends on the map.

pYou can send “footprint” data files stored on the microSD

card to the server and view the footprints on the personal

computer.

pTo the server, you can back up the area data that you

measured in the past using GPS.

Charged

災害用

メニュー

Emergency

pYou can search for facilities which are useful in a time of

disaster.

pYou can start up a disaster-time use i-αppli program that links

with the map application but does not require

communication.

Charged

設定／ヘルプ

Setting/Help

pYou can set how to show the map and navigation, and check

how to use them.

Free

Menu Descriptions

From 61

days on

TOP menu display

331

Map/GPS Function

◆When 60 days passes without registering yourself as a member

At the first start-up on or after 61 days, the message telling that

the functions you can use are limited, and the message that

refers to the member registration site appear.

The same messages appear when you select an optional

service menu.

※To register yourself as a member, access “ゼンリン地

図＋ナビ (ZENRIN/map+navi)” via this software program.

■Map display and its operation

◆Key operation when the map is shown

Map View display

Key operation Action

l(TOP) Can show the TOP menu.

Oo[メニュー (Menu)] Can show the quick access menu.

i[縮小(Reduce)] Can reduce the scale to display a large area by pressing and

holding the key.

c[拡大(Enlarge)] Can enlarge the scale to display the details by pressing and

holding the key.

MoCan move the map up, down, left, and right.

◆Key operation when the quick access menu is shown

■The Search Result display for area information and its operation

pThe display and operation are for when you show the search result on the map, not for

when you select it from the list.

◆The Search Result display for area information

rCan close the menu or return to the point retrieved by the first

search.

aCan turn the map counterclockwise.

0Can turn the map northward.

sCan turn the map clockwise.

Key operation Action

Zo[周辺検索

(Check area information)]

Can check area information of the place displayed on the map.

Xo[ココへナビ

(Navigate to this place)]

Can set the start point and search for a route to the center of

the map.

[

トーク

送信

(Send talk )]

pCan invite friends and display on the map.

pCan send the URL for the displayed map by i-mode mail.

Vo[ココを登録

(Store this place)]

Can store the location information on the center of the map in

this software program, on the server, or in the Phonebook.

When you store it on the server, the stored point can be shared

with your personal computer as well.

Oo[詳細 (Details)] Can check the details.

332

Map/GPS Function

◆Key operation when the Search Result display for area information is shown

You can set a start point and destination, and search for a route. The

routes you can go through on foot, by public transportation, or by car are

displayed. After you search for the route, the voice and display navigate

you to your destination.

1TOP menu displayナビ Navigation

ナビをする (Navigate)

Key operation Action

OoCan show the quick access menu.

MoCan move the map up, down, left, and right.

1Can display prerious 10 results.

2Can display next 10 results.

4Can show the previous search results.

5Can re-search the center area of the displayed map.

6Can show the next search results.

l(TOP) Can show the TOP menu.

i[縮小(Reduce)] Can reduce the scale to display a large area by pressing and

holding the key.

c[拡大(Enlarge) Can enlarge the scale to display the details by pressing and

holding the key.

Searching for a Route and Navigating Yourself to

Destination by Voice and Display

2出発地 (Start point)Select a setting method.

現在地（GPS）

[Current location (GPS)]

. . . . Set a start point measuring the current

location.

フリーワード検索

(Keyword search)

. . . . . . Set a start point searching by keywords.

地図上で指定

(Specify on map)

. . . . . . . . . . . Set a start point on the map.

TEL／〒検索

(TEL/ZIP code search)

. . . . . . Set a start point searching by a phone

number or zip code.

住所一覧から

(From address list)

. . . . . . . . . Set a start point selecting an address.

ジャンルから

(From genre)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a start point selecting a genre.

履歴から

(From record)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a start point on the map previously

searched.

登録地点から

(From stored point)

. . . . . . . . . Set a start point from the location

information stored in this software program,

on the server, or in the Phonebook.

自宅

(Home)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a start point from the location

information of your home.

出発地の確認

(Confirm start point)

. . . . . . . . Confirm information about the start point.

3目的地 (Destination)Select a setting method.

フリーワード検索

(Keyword search)

. . . . . Set a destination searching by keywords.

地図上で指定

(Specify on map)

. . . . . . . . . . Set a destination on the map.

TEL／〒検索

(TEL/ZIP code search)

. . . . . . Set a destination searching by a phone

number or zip code.

住所一覧から

(From address list)

. . . . . . . . Set a destination selecting an address.

ジャンルから

(From genre)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a destination selecting a genre.

履歴から

(From record)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a destination on the map previously

displayed.

登録地点から

(From stored point)

. . . . . . . . . Set a destination from the location

information stored in this software program,

on the server, or in the Phonebook.

自宅

(Home)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set a destination from the location

information of your home.

目的地の確認

(Confirm destination)

. . . . . . Confirm information about the destination.

4時間指定 (Specify time)Select an item.

現時刻で指定 (Specify by current time)

. . . Search for a route by the current time.

出発時刻指定 (Specify start time)

. . . Search for a route specifying the start time.

到着時刻指定 (Specify arrival time)

. . . Search for a route specifying the arrival time.

終電を利用 (Use last train)

. . . Search for a route by the last train of the day.

333

Map/GPS Function

5条件設定 (Set conditions)Select conditions

上記で設定 (Fix as specified above)

乗換条件 (Transfer conditions)

. . . Select a transfer priority criterion of the transfer from “早い (Fast)”, “安い

(Cheap)”, and “楽々 (Easy)”.

徒歩ルート (Foot route)

. . . Select a route priority criterion from “おまかせ (Free)”, “屋根多い (Many

roofs)”, and “階段少ない (Less stairs)”.

特急利用 (Use special express)

. . . Select whether to use special expresses for even when the total distance is

less than 100 km.

通常利用車種 (Ordinary type of vehicles)

. . . Select a type of vehicle.

6ルートを検索 (Search for a route)

You can search for a route by “ で検索 (Search by )” that

searches for all types of routes, or “ のみで検索 (Search by only )” that

searches for routes only by car. Up to six routes are displayed as search results.

When the routes using different transportation are found, the characteristics of the

routes are displayed by the icons shown below:

早 (Fast): Required time is shorter.

安 (Cheap): Fare is lower.

楽 (Easy): The number of changing trains is fewer.

オススメ (Recommendable): Route provided with three conditions, “早 (Fast)”,

“安 (Cheap)”, and “楽 (Easy)”.

有料 (Charged): Route by car with giving a priolity for using toll roads

一般 (Ordinary): Route by car with giving a priolity for using ordinary roads

pTo store the route, select “ルートを登録 (Store route)”.

7ルートを選択 (Select a route)

ナビ・ルート確認 (Navi/Confirm route)

ナビ開始 (Start navi)

Navigation to the destination starts.

pTo confirm the route, select “ルート確認 (Confirm route)”.

pTo simulate, select “シミュレート (Simulate)”.

■Route (Car)/Navigation (Car) View display and its operation

◆Key operation when using Navigation

The route to

the destination

is displayed.

Navigation (Car)

View display

The current location

and proceeding

direction are

displayed.

Key operation Action

l(TOP) Can end the Navigation program and show the TOP menu.

m[切替

(Switch to )]

Can switch to the intersection mode.

Oo[メニュー (Menu)] Can show the quick access menu.

i[縮小(Reduce)] Can reduce the scale to display a large area.

c[拡大(Enlarge) Can enlarge the scale to display the details.

MoCan move the map up, down, left, and right.

rCan return to the current location.

5Can pause or start the Navigation program.

aCan turn the map counterclockwise.

0Can turn the map northward.

sCan turn the map clockwise.

334

Map/GPS Function

◆Key operation when the quick access menu appears

By voice input, you can easily check area information, get transfer

information, or read the map from the Voice Input menu.

<Example> When using Voice Input of 周辺検索 Local Search

1TOP menu display周辺検索 Local Search

音声入力 (Voice Input)

The explanatory display for voice input appears.

Key operation Action

Zo[目的地周辺

( near the destination)]

Can search for parking lots near the destination.

Xo[結果＆設定

(Result&Settings)]

Can show search results of routes (time, fare, and others) or

set the navigation.

Co[経由地を設定

(Point setting)]

Can search for a route by adding up to three points you go

through to the destination.

Vo[リルート

(Re-route)]

Can re-search for a route from the current point to the

destination.

Using 音声入力 (Voice Input)

2音声入力開始 (Start voice input)

Speak about the area information to search for.

After the Voice Input display appears, speak in Japanese about the area

information to search for.

Example: “Konohen-no Konbini” (nearby convenience store)

Map Talk function enables you to display position of friends on the map,

also, to exchange messages. You can display up to five positions of the

friends including the owner.

◆Map Talk in-use display

Display for Map Talk function and its operation

The confirmation display appears after your voice

is recognized.

When the recognition result is wrong, select “音声

再入力 (Re-input voice)”.

335

Map/GPS Function

◆How to invite

※Only the member can become owner (invite end) when 60 days passes, non member

can use the service only as a guest (invited end).

1TOP menu display便利ツール Utilitiy

地図トーク (Map Talk)

2Select the nickname entry field

Enter a nickname (up to four characters)

ひとりをお誘い (Invite a friend) or ふたり以上をお誘い

(Invite two or more friends)

3Send a mail message to a friend to be invited.

pWhen you perform Map Talk with three or more person (including owner), the

owner need to set a four-digit numeric password.

◆How to join as a guest

A guest who is invited to Map Talk receive a Map Talk invitation mail message. Access

the site from URL on mail text, and start up Map Application.

※When you join Map Talk for the first time, register a nickname used on Map Talk.

※When you perform Map Talk with three or more person (including owner), you need to

enter a password set by the owner beforehand. Confirm it to the owner in advance.

◆Key operation on Map Talk display

Key operation Action

Oo[メニュー (Menu)] Can show the quick access menu.

MoCan move the map up, down, left, and right.

4Can send photo-message.

Can switch the person to be displayed on the center of the map.

l(TOP) Can show the TOP menu.

[

メッセージ

(Message)]

Can send message.

i[縮小(Reduce)] Can reduce the scale to display a large area.

c[拡大(Enlarge) Can enlarge the scale to display the details.

◆Key operation when the quick access menu appears

TOP menu display

設定／ヘルプ

Setting/Help



Select an item.

Key operation Action

Oo[メッセージ履歴

(Message history)]

Can show message history.

[トーク終了(End talk)]

Can end Map Talk.

Co[待合わせ設定

(Meeting setting)]

Can set meet point.

※This is displayed only for the owner.

Vo[もっと誘う

(Invite more)]

Can invite more friends.

※This is displayed only for the owner.

Using Settings/Help

各種設定

(Settings)

You can perform the application basic setting, route setting, home

setting or nearby station setting, erase all records, and initialize

the application setting.

ヘルプ・規約

(Help/Rules)

You can get explanation about how to browse PC site “いつもガ

イド (All time guide)”, how to use, FAQ, and usage rules.

会員情報確認

(Confirm member

information)

You can check whether you are registered as a member of “ゼン

リン地図＋ナビ (ZENRIN/map+navi)”.

Ver確認更新

(Confirm/Update

version)

You can confirm the version or update information of the

application or update application.

お知らせ

(Information)

You can check the latest news about the service or information.

336

Map/GPS Function

You can provide your location information on the request from others.

Depending on the service you use, you need to set GPS service settings

beforehand. (See page 338) Also, you need to set “Location request

menu” to the setting for permitting providing location beforehand.

1When a location provision request

arrivesYES or NO

YES . . . . Measures the current location and sends the

location information.

NO . . . . . Rejects to provide the location information.

pIf no keys are pressed for about 20 seconds, the former

display returns without providing your current location.

1When a location provision request

arrivesOK

pWhen you select “OK” or about three seconds elapse,

the current location provision starts.

pThe information of the service provider might not be

displayed.

pPress r to stop providing information. However, your

location information might be sent depending on the

timing.

Providing Location Information on

Request

Information

pIf no keys are pressed for about 15 seconds from the Position Location Result display

or the Failure display, the former display returns.

pTo use “imadoco-search”, you need to set “お客様サポート(user support)” → “その

他のサービス設定・確認(Other Service Settings/Confirmation)” → “位置情報利用

設定（イマドコサーチ設定） [Location Information Usage Setting (imadoco-search

Setting)]” on Japanese iMenu.

pTo use Provide Location, you might need to subscribe to a service provider which

supports the Provider Location function or to pay the service fee.

pEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service

provider depending on the radio wave conditions.

pThe location information is not displayed and the request is rejected in the following

cases:

・When “Location request menu” is set to “OFF”.

・When you receive a location provision request from the other party not stored in

Phonebook while “Location request menu” is set to “Reject numbers unset”.

・When you receive a location provision request out of the varidity period set by

“Location request menu”.

pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location request to be checked every

time, the location information is not provided on the location provision request during

Public Mode (Drive Mode).

pWhen you set, by GPS service settings, the location request to be accepted, the

location information is provided with a display during Public Mode (Drive Mode) but

the positioning ring tone, vibrator, and illumination do not work.

pWhen you are requested to provide your location information from the other party

using “imadocokantan search”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

send the current location information each time you receive a request. Select “YES” to

immediately send the rough position location result. After selecting “YES”, the GPS

Measuring display appears and the precise position location result is notified after

GPS measuring. The rough position location result is notified even if you suspend the

location providing during GPS measuring. In this case, it is stored in Location History

but the location information is not displayed.

pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, the location information can be searched for Number

A only.

When the other party searches you by your Number B, your current location is not

provided and the searcher is notified that the search has failed.

pA fee is not charged for using the Provide Location function.

pFor using the service, refer to the information on your service provider or the

DOCOMO website.

Information

337

Map/GPS Function

You can notify a service provider of your current location.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSNotify of location

Direct inputEnter a party to be notifiedYES

pYou can enter up to 12

digits by using numerals, #

and :.

pIf you have stored LCS

clients by “Reg. LCS client”

beforehand, you can select

an LCS client from “View

service clients”.

pYou can press

l() to stop

measuring, but your current

location might be notified

depending on the timing.

2OK

Notifying Location Information

Information

pEven when you send your location information, it might not be delivered to the service

provider depending on the radio wave conditions.

pYou are charged a fee for using the function to notify your current location.

pTo use Notify of Location, you might need to subscribe to a service provider that

supports Notify of Location. Further, you might be charged a fee for using the service.

pYou cannot enter any digits during Keypad Dial Lock.

pRegardless of the mode of 2in1, your location information is notified by Number A.

pFor using the service, refer to the information on your service provider or the

DOCOMO website.

Up to 50 histories of Position Location, Notify of Location, and Provide

Location are stored.

1mLifeKitMap/GPS

Location history

Select a location history.

: Position location

: Provide location

: Notify of location

Displaying History of Checked Location

Information

pWhen the location histories exceed 50, they are automatically overwritten from the

oldest one.

pThe location information and accuracy stored in Location History may differ from the

ones sent to the location provision requester or LCS client depending on the radio

wave conditions, and others.

pWhen you cancel Position Location midway, you fail to measure your current location,

or you refuse the location provision request by the setting of “Location request menu”,

its history is not stored in Location History.

pEven when the histories of Provide Location or Notify of Location are stored, they

might not have been delivered to your service providers.

pYou cannot operate a failed-to-measure history of Provide Location or Notify of

Location for other than “Add to phonebook (except “Store loc. info”)”, “Compose

message”, “Dialing”, and “Delete”.

When Provide Location was used, the name of the location provision requester is checked

against the Phonebook entries which appear in each mode of 2in1 and then shown.

When the phone number of the location provision requester is stored in “Own number”,

the name of the location provision requester is not displayed on Location History.

p“ ” is displayed for the records of successful positioning.

Function Menu while Location History is Displayed

Read map See page 329.

Map/GPS αppli See page 329.

Paste to mail See page 329.

338

Map/GPS Function

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Do the following operations.

Add to phonebook You can store the location information, phone number, or mail

address in the Phonebook.

Store loc. info., Store phone number, or Store mail

addressYES

Go to step 2 of “Storing Displayed Phone Number/Mail

Address in Phonebook” on page 95.

Attach to image See page 329.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message to your location

provision requester.

Go to step 3 on page 146.

Dialing See page 249.

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Setting GPS

Map setting

Select map You can select a GPS compatible i-αppli program for using for

displaying a map from “Map” or location information.

Select an i-αppli program.

pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Map activate setting You can set whether to start the GPS compatible i-αppli

program after checking the current location when displaying a

map.

Start after locating or Start without locating

GPS button setting You can set a function which is performed after measuring

your location by pressing and holding 1 for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display. You can select it

from the “Function Menu while Current Location is Displayed”

on page 329.

Select a function.

pIf you set to “Confirm every session”, you can select a

function each time you measure the location.

Posit. tone/illum. See page 339.

Positioning mode Select a mode for measuring the current location from either

“Standard mode” or “Quality mode”.

When you select “Quality mode”, it takes a longer time for

measuring, but the measuring accuracy might be improved as

a result.

You can set a measuring mode for Position Location, Notify of

Location, and Provide Location respectively.

Select an operation to be set

Standard mode or Quality mode

Reg. LCS client See page 339.

Location request menu See page 340.

Service settings By connecting to GPS service settings (a host set by “Host

selection”), you can configure the settings for the Provide

Location service such as the permission for location

information search and password.

pSee page 195 for operations while a site is displayed.

However, you cannot use the Bookmark or Screen Memo

function.

Host selection See page 342.

339

Map/GPS Function

You can select a tone to sound for when you check your current location

or when you are requested to provide location information. You can set a

color of the Call/Charging indicator and the vibration pattern as well.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Posit. tone/illum.Select an operation to be set

Do the following operations.

Positioning Tone/Illumination

Select posit. ring

tone

Select a folderSelect a ring tone.

pWhile selecting, the selected tone sounds for confirmation.

Ring time setting You can set a ring time for positioning ring tone.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter two digits from “00” through “30”. For “Location req./

Confirm”, however, enter two digits from “00” through “20”. If

you set to 0 seconds, the tone does not sound.

Select vibrator Select a vibration pattern.

pIf you select “Melody linkage”, the FOMA terminal vibrates in

time with ring tone.

pWhile selecting, the FOMA terminal vibrates by the selected

pattern for confirmation.

Select illumination Select an item.

pWhile selecting, the Call/Charging indicator lights/flickers for

confirmation.

If you have stored LCS clients, you can select an LCS client when you

notify of your current location. Further, you can automatically notify of

your current location when you make a call to the stored phone number.

You can store up to five LCS clients.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Reg. LCS clientHighlight <Not stored> and press

l() or Oo()

Do the following operations.

pIf you select a stored LCS client, you can confirm the stored contents.

2Press l().

Service client name Enter a service client name.

pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.

Service client ID Enter a service client ID.

pYou can enter up to 12 digits by using numerals, # and :.

pEnter the service client ID specified by your service provider.

Phone number Enter a phone number.

pYou can enter up to 26 digits.

pHighlight the phone number field, press i( ), and

select “Enter from PB” to call up a phone number from the

Phonebook and enter it.

pIf you enter a phone number by “Enter from PB” with “Service

client name” not entered, the name for the Phonebook entry is

entered.

Notify when dialing You can set whether to notify of your current location for when

you make a voice call or videophone call to the stored phone

number.

ON, OFF or Confirm every dial

pTo check each time you make a call, select “Confirm every dial”.

340

Map/GPS Function

You can set how to operate when you receive a location provision

request. You can set validity period as well when you set to the setting

for permitting providing location.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settings

Location request menu

Enter your Terminal Security CodeSelect an item.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permits providing location requested from all searchers

and notifies current location.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Refuses location request.

Reject numbers unset . . Permits providing location requested only from the

other party stored in Phonebook.

Requests from the other party not stored in Phonebook

are automatically refused.

Information

pEven if “Notify when dialing” is set to “ON” or to “Confirm every dial”, you cannot notify

of your current location when you make a call without notifying of your caller ID.

Function Menu while LCS Client is Displayed

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Add to phonebook You can store the service client name and phone number

stored in “Reg. LCS client” into the Phonebook. (See

page 329)

Edit Go to step 1 of “Register LCS Client” on page 339.

pYou can edit also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 386.

Send all Ir data See page 387.

transmission See page 388.

All transmission See page 389.

Location Request Menu

2YES or NO

3Press l().

Permit from Enter the time for starting permission.

Permit to Enter the time for ending permission.

Repeat Select a repeat type.

pWhen you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the

week to be repeated, then press l().

Validity period When you set to “Repeat”, you can set the period to be valid.

ON or OFFEnter a validity date (from)

ON or OFFEnter a validity date (to).

Information

pYou can set “Location request menu” also by “Initial setting” (see page 46).

pWhen you set to the setting for permiting providing location, the location information

might be sent without any operation on the FOMA terminal, and might be notified to

the searcher.

pWhen you refuse location provision request by the setting of “Location request menu”,

its history is not stored.

pYou can specify from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2037 for “Permission

schedule”.

pWhen “Reject numbers unset” is set, regardless of the mode of 2in1, location

provision requests from the other party stored in all the Phonebook entries are

permitted.

pEven if “Reject numbers unset” is set, you might receive a location provision request

from the other party not stored in Phonebook depending on the functions in use.

341

Map/GPS Function

■Operations when the validity period for location provision is specified

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the

start time and 21:00 as the end time

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the

start time and 21:00 as the end time

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 14:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through

30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 14:00 through 21:00 from 18/Nov through

30/Nov

OFF Every day 14:00 through 21:00 on and after 18/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 18/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week on and after 18/Nov

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

Every day 10:00 through 21:00 from 20/Nov through

30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day

10:00 through 21:00 from 19/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, every day

10:00 through 21:00 on and after 19/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00 through 21:00 of the specified days of the

week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through

21:00 of the specified days of the week from 19/Nov

through 30/Nov

OFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 21:00/18/Nov, 10:00 through

21:00 of the specified days of the week on and after

19/Nov

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 14:00 as the

start time and 10:00 as the end time

Example: When the current date and time are 12:00/18/Nov and you set 10:00 as the

start time and 10:00 as the end time

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 14:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 20/Nov

through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next day from 18/Nov

through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after

18/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 18/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF 14:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week on and after 18/Nov

Repeat Validity period Period of location provision

1 time — 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov

Daily Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00/20/Nov through 10:00/1/Dec

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/1/Dec

OFF 12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, every day

10:00 through 10:00 of the next day on and after

19/Nov

Select day Start date: 20/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

10:00 through 10:00 of the next days of the specified

days of the week from 20/Nov through 30/Nov

Start date: 10/Nov

End date: 30/Nov

If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through

10:00 of the next days of the specified days of the

week from 19/Nov through 30/Nov

OFF If 18/Nov is the specified day;

12:00/18/Nov through 10:00/19/Nov, 10:00 through

10:00 of the next day of the specified days of the

week on and after 19/Nov

342

Map/GPS Function

You can use this setting for changing the host for Service Settings.

1mLifeKitMap/GPSGPS settingsHost selection

Highlight <Not stored> and press l().

pIf you select a stored host, the setting is changed to that host.

pTo delete a stored host, press i( ), select “Delete” and select “YES”.

2Do the following operations.

3Press l().

Host Selection

※Normally, you do not need to change this setting.

Host name Enter a host name.

pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

Host number Enter a host number.

pYou can enter up to 99 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.

Host address Enter a URL.

pYou can enter up to 100 half-pitch alphanumeric characters.

343

Data Management

Data Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Making Full Use of Still Images

Displaying Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Picture Viewer> 346

Editing Still Images. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit Picture> 350

Creating Animations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Original Animation> 352

Making Full Use of Movies

Playing Movies/i-motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<i-motion Player> 353

Using Playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Editing Movies/i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Edit imotion> 358

Making Full Use of Video

Playing Video . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Video Player> 360

Making Full Use of Chara-den

Chara-den . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Displaying/Operating Chara-den Images

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Chara-den Player> 363

Recording Chara-den Images . . . . . . . . . <Record Chara-den> 364

Making Full Use of Machi-chara

Displaying Machi-chara Images . . . . . . . . . . . . <Machi-chara> 365

Making Full Use of Melodies

Playing a Melody. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Melody Player> 366

Making Full Use of Kisekae Tool

Checking Kisekae Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Kisekae Tool> 369

Making Full Use of microSD Card

microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Inserting/Removing microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Displaying Data Items on microSD Card . . . . . . . . <microSD> 371

Copying Still Images, Movies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Moving Copyrighted Files . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movable Contents> 376

Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Managing Unsupported Files . . . . . . . . . . . . <SD Other Files> 378

Formatting microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <microSD Format> 378

Checking microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Check microSD> 378

Displaying Capacity of microSD Card . . . . . . . <microSD Info> 379

Using a microSD Card with a Personal Computer . . . . . . . . . . 379

Folder Configuration on microSD Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380

Making Full Use of Various Data

Managing Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Making Full Use of Infrared Communication

Using Infrared Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384

Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Using Infrared Remote Control Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Communication Setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Forwarding Image> 388

Making Full Use of iC Communication Function

iC Communication Function . . . . . . . . . . . . <iC Transmission> 388

Sending/Receiving One Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Sending/Receiving All Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Making Full Use of Voice Recorder

Using Voice Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Recorder> 389

Making Full Use of PDF Viewer

Displaying PDF Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <PDF Viewer> 390

Making Full Use of Document Viewer

Displaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint Files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Document Viewer> 394

Printing Still Images

Printing Saved Images . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Displaying Images on TV

Displaying Still Images or Movies/i-motion on TV

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <AV Output> 396

344

Data Management

Data Box contains the items and folders as listed below. Data is saved to

respective folders according to the contents.

Data Box

My picture

i-mode Downloaded still images, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Camera Still images shot by the camera, shot Chara-den

images, etc.

Decomail-picture Still images to be used for creating Deco-mail

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Decomail-

pictograph

お気に入り

(Favorite)

※1Pictographs to be used for creating Deco-mail

You can delete the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms.

You can re-download them from the “P-SQUARE” site

(see page 206). When you use a UIM other than the

one used for downloading, the UIM security function

(see page 39) is set for them.

絵文字

(

pictograph)

※1

装飾 (Decoration)※1

ハート・キラキラ

(Heart/Sparkling)※1

天気・季節

(Weather/Season)※1

移動・生活

(Transfer/Life)

※1

電話・メール

(Phone/Mail)

※1

食べ物 (Food)※1

キャラクター

(Cartoon character)

※1

文字 (Character)※1

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Pre-installed Pre-installed still images

User folder※2Still images in the user folder

Original animation The function of displaying still images continuously

Frame Still images to be used for frames

Stamp Still images to be used for marker stamps

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Picture Still images shot by the camera, and images in JPEG

format and GIF format that conform to the DCF

standard and were copied from the FOMA terminal

Image Box Animation images in GIF format copied from the

FOMA terminal, and images in JPEG format that do

not conform to the DCF standard

Movable contents

Copyrighted still images moved from the FOMA terminal

Decomail-pictograph Deco-mail pictograms copied from the FOMA terminal

MUSIC

i-mode Initial folder Chaku-uta Full® music files obtained from sites

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

User folder※2Chaku-uta Full® music files in the user folder

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Copyrighted Chaku-uta Full® music files downloaded

or moved from the FOMA terminal

WMA WMA files obtained from personal computer

Music&Video Channel

Downloaded program Programs downloaded via Music&Video Channel

Saved program Programs saved to the FOMA terminal

imotion

i-mode i-motion movies obtained from sites, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Camera i-motion movies recorded by the camera, shot

Chara-den movies, etc.

Pre-installed Pre-installed i-motion movies

Voice recorder Voices recorded by the voice recorder

User folder※2i-motion movies in the user folder

Playlist Playback of playlist

Position memory Playback of marker position

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Movie Movies shot by the camera or copied from the FOMA

terminal

Movable contents Copyrighted movies moved from the FOMA terminal

Other contents Voice-only i-motion movies※3 recorded by using the

camera function, voice-only i-motion movies※3 copied

from the FOMA terminal, or video-unplayable i-motion

movies※3 copied from the FOMA terminal

Melody

i-mode Downloaded melodies, etc.

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

Pre-installed Pre-installed melodies

User folder※2Melodies in the user folder

Voice announce Data files recorded by using “Voice announce”

Playlist Playback of playlist

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

345

Data Management

※1 The folder names can be changed by “Edit folder name”. Deco-mail pictograms are

directly saved to these folders, and files other than Deco-mail pictograms cannot be

saved to them.

※2 The folder names you have entered for “Add folder” are displayed.

※3 Includes the music files in AAC format.

microSD Melody Melodies copied from the FOMA terminal

Movable contents Copyrighted melodies moved from the FOMA terminal

My documents

i-mode Pre-installed or downloaded PDF files, etc.

microSD PDF files downloaded or copied from the FOMA

terminal

Kisekae Tool

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Kisekae Tool files downloaded, or moved from the

FOMA terminal

Machi-chara

Search by i-mode Connects to the data site.

microSD Machi-chara images downloaded, or moved from the

FOMA terminal

Chara-den

Pre-installed or downloaded Chara-den images

PC Movie

microSD PC movies downloaded, or saved by personal

computer

Position memory Playback of marker position

Played history Playback histories of PC movies

1Seg

Image Still images recorded by 1Seg

Video Video recorded by 1Seg, and copyright-protected and

1Seg compatible movies made with other AV devices

Position memory Playback of marker position

Document viewer

Document files saved from mail (attached files)

SD other files

SD others Incompatible files saved from mail (attached files), or

files in BMP or PNG format obtained by Full Browser

■Icons in the File list

File Type













Title namePicture

Icon Type File format

Still image JPEG

Still image with location information JPEG

Still image/Animation image GIF

Frame GIF

Marker stamp GIF

Flash movie SWF

i-motion movie MP4 (AMR)

i-motion movie MP4 (AAC)

i-motion movie MP4 (AAC+[HE-AAC])

i-motion movie MP4 (Enhanced aacPlus)

i-motion movie ASF

Video MPEG2-TS

Divided recorded video MPEG2-TS

Video already viewed MPEG2-TS

※Video not viewed yet MPEG2-TS

Partially saved i-motion movie —

Melody SMF

Melody MFi

Complete PDF file PDF

Partial PDF file PDF

Incomplete PDF file PDF

Damaged PDF file PDF

346

Data Management

※For the video recorded by the device other than this FOMA terminal, the icon for

already viewed video is displayed.

pFor the file with the file restrictions, “ ” is added to each icon.

pSome files have restrictions on the number of playbacks, playable period, or playable

deadline. “ ” is added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions and “ ” is

added to the icon of the file with playback restrictions expired.

Acquired source

※For the copyrighted file movable to the microSD card, “ “ is displayed.

Available operation

Kisekae Tool file —

Partially saved Kisekae Tool file —

Machi-chara image —

Partially saved Machi-chara image —

Chara-den image —

Word file WORD

Excel file EXCEL

PowerPoint file POWERPOINT

Incompatible file —

Icon Type File format

Icon Description

※Obtained from sites or i-mode mail attachment

Files shot by the FOMA terminal, or recorded by the voice recorder

Obtained from infrared communication or iC communication or microSD

card

Files of recorded Chara-den images

Files of recorded 1Seg programs

Icon Description

Attach to i-mode mail

Insert images into Deco-mail, or create Decome-Anime messages

Set display

Send Ir data, iC transmission

You can display the still images saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD

card. In Horizontal Open Style, still images are displayed horizontally.

You can switch styles during display.

1mData boxMy pictureSelect a folder

Select a file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 382 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a

preview image:

pWhen selecting folders or still images by another function, some

folders or still images may not be displayed depending on the function. You may

at times be able to confirm the still image by pressing l( ) while you are

selecting it.

pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

1mData box1SegImageSelect a file.

Copy to microSD card

Upload

Using location information

+m-4-6

Displaying Images

Icon Description

Folder list Still Image list

Display Images Recorded by 1Seg

347

Data Management

■Operations when playing back still images

pSee page 350 for when you operate from the Function menu.

※1 Files are displayed in the order on the Still Image list.

※2 You cannot operate depending on the image size or file format.

※3 Even if you set the icons not to be displayed, the icon such as “ ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ”

appears during communication or when an i-mode mail message or Message R/F

comes in.

■Specifications for playing back still image files

※1 The types of JPEG file you can play back are Baseline and Progressive of the Exif/

CIFF/JFIF format.

※2 For the file in the Progressive format, you can display the file of VGA (480 x 640)

size or smaller.

pYou cannot display some files even if their file formats are supported.

Operation Key operation

Display the next file※1Vo

Display the previous file※1Co

Zoom (Enlarge/Reduce)※2Oo()

pi() or l( ) to display enlarge/

reduce during zooming

pOo( ) to return to the original size

Icon

[Horizontal Open Style only]

c()

※3

pEach time of pressing switches whether to display

icons and navigations.

File format JPEG※1, GIF, Flash

Extension jpg, gif, swf, ifm

Pixels Files of 5M (1944 x 2592) size or smaller※2

File size Still images of 2 Mbytes or less

Function Menu of the Still Image List

Edit picture See page 350.

Edit title Enter a title.

pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 9

full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18

full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Display picture You can display the image.

Set display You can paste the image to the Stand-by display and other

displays for displaying. See “Positioning” for the position to

which you paste the still image.

Select the display you paste it to.

p“★” is displayed for the pasted items but not for the

videophone related items other than “Videophone dial” or

“V.phone incoming” even if already pasted.

pIf you select the videophone related items other than

“Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”, an appropriate

message is displayed at the center of the still image.

Picture info You can display the still image title, file name and others.

pThe item of “Set display” only is displayed for “Picture info” of

original animations.

Location info

Attach location Select an item.

By position loc.

. . . Measures the current location (see page 328) and stores

the location information. After checking the location

information, press Oo().

From loc. history

. . . Select a piece of location information from Location

History (see page 337) and store it.

From phonebook

. . . Select a Phonebook entry which contains the location

information for storing.

From own number

. . . Stores the location information from “Own number”. Enter

your Terminal Security Code and press Oo().

YES

pTo delete the stored location information, select “Delete loc.

info”.

Delete loc. info You can delete the location information stored in the image.

YES

Details You can check the location information detail.

pIf you press i( ) while displaying the detail, the

Function menu for the location detail is displayed.

(See page 329)

348

Data Management

Attach to mail Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l().

Decorate mail You can create Deco-mail using data in the “Decomail-picture”

folder or “Decomail-pictograph” folder.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pSee page 150 for Deco-mail.

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Store in Center See page 140.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Move to microSD See page 376.

Move to phone See page 376.

Positioning You can set the position for when you paste the still image to

the Stand-by display, etc.

See page 347 for “Set display”.

Select a position for displaying.

Edit file name Enter a file name.

pYou can enter up to 36 half-pitch alphanumeric characters

and symbols (only “.”, “-”, “_”).

File restriction If you set “File restricted” for the file, the operation of attaching

to i-mode mail is disabled at the receiving end who receives

the image as the first distribution.

File unrestricted or File restricted

pSee page 247 for the file restrictions.

DPOF setting See page 396.

Slideshow All still images are consecutively displayed starting from the

still image selected in the folder. You can select the speed the

still image switches at.

Normal or Slow

Press Oo( ) to stop Slideshow. Press Oo()

again to resume Slideshow.

Copy You can copy the still image, movie, PDF file, document file, or

SD other file on the microSD card to another folder on the

microSD card.

Select a destination folder.

Move You can move the still image, movie, PDF file, document file,

Kisekae Tool file, or SD other file to another folder.

Select a destination folder.

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level

or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

Delete this YES

Delete all You can delete all files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Multiple-choice You can select multiple files and operate them.

Put a check mark for the files to be operated

i()Select an item.

Picture/Title name/Listing

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 349, page 369 and

page 391.

Delete . . . . . . . . . . . . . See “Delete this” on page 348.

DPOF setting . . . . . . . See page 396.

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 348.

Move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See page 348.

Copy to microSD . . . . See page 374.

Copy to phone . . . . . . See page 375.

Send Ir data . . . . . . . . See page 386.

Select all . . . . . . . . . . . Selects all files.

Release all . . . . . . . . . Releases all selected files.

349

Data Management

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Sort You can change displayed order.

Select an order.

pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.

Picture/Title name You can switch the lists of still images.

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c( ) from

the Still Image list.

Information

pYou may not be able to edit the title depending on the file.

pYou may not be able to execute Display Picture depending on the file.

pFlash movies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. When

“Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”.

pFlash movies can be pasted only to “Stand-by display”, “Wake-up display”, “Dialing”,

“Calling”, “Videophone dial”, “V.phone incoming”, “Mail sending”, “Mail receiving”,

“Checking”, and “Mail/msg. rcpt result”.

pAnimation GIF images cannot paste to the videophone related items other than

“Videophone dial” or “V.phone incoming”.

pThe displayed size might differ from the actual size depending on the image size or

the display pasted to.

pYou cannot execute “Set display” for some image files.

pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the image.

pSee page 247 for attaching a file set with the file restriction to mail.

pWhen an image size is larger than Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) size, the display for selecting

how to convert the image size appears. The converted still image is saved as a

separate new file.

Select “Attach directly”; then the image size does not change.

Select “Sub-QCIF scale down”; then the image size is scaled down to Sub-QCIF (96 x

128) size or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.

Select “Sub-QCIF trim away”; then the image size is scaled down or cut out to

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) size or smaller with its proportional ratio retained.

If the file size exceeds the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message, its size is

converted to the maximum size to create a Deco-mail message or less.

pEven if you scale down or cut out the still image to Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) size, you can

again scale down or cut it out by pressing +l( ), or pressing +i( ) and

selecting “Cancel”. When you press +i( ) and select “Set”, the Message

Composition display appears.

pDepending on the image, you may not be able to create a Deco-mail message.

pYou may not be able to edit the file name depending on the file.

pYou cannot use half-pitch space for the file name.

pYou may not be able to set the file restrictions depending on the file.

pFlash movies are not displayed.

pThe time interval to show the images might differ depending on the image.

pIf a call comes in while copying/moving multiple files, copying/moving is canceled

even midway.

pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple files, deleting is canceled.

<Multiple-choice>

pYou can select up to 3,500 still images, movies, melodies, PDF files, Kisekae Tool

files and machi-chara images, and up to 100 videos, document files and SD other

files.

pWhen you use “Picture” to display still images, some images may appear different.

Information

350

Data Management

Function Menu while Playing Back Still Image

Edit picture See page 350.

Set display See page 347.

Picture info See page 347.

Location info

Attach location See page 347.

Delete loc. info See page 347.

Details See page 347.

Attach to mail See page 348.

Decorate mail See page 348.

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Display size You can set whether to display the still image in original size

(normal size) or to fit to the display size.

Normal or Fit in display

pEven if you set to “Normal”, the still image in excess of the

display size is reduced to the display size. Also, when the

still image is QCIF (176 x 144) size or smaller, it is doubled

at both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Store in Center See page 140.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Positioning See page 348.

DPOF setting See page 396.

Delete See “Delete this” on page 348.

Retry You can play back the animation or Flash movie from the

beginning.

1Still Image list/Still image in play

i()Edit picture

pWhen the still image is not the Stand-by (480 x 854)

size and is larger than VGA (480 x 640) size, it is

reduced to VGA (480 x 640) size.

2i()Edit the still image.

See page 351 to page 352 for how to operate.

3Oo()YES or NO

YES . . . Overwrites the image to save.

NO . . . . Saves the image as a new still image.

pWhen you edited still image on the microSD card, you cannot overwrite it to save.

press Oo( ) to save to “i-mode” folder.

pNot to save the edited still image, press r or h; then select “YES”.

pSee page 205 when images are stored to the maximum.

■The size of still image you can edit

Editing Still Images

Edit Picture display

Edit menu

5M, 3M, 2M, 1M,

VGA, QVGA,

QCIF, Sub-QCIF

3.7M Wide,

2M Wide Stand-by

Other sizes

smaller than

VGA

Marker stamp ○○○○

Frame ○—○—

Character stamp ○○○

○※1

351

Data Management

○: Editing picture is enabled. —: Editing picture is disabled.

※1 You cannot edit the still image smaller than 24 x 24 dots.

※2 You cannot edit the still image of Chat Picture (80 x 80) size or smaller.

pYou can edit the still images of 1440 x 1920 dots, 1224 x 1632 dots, 1212 x 1616 dots,

900 x 1600 dots, and 288 x 352 dots as well.

Fit in screen ○○○○

Change size ○○○○

Trim away ○○○

○※2

Retouch ○○

—○

Rotate ○○○○

Brightness ○○○○

Attach to mail ○○○○

Edit menu

5M, 3M, 2M, 1M,

VGA, QVGA,

QCIF, Sub-QCIF

3.7M Wide,

2M Wide Stand-by

Other sizes

smaller than

VGA

Information

pYou can execute “Edit picture” only for the “File unrestricted” files of still images shot

by the cameras, obtained by data communication, downloaded from sites, or retrieved

from i-mode mail.

pYou cannot edit some still images, or you might have difficulty to produce editing

effect.

pIf you repeat editing image, the image quality may deteriorate or the file size may

become larger.

pYou may not be able to edit some still images whose size are changed.

pThe file name, title, storage location, and acquired source of the newly saved still

image are as follows:

・File name: “YYYYMMDDhhmmnnnn”

Title: “YYYY/MM/DD hh:mm”

(Y: year, M: month, D: date, h: hour, m: minute, n: number)

・ Storage location: Folder the source file is saved to (Still images on the microSD card

are saved to the “i-mode” folder.)

・Acquired source: The same as the source file

Function Menu of the Edit Picture Display

Marker stamp You can add the marker stamp in the “Stamp” folder.

Select a marker stamp.

pYou can rotate the marker stamp by pressing i( ) and

selecting “90° to right/90° to left/180°”. Select “Scale up/Scale

down” to enlarge or shrink the marker stamp.

pYou can reselect a marker stamp by pressing l().

Use Mo to position the marker stamp and press

Oo().

pYou can add a marker stamp by pressing l().

Oo()

Frame Select a frameOo()

pYou can add the frame whose size is the same as the size of

the image you are editing.

pYou can display the previous or next frame by pressing No.

Press and hold No for at least one second to display

sequentially.

pYou can rotate the frame by pressing i( ) and

selecting “180° rotation”.

pYou can reselect a frame by pressing l().

Character stamp You can add text.

Enter characters.

You can enter up to 15 full-pitch/30 half-pitch characters.

However, the number of characters you can enter decreases

depending on the size of the still image.

pPress i( ) and select “Character color” to select a

color; then, you can change the color of characters. You can

switch between “16 Color” and “256 Color” by pressing

c().

Select “Font” to change the character fonts.

Select “Character size” to enlarge or shrink characters.

Select “Character input” to edit entered characters.

Use Mo to position the charactersand press Oo()

Oo()

pYou can reselect a position by pressing l().

352

Data Management

Fit in screen You can convert the image size into the Stand-by (480 x 854)

size.

YES

Change size Select an image size to change to.

pIf you select the size different in proportional ratio from the

source still image, the still image is enlarged or shrunk so that it

does not exceed the selected size with its proportional ratio

retained.

Oo()

pYou can reselect a size by pressing l().

Trim away You can trim the still image to a certain size.

Select an image size to trim to.

pYou cannot select a trimming frame larger than the still image

you are editing.

pWhen you select “Dial/recv. PIC (480 x 288)” or “VGA (480 x

640)”, the still image you are editing and the trimming frame are

halved at both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.

Use Mo to select a part to be trimmed and press

Oo().

pYou can reselect a size to trim by pressing l().

Oo()

pYou can reselect a part to be trimmed by pressing

l().

Retouch You can set texture and color tone of the still image.

Select an item.

Sharp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stresses the outline.

Blur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Softens the outline.

Sepia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the color tone sepia.

Emboss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Makes the still image rugged.

Negative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reverses the color tone.

Horizontal flip . . . . . . . . . Flips the image horizontally.

Super clear shadow . . . . Makes the dark still image clear.

Memory color . . . . . . . . . Corrects the color and contrast.

Oo()

pYou can reselect an effect by pressing l().

You can select up to 20 JPEG files (20 frames) of Stand-by (480 x 854)

size or smaller from the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder and user

folders, and play them back as animations. You can store 20 original

animations.

1mData boxMy picture

Original animation<New>

pTo change, select an original animation you have set.

2Select a frame position from <1st> to <20th>

Select a folderSelect a still image.

pTo release the stored still image, select “Release this”.

Rotate 90° to right, 90° to left or 180°Oo()

pYou can reselect the rotation angle by pressing l().

Brightness You can adjust the brightness to -3 (dark) through +3 (bright).

Select a brightness level.

Attach to mail See page 348.

Save See page 350.

Information

pYou cannot select the marker stamp with following sizes:

・When the size is larger than the still image to be edited

・CIF (352 x 288) ・VGA (480 x 640) ・QVGA (240 x 320)

・QCIF (144 x 176) ・Sub-QCIF (96 x 128)

pYou cannot enlarge a marker stamp to the size larger than the still image you are

editing.

pYou cannot set some character colors depending on the image to be edited. In that

case, select another color.

Creating Animations

Original Animation list

353

Data Management

3Repeat step 2l()

Function Menu of the Original Animation List

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters.

Org. animation Go to step 2 on page 352.

Display picture You can play back the original animation.

Set display See page 347.

Picture info See page 347.

Release animation YES

Function Menu while Playing Back Original Animation

Set display See page 347.

Display size See page 350.

Retry You can play back the original animation again.

Information

pIf you delete a still image stored in an original animation, the original animation which

contains the still image is released.

You can play back the movies saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD

card.

In Horizontal Open Style, movies are played back horizontally. You can

switch styles during playback.

p.You can enjoy playing back programs in stereo sound by connecting the Flat-plug

Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also, you can enjoy playing back programs wirelessly by

using a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 427)

1mData boximotionSelect a folder

Select a file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 382 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pSee page 205 when you

select “Search by i-mode”.

pThe following images are displayed when you cannot display the preview images:

pWhen you select a folder or i-motion movie from another function, some folders or

i-motion movies may not be displayed depending on the function. You may be

able to confirm the i-motion movie by pressing l( ) while selecting an

i-motion movie.

pDepending on the i-motion movie, you can play back by selecting a chapter set

for the i-motion movie. (See page 356)

<i-motion Player>

Playing Movies/i-motion

Folder list Movie list

Cannot be

played back

Playback restrictions have

expired, and the like.

No preview

images

Incomplete

download

354

Data Management

■Operations when playing back movie

pSee page 356 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Operation Key operation

Quick View l( ) (See page 356)

Mute/Release mute i

Pause※1Oo()

pOo( ) to play back

Play back frame by

frame※2l( ) during pause

pEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </>

Display next file or

chapter※3Vo

Display previous file or

chapter※3Co

pWhen playback time is over three seconds, you go back to

the beginning of the file. (You go back to the top of the

chapter for the file with chapters.)

Search (fast forward)※2Press and hold Vo.

Search (fast rewind)※2Press and hold Co.

Change vertical disp./

horizontal disp./full disp.

[Normal Style only]

c()

pEach time of pressing switches display formats.

Icon

[Horizontal Open Style

only]

c()

※4

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Display icons

and navigations” → “Nondisplay icons and navigations” →

“Full display”.

Remaster 9

pEach time of pressing switches between “ON” and “OFF”.

Listening 8

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “OFF”

→ “Surround” → “Natur1” → “Natur2”.

Equalizer 7

pEach time of pressing switches in order of “Normal”

→ “H.BASS1” → “H.BASS2” → “Train”.

※1 You cannot operate this for a streaming type of i-motion movie.

※2 You cannot operate this for a streaming type of i-motion movie, or when you are

playing back an i-motion movie while obtaining it. Further, you might not be able to

operate this depending on the i-motion movie.

※3 Movies having no chapters are switched in the order on the Movie list. This

operation is available when you play back from the Movie list. Movies having

chapters are switched in the order that the chapters are stored.

※4 Even if you set the icons not to be displayed, the icon such as “ ”, “ ”, “ ” or “ ”

appears during communication or when an i-mode mail message or Message R/F

comes in.

■Specifications for movie playback

pEven when the file format is supported, you might not be able to play back some files.

The display for selecting Position Memory appears. When you select “Marker to resume”

or “Position memory 1/2”, the movie is played back from the stored position.

pTo delete “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Delete”. You cannot

delete the “Marker to resume”.

pWhen the movie with a position memory has been deleted or moved to another folder,

you cannot play it back.

File format MP4, ASF

Coding system MP4 file Video: MPEG4, H.263, H.264

Audio: AMR, AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), Enhanced aacPlus

ASF file Video: MPEG4

Audio: G.726

Pixels MPEG4: Files of VGA (640 x 480) size or smaller

H.263: Files of only Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) and QCIF (176 x 144) size

H.264: Files of QVGA (320 x 240) size or smaller

Extension sdv, 3gp, mp4, asf

When you select “Position memory” from the Folder list for

movies

Marker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm

operates, or the battery level goes flat during playback of a

movie.

Position memory You can store in any optional position in a movie, and create up

to two position memories. (See page 356)

355

Data Management

Information

pWhile searching (fast forward or fast rewind) a movie or playing it back frame by

frame, it does not sound. You can search (fast forward or fast rewind) while pausing or

playing back the movie (including slow and quick view).

pIf you receive mail or a Message R/F when playing back an i-motion movie, the video

or sound might be interrupted.

Function Menu of the Movie List

Edit imotion See page 358.

Edit title See page 347.

Set imotion

Ring tone You can set a movie for a ring tone.

Select an incoming typel()

pThe set item is indicated by “★”.

Stand-by display You can set a movie for the Stand-by display.

YESl()

Stand-by disp. Wide You can set a movie for the (horizontally) Stand-by display.

YESl()

Wake-up display You can set a movie for the Wake-up display.

YESl()

imotion info You can display the i-motion movie title, file name and others.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-motion mail message with the file

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Move to microSD See page 376.

Move to phone See page 376.

Copy See page 348.

Move See page 348.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Edit file name See page 348.

File restriction See page 348.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all See page 348.

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Sort See page 349.

Listing You can change the displayed contents for Movie list. You can

select whether the title or file name is displayed in the

microSD Card list.

Select a display format.

Title . . . . . . . . . . . . .The titles or file names are listed.

Title + Image . . . . . .The title or file name, and image are

displayed at a time. The displayed image

is the first frame of movie.

Title/File name . . . .You can select whether to display the

title or file name.

pIn the case of the microSD Card list, “Title” is displayed as

“Name”, and “Title + Image” is displayed as “Name +

Image”.

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c() from

the Movie list.

356

Data Management

Information

pWhen you set an i-motion other than VGA (640 x 480) size to Stand-by display, the

i-motion is enlarged or reduced to VGA (640 x 480) size.

pYou cannot set the i-motion movie whose acquired source is “ ” as a ring tone.

pSee “imotion info” to check whether the i-motion movie can be set for a ring tone or

receiving display.

pWhen the file size is larger than 2 Mbytes, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to cut it out to the mail size. Select “YES” to cut out the i-motion movie from

the beginning to the about 2-Mbyte point.

pYou may not be able to compose i-mode mail depending on the i-motion movie.

pDepending on the i-motion movie, its file size may become larger or smaller.

pYou cannot attach an i-motion movie in excess of 2 Mbytes to mail from the Edit

imotion display. See “Trim for mail” for how to cut out the i-motion movie for

attaching to i-motion mail.

Function Menu during Pause/at the End of Playback

Normal play The movie is played back at the normal speed.

Chapter list You can display the list of chapters stored in the movie and

select a chapter to be played back.

Select a chapter to be played back.

Slow The movie is played back mute at half the normal speed.

pTo cancel Slow playback, press l( ) or perform

“Normal play”.

Quick View (1.25x) The movie is played back at the speed 1.25 times the normal

speed.

pPress l( ) to play back the movie at twice the

normal speed. Press l( ) to play back at the

normal speed.

Quick View (2x) The movie is played back at twice the normal speed.

pTo cancel Quick View, press l( ) or perform

“Normal play”.

Stop You can end playback.

Position to play You can set the start point for playing back the movie.

Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar and

press Oo().

pTo cancel, press r.

Sound effect

Remaster You can bring the sound from an earphone or Bluetooth

device to the original sound by complementing high-pitch

range lost at data compression.

ON or OFF

Listening You can set sound effect for listening from an earphone or

Bluetooth device..

Select an item.

Surround . . . Makes the sound natural and stereophonic.

Natur 1/2 . . . . Complements the cooped-up feeling specific

to earphones and plays back natural sound.

Select 1 or 2 according to your taste.

OFF . . . . . . . . Sets Listening to “OFF”.

Equalizer You can change the quality of the sound from an earphone or

Bluetooth device.

Select an item.

Normal . . . . . Reproduces normal sound quality.

H.BASS1 . . . . Enhances bass sound.

H.BASS2 . . . . Enhances bass sound more deeply than

H.BASS1.

Train . . . . . . . Minimizes abnormal sound that causes sound

leakage.

Position memory You can store a position memory in the movie. Store it at the

desired position in pause state.

Position memory1 or Position memory2

Edit imotion See page 358.

Attach to mail See page 355.

pYou can compose an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l( ) from the playback end display.

Set imotion See page 355.

imotion info See page 355.

357

Data Management

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Display size You can set the display whether to display a movie in the

original size (Actual size) or to fit to the display size.

Actual size or Fit in display

pEven if you set to “Actual size”, the movie in excess of the

display size is reduced to the display size. Also, when the

movie is QCIF (176 x 144) size or smaller, it is doubled at

both lengthwise and sidewise to be displayed.

Change to full You can switch display formats of movies. Each time of

selecting the item switches displays in order of playback on

the vertical display → playback on the horizontal display fitted

to the display size → playback on the enlarged full display.

Information

pWhen restrictions on chapter forward/rewind are applied, you cannot select chapters

after/before the one you are currently playing back.

<Slow>

pYou cannot slow-play the following i-motion movies:

・A streaming type of i-motion movie

・An i-motion movie being played back while obtaining data

・An i-motion movie played back from the Stand-by display

pYou cannot execute Quick View for some i-motion movies.

pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.

pDepending on the movie/i-motion movie, you might not be able to select the position

to play.

pEven if an earphone or Bluetooth device is not connected, the respective setting

contents are shown on the display.

pWhen audio format of the i-motion movie is AMR or G.726, sound effect might be

unavailable.

You can store movies in a playlist, and continuously play them back in

the order you like. You can create up to 5 playlists, and can store up to 30

movies per playlist.

1mData boximotionPlaylist

Select Playlist 1 through 5.

2Select <1st> through <30th>Select a folder

Select a movie.

3Repeat step 2l()

pTo release a stored movie, press i( ) and select “DEL one from list”.

Select “DEL all from list”, then you can release all the stored movies.

pTo change the order of stored movies, press i( ) and select “Order to

play”, and select a movie whose position to be changed. Then, select the

destination position to change the order.

pDepending on the movie/i-motion movie, you might not be able to store the position

memory.

pDepending on the image size, the image might be displayed with the right or bottom

side cut off.

pThe movie of QCIF (176 x 144) size or smaller is not played back in full display.

pDepending on the image size, the image might be displayed with the right or bottom

side cut off.

Using Playlist

Store Playlist

Information

Playlist list

Information

pYou cannot store partially saved i-motion movies in the playlist.

358

Data Management

1Playlist listHighlight a playlist and press l().

You can edit movies/i-motion movies. The edited movies/i-motion movies

are saved to the folder containing the source movies/i-motion movies.

1Movie list/During pause/At the end of

playbacki()

Edit imotion

pUse Bo or </ > to adjust the sound volume.

Play Back Playlist

Function Menu of the Playlist List

Play See page 358.

Edit playlist You can edit the playlist.

Go to step 2 on page 357.

Release playlist You can release all movies stored in the playlist.

YES

Edit playlist name You can edit the name of the playlist.

Edit a playlist name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Editing Movies/i-motion

Edit imotion display

2i()Edit the movie/i-motion movie.

See page 359 for the operation.

3Press Oo().

pNot to save the edited movie/i-motion movie, press r or h; then select

“YES”.

4YES

pSee page 205 when i-motion movies are stored to the maximum.

■Operations during editing an i-motion movie or demo playback

pYou cannot do some operations depending on the state.

Operation Key operation

Pause Oo()

pPress Oo( ) to play back.

Fast forward Press and hold Vo.

Fast rewind Press and hold Co.

Forward frame by frame Vo during pause

Rewind frame by frame Co during pause

Sound volume adjustment Bo or </>

Information

pYou cannot edit the following movies/i-motion movies:

・The files with “File restriction” and “Replay restriction” obtained from sites or i-mode

mail

・The files other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide (640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240),

QCIF (176 x 144) and Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) size

・The files saved to the microSD card

pYou might not be able to edit some i-motion movies.

pThe image quality may deteriorate or the file size may become larger or smaller by

executing “Edit imotion”.

pWhen a call comes in, the battery level goes flat, or you close the FOMA terminal

while editing, the confirmation display appears asking whether to save the fixed edited

contents.

359

Data Management

Function Menu of the Edit imotion Display

Trim imotion You can cut out a certain range from an i-motion movie.

Use Vo to display a start frame and press l().

The start frame is set and the movie/i-motion movie is played

back.

Press Oo( ) at the position you want to cut out.

Playing back the movie/i-motion movie pauses.

Use Vo to display an end frame and press l().

The cut out range is played back.

pWhen the file size reaches about 10 Mbytes, the end frame is

automatically set.

Press Oo().

pPress l( ) to play back a demo to check the edited

movie/i-motion movie.

Trim for picture You can cut out the still image and save it.

Use Vo to display a frame and press l()YES

Select a folder.

pSee page 205 when images are stored to the maximum.

Trim for mail You can cut out the movie/i-motion movie to the size attachable to

i-mode mail.

Mail size (S) or Mail size

Mail size (S) . . . Cut out to the size of about 500 Kbytes or less.

Mail size . . . . . . Cut out to the size of about 2,048 Kbytes or

less.

Use Vo to display a start frame and press l().

The movie/i-motion movie is played back.

When the file size reaches about 500 Kbytes, about 2,048

Kbytes, or at the end of playback, the playback stops

automatically.

Oo()

pPress l( ) to play back a demo and you can check the

edited movie/i-motion movie.

Attach to mail See page 355.

File restriction See page 348.

Information

pIf you execute “Trim imotion”, the file size may become larger.

Function Menu while i-motion is Edited or Demo Playback

is in Pause

Normal play You can play back at the normal speed.

Slow You can play back mute at half the normal speed.

Quick View (1.25x) You can play back at the speed 1.25 times the normal speed.

Quick View (2x) You can play back at twice the normal speed.

Starting point You can set the start frame for “Trim imotion” and “Trim for

mail”.

Ending point You can set the end frame for “Trim imotion”.

Determine You can set the frame for “Trim for picture”.

Stop You can stop playing back.

360

Data Management

You can play back the video saved to the microSD card. Just by

changing the style during playback, the vertical display and horizontal

display switch automatically. In Normal Style, you can switch displays

manually by pressing c.

pYou can enjoy playing back programs in stereo sound by connecting the Flat-plug

Stereo Earphone Set (option). Also, you can enjoy playing back programs wirelessly by

using a commercial Bluetooth device. (See page 427)

1mData box1SegVideoSelect a file.

pWhen the position to play is

recorded to the video, the

playback starts from the

position to play. Press

l( ) to play back

from the beginning.

pWhen you select a divided

recorded video from Video

list, select the video to play

back from list of divided

recorded videos.

pThe image on the right is displayed when

you cannot display a preview image:

■Operations when playing video

pSee page 362 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Playing Video

Folder list Video list

Cannot be

played back

No preview image

Operation Key operation

Quick View※1l

pEach time pressing switches in order of “1.25x” → “2x”

→ “Summary View” → ”Normal play”.

※1 In Data Broadcasting Mode, you cannot operate.

※2 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 30 seconds.

※3 You cannot operate for a file whose playback time is shorter than 10 seconds.

※4 When you operate immediately after “Skip”, “Fast forward”, “Rewind”, or “Position to

play”, the program title stored in “Video info” might appear.

Mute/Release mute i

Pause※1Oo() or p

pOo() or p to play back

Play back frame by

frame※1l( ) during pause

pEach time of pressing proceeds frame by frame.

Sound volume adjustment Bo※1 or </>\

Fast forward※1Vo

pOo() or p to resume

Rewind※1Co

pOo() or p to resume

Skip (fast forward)※1※2

(for at least one second) or

during playback or pause

Skip (rewind)※1※3

(for at least one second) or

during playback or pause

Program title※4d

pIcons and the time bar appear on the horizontal display.

Switch display d while displaying program title

pEach time of pressing from the horizontal display

switches ON/OFF of “Icon” and “Caption”.

pEach time of pressing from the horizontal display

switches the positions of the time bar as well regardless

of whether the caption is displayed or not.

Switch display directions/

Full display

c※5※6

pIn Video Mode, each time of pressing switches the

display directions.

pIn Data Broadcasting Mode, each time of pressing

switches between standard display and full display.

Switch TV/data BC m()

※7

pEach time of pressing switches between Video Mode

and Data Broadcasting Mode.

Operation Key operation

361

Data Management

※5 Close the FOMA terminal to return to the vertical display. In Horizontal Open Style,

the horizontal display automatically appears in Video Mode and the vertical display

does not appear.

※6 You cannot operate this in Horizontal Open Style.

※

7 You can operate in the same way as “Program title” while horizontal display is shown.

The display for selecting Position Memory appears. When you select “Marker to resume”

or “Position memory 1/2”, the video is played back from the stored position.

pTo delete “Position memory”, press i( ) and select “Delete”. You cannot

delete the “Marker to resume”.

pWhen the video with a position memory has been deleted, you cannot play it back.

When you select “Position memory” from the Folder list for

videos

Marker to resume This is stored automatically when a call comes in, an alarm

operates, or the battery level goes flat during playback of a video.

Position memory You can store in any optional position in a video, and create up to

two position memories. (See page 362)

Information

pNo sound is output during frame-by-frame playback or during skipping. Further,

captions are not displayed.

pThe displayed time bar is for reference.

Even if you set “Sound effect setting” (or “Sound effect”) to “ON”, effect tones do not

sound during pause, frame-by-frame playback, slow playback, or quick view playback.

pWhen you select “YES (default)” from the confirmation display for data broadcasting

while watching a 1Seg program or playing back video, the information on data

broadcasting might be automatically updated, and you might be charged a packet

communication fee. (See page 269)

pYou might not be able to operate links by selecting them on data broadcasting during

pause or at the end of playback.

pThe part of video that was not correctly recorded owing to the bad radio wave

conditions is not displayed and skipped to the position where it can be displayed

correctly. In that case, the video might not be played back for a few seconds, or might

be distorted. Further, the time bar might not be displayed correctly.

pIf you try to play back a video with a low battery, the battery alert tone sounds, and the

confirmation display appears asking whether to play it back. When the battery

becomes low during playback, the playback pauses, the battery alert tone sounds,

and the confirmation display appears asking whether to end the playback. The battery

alert tone sounds regardless of the setting of “Keypad sound”.

pIf you edit (divide) the video using a mobile phone or personal computer that supports

the edit function, you might not be able to correctly play it back on the FOMA terminal.

pThe FOMA terminal is not support a viedo that it is protected on other devices.

Function Menu of the Video List

Information

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Video info You can display the channel name, the program name, etc. of

the video.

pYou can display the channel name, the program name, etc.

also by pressing c().

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete

Delete this YES

Delete selected You can select multiple videos and delete them.

Put a check mark for videos to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Listing You can change the displayed contents for Video list.

Select a display format.

Title . . . . . . . . . . . .The title names are displayed.

Title + image . . . . . The title name and image are displayed at

a time. The displayed image is the first

frame of video.

362

Data Management

Information

pIf a call comes in while deleting multiple videos, deleting is canceled.

pThe video whose recording time is long might take a long time to be deleted. Make

sure that the remaining battery is full enough.

pYou might not be able to delete the video containing data that does not support the

FOMA terminal.

pThe video that was not recorded correctly owing to the bad radio wave conditions

might not be played back.

Function Menu during Pause/at the End of Playback

Normal play The video is played at the normal speed.

Slow The video is played back mute at half the normal speed.

pTo cancel Slow play, perform “Normal play”.

Quick View The video is played back quickly.

Select an item.

1.25x . . . . . . . . . . .The video is played back at the speed

1.25 times the normal speed.

2x . . . . . . . . . . . . . .The video is played back at twice the

normal speed.

Summary View. . .The played back speed is

automatically adjusting according to

the voice of the video.

pTo cancel Quick view, press l several times, or

perform “Normal play”.

Fast forward The video is played back fast.

10x or 30x

pTo cancel fast forward playback, press Oo().

Rewind The video is played back fast in the opposite direction.

10x or 30x

pTo cancel rewind playback, press Oo().

Stop You can end playback.

Position to play You can set the start point for playing the video.

Use No to move the cursor position of the time bar

and press Oo().

pTo cancel, press r.

Position memory You can store a position memory in the video. Store it at

the desired position in pause state.

Position memory1 or Position memory2

Video info See page 361.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Switch display You can switch the contents on the viewer display.

Select an item.

pIf you set to “Enlarged V. img+DBC”, the video on the

vertical display is enlarged. However, the sides of the

video might be cut depending on the program.

pIf you operate “Fast forward” or “Rewind” from the

Function menu while “Data broadcasting” is set, the

setting at Video Player start-up returns.

pEven if you set to “Data broadcasting”, the audio from

video files is output.

pYou can set “Caption” from “User Settings” or while

watching a 1Seg program.

Switch TV/data BC You can switch between Video Mode and Data

Broadcasting Mode while watching a video on the vertical

display.

Icon See page 268.

Image quality See page 268.

Sound

Sound effect

Auto volume See page 268.

Remaster See page 268.

Listening See page 269.

Equalizer See page 269.

At player start-up

When “Caption” is set

to “ON”:

V. img+Caption+DBC

When “Caption” is set

to “OFF”:

Visual image+DBC

At player start-up

Video Mode

363

Data Management

Chara-den is an animation character representing yourself. You can send

it as your image during videophone calls.

You can use the Chara-den player to play it back and shoot it.

pYou can delete the pre-installed Chara-den image. You can re-download it from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 206). When you use a UIM other than the one used for

downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for it.

pSome Chara-den images synchronize their movement with your voice spoken into the

microphone.

Main/sub sound Main sound, Sub sound, or Main+sub sound

Data broadcasting

Reload contents You can reload the displayed data broadcasting site.

pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to

re-send the data you entered, depending on the site.

Certificate See page 197.

Set image display See page 208.

Sound effect See page 269.

Reset settings See page 269.

Back to data BC You can stop browsing the data broadcasting site and

return to the data broadcasting.

At player start-up

Main sound

Information

pYou cannot execute Quick View for some video files.

pIt may be hard to hear sound during Quick View.

pDepending on the video file, you might not be able to select the position to play.

pWhen you have selected the part that was not recorded correctly owing to bad radio

wave conditions, the start point moves to the part where you can play back the video

correctly.

Chara-den

You can display stored Chara-den images.

You can make the Chara-den image move by key operation.

1mData boxChara-denSelect a Chara-den image.

■Key assignment of operating Chara-den

You can use the Action list to check the actions that you can operate.

pThe number of actions you can operate varies depending on the Chara-den image.

※1 You cannot operate for the pre-installed Chara-den image.

※2 Press s again to cancel the first s.

<Chara-den Player>

Displaying/Operating Chara-den Images

Chara-den list Chara-den display

Key operation Details

1∼9

s1∼s9※1※2

(Whole Action Mode)

Whole action: expresses an action with whole of

the body.

11∼99※1

(Parts Action Mode)

Parts action: expresses an action with a part of

the body.

0Suspends the running action.

mDisplays the Action list.

lMakes a videophone call.

cRecords Chara-den images.

364

Data Management

Function Menu of the Chara-den List

Chara-den call See page 73.

Substitute image See page 74.

Rec. Chara-den See page 364.

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 18 full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Chara-den info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Chara-den

image.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Delete YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pThis operation deletes the pre-installed Chara-den image as

well.

Multiple-choice You can select and delete multiple Chara-den images.

Put a check mark for Chara-den images to be deleted

i()DeleteYES

Display size You can set whether to display the Chara-den image in “Actual

size” or “Fit in display”.

Actual size or Fit in display

Reset title You can reset the title to the default one.

YES

Information

p“Rec. file restriction” denotes whether to restrict the operation such as attaching still

images/movies created by “Rec. Chara-den” to mail, saving them to microSD card, or

editing them.

pIf you delete a Chara-den image set for the substitute image except “カンガルー

(kangaroo)”, “カンガルー (kangaroo)” is set for the substitute image. If you delete “カ

ンガルー (kangaroo)”, a pre-installed substitute image will be sent.

You can shoot the displayed Chara-den image as a still image or movie.

1mData boxChara-den

Select a Chara-den image to be shot

c()

pYou can select “Rec. Chara-den” also from the Function

menu of the Chara-den list or Chara-den display for

recording.

Function Menu of the Chara-den Display

Chara-den call See page 73.

Substitute image See page 74.

Rec. Chara-den See page 364.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Action list You can display the list for actions that you can operate.

pHighlight an action, and press Oo( ) to run the action;

and press l( ) to check the details of the action.

pYou can display the Action list also by pressing m.

Change action You can switch the action modes between Whole Action Mode

( ) and Parts Action Mode ( ).

Chara-den info See page 364.

Display size See page 364.

Recording Chara-den Images

At Chara-den

display

Whole Action

Mode

Chara-den

Recording display

365

Data Management

1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and

press Oo().

A still image of the displayed Chara-den image is shot.

pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.

2Press Oo().

The still image you have shot is saved to the “Camera” folder.

1Display “ ” on the Chara-den Recording display and

pressOo().

Recording of the displayed Chara-den image starts.

pWhile “ ” is displayed, press c( ) to display “ ”.

2Oo()Oo()

The recorded movie is saved to the “Camera” folder.

Shoot Still Images

Record Movies

Information

pThe image size is fixed to QCIF (176 x 144).

pIn Manner Mode or when “Phone” or “Mail” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent”, the

recording confirmation tone, the recording start tone, and the recording end tone do

not sound.

pWhen “Recording type” is set to “Video + voice”, the voice is recorded as well.

Function Menu of the Chara-den Recording Display

Switch Chara-den Select a Chara-den image to be displayed.

pIf you switch Chara-den images, the action mode switches to

Whole Action Mode.

Substitute image See page 74.

Action list See page 364.

Change action See page 364.

Display size See page 364.

1mData boxMachi-chara

Select a Machi-chara image.

pEach time you press m from the Machi-chara list, you

can switch between the list in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pThe image on the right is displayed when

you cannot display a preview image.

pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Recording size You can set the image size for recording and saving a still

Chara-den image. You can set only in Photo Mode.

QCIF (176 x 144) or Small (117 x 96)

Recording type You can set whether to record video or voice for recording and

saving a moving Chara-den image. You can set only in Movie

Mode.

Video + voice or Video

Recording quality You can set the image quality for saving a moving Chara-den

image. You can set only in Movie Mode.

Normal, Prefer image quality, or Prefer motion speed

<Machi-chara>

Displaying Machi-chara Images

Machi-chara list

No preview image Incomplete

download

366

Data Management

Function Menu of the Machi-chara List

Edit title See page 347.

Preview You can display Machi-chara image.

Set to Machi-chara You can set Machi-chara image. (See page 119)

pYou can set Machi-chara image also by pressing l().

pYou cannot set Machi-chara image on the microSD card.

RLS Machi-chara You can release a Machi-chara image setting.

Machi-chara info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Machi-chara

images.

Reset all info You can reset data included in the Machi-chara image.

YES

Move to microSD See page 376.

Move to phone See page 376.

Move See page 348.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pThis operation deletes pre-installed Machi-chara images as

well.

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 349.

Listing You can change the displayed contents for the Machi-chara list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c( ) from the

Machi-chara list.

1mData boxMelody

pEach time you press m from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 382 for the Function menu of the Folder list.

2Select a folderSelect a melody.

pWhen selecting folders and

melodies by another

function, some folders or

melodies may not be

displayed depending on the

function. Some melodies

may be played back for

confirmation while being

selected, or you may at

times be able to play back

the melody by pressing

l().

pSee page 205 when you

select “Search by i-mode”.

You can repeatedly play back the melodies selected by “Edit playlist”.

1mData boxMelodyPlaylist

+m-1-6

Playing a Melody

Folder list

Melody list Melody Playback

Play Back Playlist

367

Data Management

■Operation while playing back a melody

※1 Halts the playback of melodies which cannot be attached to mail.

※2 Halts the playback when the FOMA terminal is closed.

※3 Valid when played back from the Melody list.

Operation Key operation

Halt Oo(), d, 0 through 9, a, s, l※1,

m, c, p

Sound volume

adjustment

Bo or </ >※2

Replay next file※3Vo

Replay previous file※3Co

Information

pThe melodies are played back at the volume set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”. When

“Phone” of “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” or “Step”, they are played back at “Level 2”.

However, the melody played back when it is selected does not sound.

pEven if you change the volume while playing back, the volume set for “Phone” of

“Ring volume” returns when you exit the Melody player.

Function Menu of the Melody List

Edit title Edit the title.

pFor a file in the FOMA terminal, you can enter up to 31

full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters.

pFor a file on the microSD card, you can enter up to 18

full-pitch/36 half-pitch characters.

Edit file name Edit the file name.

pYou can enter up to 36 half-pitch alphanumeric characters

and symbols (only “.”,“-”,“_”) except extension.

Play melody See page 366.

Set as ring tone Select an incoming type.

p“★” indicates the set item.

File restriction You can set the file restrictions on the selected melody.

File unrestricted or File restricted

pSee page 247 for the file restrictions.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the selected

melody attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 386.

transmission See page 388.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Melody info You can display the melody title, file name and others.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Move to phone See page 376.

Copy You can copy the melody from a folder on the microSD card to

another folder on the microSD card.

Select a destination folder.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Delete

Delete this You can delete the melody stored in the FOMA terminal.

YES

Delete selected You can select and delete multiple melodies stored in the

FOMA terminal.

Put a check mark for melodies to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder in the

FOMA terminal.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Delete this You can delete the melody stored on the microSD card.

YES

368

Data Management

Delete all You can delete all melodies stored in the selected folder on

the microSD card.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Multiple-choice You can select multiple melodies stored on the microSD card

and operate them.

Put a check mark for the melodies to be operated

i()Select an item.

Delete . . . . . . . See “Delete this” on page 367.

Copy . . . . . . . . See page 367.

Move . . . . . . . . See page 368.

Select all. . . . . You can select all melodies.

Release all . . . You can release all selected melodies.

Sort You can change displayed order.

Select an order.

pYou cannot sort the files on the microSD card.

Move You can move the melody to another folder.

Select a destination folder

Put a check mark for melodies to be moved

l()YES

pPress l( ) to display folders at the second-tier level

or lower, if they exist. Press r to return to the upper level.

pFor the microSD card, you do not need to put a check mark

for the melodies.

Move to microSD See page 376.

Information

pWhen the icon of the acquired source is “ ” or “ ” and the icon such as “ ” or

“ ” is displayed for that melody, you cannot change the file name.

pYou cannot use some characters and symbols for a file name.

pYou can set the file restrictions only to the melody with the acquired source icon “ ”.

pWhen the melody file exceeds 100 Kbytes by applying the restriction, you cannot set

the file restrictions.

pYou cannot attach the melody with “ ” or “ ” whose acquired source icon is

“ ” or “ ” , or the melody in excess of 100 Kbytes.

pYou may not be able to attach to i-mode mail even when the file restriction in the

melody information is “File unrestricted”.

pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default.

(When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “TV timer”, or for

“Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)

pYou cannot delete the pre-installed melody.

Function Menu of the Melody Playback Display

Information

Attach to mail See page 367.

Set as ring tone See page 367.

Melody info See page 367.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Play all/

Play portion

You can temporarily switch the play start positions of the melody.

369

Data Management

You can check the details on Kisekae Tool files.

pYou can delete the pre-installed Kisekae Tool file. You can re-download it from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 206). When you use a UIM other than the one used for

downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for it.

1mData boxKisekae Tool

Select a Kisekae Tool fileSelect an item.

Selected image, ring tone or illumination are played back as a demo. If you select a

color theme, the display is displayed in selected color theme.

pEach time you press m from the Kisekae Tool list, you can switch between the

list in the FOMA terminal and the microSD card. In the Folder list on the microSD

card, you can display the Kisekae Tool list by selecting a folder.

pSee page 382 for the Function menu of the Folder list.

pThe image on the right is displayed when you cannot display a

preview image.

pSee page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Checking Kisekae Tool

Kisekae Tool list Detailed Kisekae

Tool display

Information

pClock display cannot be played back as a demo.

Function Menu of the Kisekae Tool list

Edit title See page 347.

Preview You can display the Detailed Kisekae Tool display.

Set at one time You can set the Kisekae Tool file at one time. (See page 118)

pYou can set the Kisekae Tool file at one time also by pressing

l().

pYou cannot set Kisekae Tool files on the microSD card at a

time.

Kisekae Tool info You can display the title, file name, and others of the Kisekae

Tool file.

Move to microSD See page 376.

Move to phone See page 376.

Reset title You can reset the title to the default.

YES

Move See page 348.

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all You can delete all files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 349.

Listing You can change the displayed contents for the Kisekae Tool list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c( ) from the

Kisekae Tool list.

370

Data Management

You need to obtain a microSD card separately to use the functions

related to the microSD card.

The microSD card is available at electronics retail stores, etc.

pP-01A supports a commercial microSD card of up to 2 Gbytes and microSDHC card of

up to 16 Gbytes (As of October 2008).

For the latest operation check information such as the memory capacity and

manufacturers of microSD cards, access the following sites (in Japanese only). Note

that the microSD cards other than published in the sites might not correctly work.

・From i-mode to P-SQUARE (As of October 2008)

iMenu → メニューリスト (Menu List)

→ ケータイ電話メーカー (Mobile Phone Maker) → P-SQUARE

・From personal computers

http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

Note that the published information is the result obtained from the

operation check, which does not necessarily guarantee all

performances of those microSD cards.

pDuring processing of the card, “ ” is displayed. During processing of the card, never

remove the microSD card, or turn off the FOMA terminal. Check that processing of the

card does not go on before turning off the FOMA terminal, and then remove the

microSD card.

pWhen the FOMA terminal or microSD card has many data files, it may take longer to

access the files.

pUp to about 65,500 folders and files on the microSD card can be recognized.

pThe microSD card has an operating life. If you use the microSD card for a long time,

you may not be able to write new data on it, or the card may be disabled.

pWith the FOMA terminal, you can save the downloaded still images, i-motion movies,

melodies, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, Chaku-uta Full® music files, and

i-αppli programs with the file restrictions to the microSD card. You cannot save the files

IPs (Information Providers) do not permit.

microSD Card

QR code for

accessing the site

Information

pYou may not be able to use the microSD card formatted using a personal computer

and other devices. Be sure to use the microSD card formatted with P-01A.

■Inserting

1To open the cover of the

microSD card slot, pull out it

in the direction of A and then

turn it in the direction B.

2Face the front surface of the

microSD card upwards and

insert the card.

pPush it until it clicks.

3Close the cover of the

microSD card slot.

pNote that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.

pIf you read/write data from/on a microSD card using a device other than this FOMA

terminal, the microSD card might become unusable depending on the device or

operations.

pWhen you insert a microSD card which has been used with another device such as a

personal computer into P-01A, new files and folders to be used in P-01A are created.

Inserting/Removing microSD Card

Information

371

Data Management

■Removing

1Open the cover following

step 1 of “■Inserting” and

push the microSD card until it

stops.

pPushing the microSD card inside pops up

the card.

2Remove the microSD card.

■Icons on the display

The following icons appear when you insert the microSD card:

: You can save and read data.

: The microSD card is write-protected. You cannot save data, and execute “Check

microSD” and “microSD format”.

: You cannot use the microSD card. Remove the microSD card and then insert it

again.

If “ ” is still displayed, execute “Check microSD” or “microSD format”.

Information

pDo not insert or remove the microSD card with the FOMA terminal turned on. It may

damage the microSD card or its data.

pNote that microSD card may pop out when you insert or remove it.

pCheck the direction of the microSD card, and then insert or remove it straight. If you

obliquely insert the microSD card into the slot, the microSD card may be damaged.

pIt may take long to initially read or write data after inserting the microSD card.

You can display the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items,

mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks (i-mode/Full Browser)

stored on the microSD card.

pYou can operate in the same way on the detailed Phonebook display, detailed mail

display, and detailed Bookmark display as when you display data stored in your FOMA

terminal.

See page 99 for detailed operations of the Phonebook.

See page 173 for detailed operations of mail.

See page 201 for detailed operations of bookmarks.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

Select a category.

pIf you select “Schedule”,

ToDo items are also

displayed.

2Select a fileSelect a data item.

Displaying Data Items on microSD Card

Category list microSD File display

(For Phonebook)

Data list

(For Phonebook)

Detailed data display

(For Phonebook)

372

Data Management

Function Menu of the Category List/microSD File Display/

Data List/Detailed Data Display

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 15 full-pitch/31 half-pitch characters.

Add to phone See page 373.

Overwrite to phone See page 374.

Add one to phone See page 373.

Add all to phone See page 373.

Overwr. all to ph. See page 373.

Copy to microSD See page 372.

Delete this YES

Delete all You can delete all files in the currently displayed category.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

microSD info See page 379.

Property You can display the detailed data display.

microSD format See page 378.

Check microSD See page 378.

You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored in the FOMA terminal to

the microSD card.

You can copy a single file from the FOMA terminal onto the microSD

card. A copied data item is saved as a single file.

You cannot copy the secret code stored in a Phonebook entry.

1Display for a data item to be copiedi()

Copy to microSDYES

pTo copy a Phonebook entry, a scheduled event or a mail message, select “Move/

copy” from the Function menu and select “Copy to microSD”.

pTo copy a bookmark, select “Copy” from the Function menu and select “Copy to

microSD”.

You can copy the data items of the category selected on the Category list

or of the category displayed on the microSD File display from the FOMA

terminal to the microSD card. The copied data items are all saved as a

single file.

You cannot copy secret codes or voice dial entries stored in the

Phonebook entries.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Copy to microSD

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pTo copy scheduled events, select “Schedule”, “ToDo”, or “All” (Schedule and

ToDo).

pTo copy bookmarks, select “i-mode”, “Full Browser”, or “All” (i-mode and Full

Browser).

Copy Data Items in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD

Card

Copy one to microSD

Copy all to microSD

Information

pWhen you copy a file stored as secret data, the file is copied as an ordinary file.

373

Data Management

You can copy the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks (i-mode/Full Browser) stored on

the microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

pSee page 381 for the number of data items that can be saved to the microSD card.

You can copy the data item selected on the data list or displayed on the

detailed data display to the FOMA terminal.

1Data list/Detailed data displayi()

Add one to phone or Copy to phoneYES

You can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the

Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File

display to the FOMA terminal.

The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Add all to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pWhen you copy all files, the files stored as secret data are also copied.

pWhen you copy all the Phonebook entries, the information from the PushTalk

Phonebook entry and the contents of “Own number” are also copied.

pFor copying mail, some files attached to mail may be deleted depending on file format.

pWhen you copy mail containing links to start an i-αppli program, the information about

starting the i-αppli program in that mail is deleted.

pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the

service area.

Copy Data Items on the microSD Card to the FOMA

Terminal

Add one to phone

Information

Add all to phone

You can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display

or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.

The copied data items are added to the FOMA terminal.

1microSD File displayi()Add to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Data listi()Add all to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can copy all data items in all files of the category selected on the

Category list or all data items in all files displayed on the microSD File

display to the FOMA terminal.

Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are

overwritten and deleted.

1Category list/microSD File displayi()

Overwr. all to ph.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Add to phone

Overwrite all to phone

374

Data Management

You can copy all data items in a file selected on the microSD File display

or all data items displayed on the data list to the FOMA terminal.

Note that the data items already stored in the FOMA terminal are

overwritten and deleted.

1microSD File displayi()

Overwrite to phone

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Data listi()Overwr. all to ph.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESYES

Overwrite to phone

Information

pIf the memory capacity of the FOMA terminal runs short during copying, copying is

suspended midway; however, the data already copied is stored.

pWhen you perform “Add one to phone” for a Phonebook entry, any group is not set if

the group number or group name stored in the microSD file differs from that stored on

the FOMA terminal.

pWhen you copy Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, they are also

stored in the PushTalk Phonebook. When you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the

contents of the PushTalk group are also overwritten.

When you execute “Add one to phone”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to store it. Select “YES” (select a phone number when multiple phone

numbers are stored) to store the entry also to the PushTalk Phonebook.

pWhen you overwrite the Phonebook entries, the voice dial entries are deleted.

pWhen you copy a mail message with the Outbox or Inbox full, the oldest unprotected

mail message is overwritten (the read one for the Inbox).

pWhen you execute “Add all to phone”, you cannot copy the bookmarks of the same

URL.

pIf the number of files stored on the microSD card increases, it may take long to read or

write data.

pDuring copying, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of the

service area.

The destination folder and file name are as follows:

pWhen you copy or move a file between the FOMA terminal and the microSD card, its

file format might change.

1Still Image list/Still image in play/Movie list/Melody list/

Melody during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime

Template listi()Copy to microSD

pIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the

multiple files at a time.

Copying Still Images, Movies, etc.

Copy Files from the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Still image

(DCF standard)

The destination folder in the “Picture” folder

PXXXXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Still image

(Non DCF standard)

The destination folder in the “Image Box” folder

STILXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Still image

(Deco-mail pictogram)

The destination folder in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder

DIMGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Movie

(With video)

The destination folder in the “Movie” folder

MOLXXX (X denotes an alpha-numeral.)

Movie

(Without video)

The destination folder in the “Other contents” folder

MMFXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Melody The destination folder

RINGXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

PDF file The destination folder

The same file name as the one in the FOMA terminal

Decome-Anime template The destination folder

DEATXXXX (X denotes a numeral.)

Information

pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime

templates in the “i-mode” folder, “Camera” folder, “Decomail-picture” folder,

“Decomail-pictograph” folder and a user folder.

375

Data Management

You can copy files from the microSD card to the i-mode folder in the

FOMA terminal. (Deco-mail pictograms are copied to the “お気に入り

(Favorite)” folder in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder and

Decome-Anime templates are copied to the “Phone” folder.)

1Still Image list/Still image in play/Movie list/Movie in

pause/Movie at the end of playback/Melody list/Melody

during playback/PDF File list/Decome-Anime Template

list, which is on the microSD cardi()

Copy to phone

pIf you have used “Multiple-choice” to select files to be copied, you can copy the

multiple files at a time.

pSee page 205 when images/i-motion movies/melodies/PDF files are stored to the

maximum.

pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files at a time but not others.

pWhen the files in the destination folder are stored to the maximum, a new folder is

automatically created and files are saved to that folder. For the files other than still

images or Decome-Anime template, the message “Storage is changed to XXXXXXX”

(XXXXXXX denotes a folder name) appears when copying is completed.

pYou cannot copy the following files:

・

Files that you shot Chara-den images whose “Rec. file restriction” is “File restricted”

・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited

・Pre-installed Deco-mail pictures

・Files set with playback restrictions

・Partially saved i-motion movies or Chaku-uta Full® music files

・PDF files partially downloaded page by page

pIf you copy the file to the microSD card, the image quality may deteriorate or the file

size becomes larger.

Copy Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal

Information

pDo not pull out the microSD card during copying.

pYou can copy JPEG, GIF, SWF, MP4, MFi, SMF, PDF files and Decome-Anime

templates. However, you cannot copy a melody and an SWF file in excess of 100

Kbytes.

pYou can copy multiple JPEG, GIF, SWF and MP4 files only at a time. However, you

cannot copy multiple movies of ASF format, VGA (640 x 480) and HVGA Wide (640 x

352) size, or in excess of 10 Mbytes.

pWhen you copy movies, the images are cut out, converted or shrunk; therefore the

image quality may deteriorate or the file size may become larger or smaller. However,

a movie whose video codec is H.264 is copied without being converted or shrunk.

pWhen you copy VGA (640 x 480) size or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) size of a movie, the

image is converted into QVGA (320 x 240) size. When you copy VGA (640 x 480) size

or HVGA Wide (640 x 352) size of a movie, ASF file, or the file in excess of 10 Mbytes,

it might take a longer time.

pYou cannot copy the movie in excess of 10 Mbytes in the following cases:

・When the video codec is H.264

・When the audio codec is AAC, AAC+ (HE-AAC), or Enhanced aacPlus

・When the bit rate of the movie is in excess of the restriction

・When searching (fast forward or fast rewind) is disabled

・When the movie size is other than VGA (640 x 480), HVGA Wide

(640 x 352), QVGA (320 x 240), QCIF (176 x 144) or Sub-QCIF (128 x 96)

Some movies cannot be copied in the conditions other than the above.

pPlaying back a copied ASF file may take a longer time.

pThe file after copying takes the title of the one set on the microSD card. When no title

is set on the microSD card or the default title is unknown, the file name will be the title.

Information

376

Data Management

You can move the copyrighted file obtained from a site to the microSD

card after encoding. The moved file is then saved to the destination

folder in the “Movable contents” folder (the specified destination folder

for Chaku-uta Full® music files).

Some files you moved to the microSD card can be operated only with the

UIM you used when moving, and others can be operated only with the

UIM and the phone you used when moving.

1Still image list/Movie list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/

Kisekae Tool list/Chaku-uta Full® Music list

i()Move to microSDOK

You can move a copyrighted file from the microSD card to the “i-mode”

folder in the FOMA terminal.

1Still Image list/Movie list/Machi-chara list/Melody list/

Kisekae Tool list/Chaku-uta Full® Music list, which is on

the microSD cardi()Move to phone

pSee page 205 when files are stored to the maximum.

Moving Copyrighted Files

Move Files in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Information

pYou can move a file to the microSD card only when the acquired source icon is “ ”.

pPartially saved i-motion movies, Chaku-uta Full® music files and Kisekae Tool files

cannot be moved to the microSD card.

pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.

Move Files from the microSD Card to the FOMA Terminal

Some i-αppli programs can be moved to and saved to the microSD card.

You cannot start the i-αppli program moved to the microSD card. Move it

back to your FOMA terminal to start. However, some i-αppli programs

can be operated only with the UIM you used when moving, and some

other programs can be operated only with the UIM and the phone you

used when moving.

1Software listi()Move to microSDYES

You can move an i-αppli program from the microSD card to the FOMA

terminal.

1Software listi()Move to phoneYES

Information

pYou can move a copyrighted file (with file restriction) to the FOMA terminal only if its

property for “Moved to phone” is “Available” or “Available (Same model)”. In addition,

you cannot move a file of “Available (Same model)” to the FOMA terminal other than

P-01A. See “Picture info”, “imotion info”, “Machi-chara info”, “Melody info”, “Kisekae

Tool info”, “File info”, or “Music info” to check whether the file is “Available”,

“Unavailable” or “Available (Same model)”.

pThe setting is released if you move a file set for another function.

pThe moved files are saved to the “i-mode” folder. However, the Machi-chara images

are saved to the “Machi-chara” folder, the Kisekae Tool files are saved to the “Kisekae

Tool” folder in Data Box and Chaku-uta Full® music files are saved to the “Initial

folder” in the “i-mode” folder.

Move i-αppli in the FOMA Terminal to the microSD Card

Move i-αppli from the microSD Card to the FOMA

Terminal

377

Data Management

You can back up the Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items,

mail messages, text memos, and bookmarks stored in the FOMA terminal

to the microSD card collectively. The backup data files are saved as a

single file every each category. When you restore backup data files, you

restore those data collectively in the FOMA terminal.

pEach time you perform “Backup to microSD”, the backup data files are deleted, and

new backup data files are made.

pAs for the data of the category that one data is not stored with, backup data files are

made so that the backup performs the data of the category collectively. When you

restored such a backup data file, it is overwritten the data of the category that one data

is not stored with.

pDuring back up or restore, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same status as it is out of

the service area.

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Backup to microSD

pWhen one data which you can back up in the FOMA terminal is not stored, you

cannot back it up.

2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pWhen you press r to cancel backup, then already made backup data files are

deleted.

pWhen backup is completed, the save date and time of the backup data files are

displayed.

Back up/Restore Data Files Collectively

Back up Data Files to the microSD Card

Information

pIf the battery goes flat during backup, backup is suspended, and then already

made backup data files are saved as suspended backup data files. However, you

cannot resume backup from the remaining part, so do backup again to complete

backup.

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Restore to phone

pIf there are no backup data files or suspended backup data files only, you cannot

perform “Restore to phone”.

2Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pWhen you press r to cancel restore, then already restored data files are stored

in FOMA terminal, however you cannot resume restoration from remaining part.

To restore all backup data files, perform “Restore to phone” again.

You can delete backup data files or suspended backup data files in the

microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDBackup/Restore

Delete backup data

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

pIf the memory capacity of the microSD card runs short during backup, already

made backup data files are deleted, and then backup is suspended. In this case,

delete unnecessary data files in the microSD card to make memory space enough

and then try backup again.

pIf there are already backup data files or suspended backup data files in the microSD

card, those may take long to finish backup.

Restore Backup Data Files to FOMA terminal

Information

pWhen the size of backup data files is larger than the memory space of your FOMA

terminal, a part of the backup data files is not restored.

pWhen data files that are not supported to FOMA terminal are contained to backup

data files, incompatible data files are not restored.

Delete Backup Data Files

378

Data Management

You can save a variety of files which are not supported by the FOMA

terminal, or files in BMP and PNG format obtained by Full Browser, to the

microSD card. (See page 163 and page 223)

You can attach the saved files to an i-mode mail message to send, or

check them on a personal computer.

1mData boxSD other filesSelect a folder.

pSee page 382 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pYou cannot display the

contents of the file using

the FOMA terminal.

Managing Unsupported Files

Folder list SD Other File list

Function Menu of the SD Other File List

Edit title See page 347.

File info You can display the name and type of files.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Copy See page 348.

Move See page 348.

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all See page 348.

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

When you use the microSD card for the first time, you need to format

(initialize) it. Be sure to use P-01A for formatting. The microSD card

formatted using other devices such as personal computers may not be

used properly.

Note that formatting deletes all the contents on the microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

 i()microSD format

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can check and recover the microSD card.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

i()Check microSDYES

Formatting microSD Card

Information

pDo not remove the microSD card during formatting. Malfunction of the FOMA terminal

or microSD card could result.

pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call while

formatting the microSD card, formatting is canceled. Format it again.

pFiles that have been saved to the microSD card whose formatting is suspended

becomes unfixed.

pYou cannot format an incompatible memory card.

pRequired folders are automatically created when you save data to the microSD card

after formatting.

Checking microSD Card

379

Data Management

You can display the used and unused memory space (estimate) on the

microSD card.

pSee page 349 for checking the used memory space for the still images or movies.

1mLifeKitmicroSDRefer microSD data

i()microSD info

Information

pDo not remove the microSD card during Check microSD. Malfunction of the FOMA

terminal or microSD card could result.

pYou cannot execute Check microSD for the unformatted microSD card or

incompatible memory card.

pWhen you execute Check microSD, the microSD card may not be recovered

correctly, the data existed before executing Check microSD may be deleted, or the

microSD card itself may be initialized depending on the condition of the microSD card.

pIf you press +l() or -h, or receive a voice call or videophone call during

Check microSD, Check microSD is canceled.

pIf you cancel Check microSD midway, data not recovered may remain. In this case,

try Check microSD again.

pIt may take long to complete Check microSD depending on the data volume stored on

the microSD card.

Displaying Capacity of microSD Card

Information

pAs the microSD card contains the system files for the card, the memory space is

smaller than that described on the microSD card even if it contains no data.

By connecting the microSD card to the microSD card adapter, you can

use the microSD card on a personal computer which supports SD card.

The microSD card adapter is available at electronics retail stores, etc.

For installing the microSD card adapter, refer to the instruction manual

for the microSD card adapter.

With a microSD card inserted, connect the FOMA terminal to a personal

computer; then you can read the data from or write the data onto the

microSD card.

The following equipment is required:

pConnector Cable: FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

pPersonal Computer: Personal computer having the USB port (Universal Serial Bus

Specification Rev 1.1 compliant) that can be connected with the

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option)

pCompatible Operating Systems: Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista

(Japanese version in each)

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsUSB mode setting

microSD mode

pWhen you set to “microSD mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.

pTo save WMA files from your personal computer to the microSD card, set to

“MTP mode”. When you set to “MTP mode”, “ ” appears on the Stand-by

display.

pTo use the FOMA terminal for packet communication, 64K data communication,

data sending/receiving (OBEX™ communication), and for calls with USB

Hands-free compatible device, set mode to “Communication mode”.

2Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer

using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

(option).

The personal computer recognizes the microSD card.

p“ ” appears on the desktop, and “ ” appears on the Stand-by display.

Also, “ ” is displayed while the microSD card is in the FOMA terminal.

Using a microSD Card with a Personal

Computer

Use FOMA Terminal as microSD Reader/Writer

380

Data Management

The FOMA terminal creates the following folders on the microSD card to

save data files. When you write files to the microSD card from a personal

computer, you need to write in the specified folder configuration and file

names.

DCIM (Folder for DCF standard still images)

△△△_PANA

P△△△zzzz.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)

MISC [DPOF folder (This folder is created automatically when “DPOF setting” on

page 396 is set.)]

SD_VIDEO (Folder for movies)

PRL◇◇◇ (Folder for movies)

MOL◇◇◇.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)

MGR_INFO (Folder for video management information)

PRG◇◇◇ (Folder for videos)

Information

pIf the FOMA terminal and personal computer are not correctly connected, or the

remaining battery level of the FOMA terminal shows very low or goes flat, you cannot

send or receive data. In addition, you may lose data.

pWhile data is being read or written, do not pull the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 off. Not only you cannot send or receive data, but also you may lose

the data.

pWhile data is being read or written, you cannot set this function. Further, make sure

that you do not “Reset settings” or “Initialize” during reading/writing. Malfunction of the

microSD card could result.

pWhen you set this function to “MTP mode”, this function is not reset by “Reset

settings”. And, this function is set to “Communication mode”, when you turn on the

FOMA terminal after you remove battery.

pYou cannot read from/write to a personal computer while reading from/writing to the

FOMA terminal, and vice versa.

pTo use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, set it to “Communication mode”.

Folder Configuration on microSD Card

PRIVATE

DOCOMO

STILL (Folder for non-DCF standard still images)

SUD□□□

STILzzzz.### (Extension is JPG, GIF, or SWF.)

DOCUMENT (Folder for PDF files)

PUD□□□

PDFDC□□□.PDF

RINGER (Folder for melodies)

RUD□□□

RINGzzzz.### (Extension is MLD, or SMF.)

TORUCA (Folder for ToruCa files)

TRC□□□

TORUC□□□.TRC

MMFILE [Folder for non-SD-VIDEO standard movies (include music data of

AAC format)]

MUD□□□

MMFzzzz.### (Extension is 3GP, SDV, ASF, or MP4.)

WM_SYSTEM

DECOIMG (Folder for Deco-mail pictograms)

DUD□□□

DIMGzzzz.### (Extension is JPG, or GIF.)

OTHER (Folder for SD other files)

OUD□□□

OTHER□□□.### (Extension is up to three-digit half-pitch alphabets that

the FOMA terminal cannot recognize.)

MOVIE (Folder for PC movie files)

MVUD□□□

MOVIE□□□.### (Extension is WMV, WMA, WVX, WAX, ASF, or ASX.)

DECO_A_T (Folder for Decome-Anime template)

DTUD□□□

DEATZZZZ.VGT

BACKUP (Folder for backup data)

SD_PIM

ADDRESS (Folder for backup data file of Phonebook entries)

ADDRESS.VCF

SCHEDULE (Folder for backup data file of schedule events)

SCHEDULE.VCS

MAIL

INBOX (Folder for backup data file of received mail messages)

INBOX.VMG

381

Data Management

SENTBOX (Folder for backup data file of sent mail messages)

SENTBOX.VMG

OUTBOX (Folder for backup data file of unsent mail messages)

OUTBOX.VMG

NOTE (Folder for backup data file of text memos)

NOTE.VNT

BOOKMARK (Folder for backup data file of bookmarks)

BOOKMARK.VBM

TABLE (Folder for additional information)

MEIGROUP

PMC

DOCUMENT (Folder for Word, Excel, or PowerPoint files)

DOC□□□

DOCDC□□□.### (Extension is XLS, DOC, or PPT.)

TABLE

DOCUMENT

SD_PIM (Folder for Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, mail

messages, text memos, and bookmarks)

PIM▲▲▲▲▲.### (Extension is VCF for Phonebook entries, VCS for schedule

events and ToDo items, VMG for mail messages, VNT for text

memos, and VBM for bookmarks.)

SD_AUDIO (Folder for SD-Audio)

SD_BIND (Folder for i-αppli or movable contents)

SVC▲▲▲▲▲

■■■■◆◆◆◆

△△△: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 100 through 999 (Use the same numerals for

the folder name, and for the file name saved to that folder.)

□□□: A three-digit half-pitch numeral of 001 through 999

◇◇◇: A hexadecimal numeral※ of 001 through FFF using half-pitch numerals of 0

through 9 and half-pitch alphabets of A through F

▲▲▲▲▲: A five-digit half-pitch numeral of 00001 through 65535

■■■■ and ◆◆◆◆: Hexadecimal numerals※ of 0001 through FFFF using half-pitch

numerals of 0 through 9 and half-pitch alphabets of A through F

zzzz: A four-digit half-pitch numeral of 0001 through 9999

###: Extension

※The hexadecimal numerals are carried up every 16, unlike the way the decimal

numerals are carried up every 10.

pUsing a personal computer, you can write a file name of up to 64 bytes (including

extension) of free characters for a PDF file, SD other file, PC movie file, Word file, Excel

file and PowerPoint file.

■The number of files and time that can be saved to the microSD card

For the microSD card larger than 4 Gbytes, the number of savable files [except “Movie

(Video)” and “SD-Audio”] are approx. 65,530.

The number of savable files and time for saving vary depending on the memory

capacity of the microSD card. You can save more files by adding folders to save files to.

pYou might not be able to save the maximum number of files depending on the file size.

pYou can check used and unused space of the microSD card by “microSD info”.

File Folder Number of

savable files/time

Still image (DCF standard) DCIM See page 530.

Still image (Non-DCF standard) STILL Approx. 58,390

Movie SD_VIDEO See page 532.

Movie (Video) SD_VIDEO 99

Movie (Non-SD-VIDEO standard) MMFILE Approx. 58,390

PC movie file MOVIE Approx. 58,390

Melody RINGER Approx. 58,390

PDF file DOCUMENT Approx. 58,390

Word, Excel, PowerPoint file PMC Approx. 58,390

SD-Audio SD_AUDIO 999

ToruCa file TORUCA Approx. 58,390

Deco-mail pictogram DECOIMG Approx. 58,390

Decome-Anime template DECO_A_T Approx. 58,390

SD other file OTHER Approx. 58,390

Phonebook entry, schedule event, ToDo item,

mail message, text memo, bookmark SD_PIM Approx. 58,390

i-αppli SD_BIND Approx. 58,390

Movable contents SD_BIND

Information

pFolder and file names may be displayed in lowercase characters depending on the

personal computer you use.

pWhen the personal computer is set not to display extensions and hidden folders,

change the setting and then operate. For how to change the setting, refer to the

instruction manual for your personal computer or Help.

pDo not use the personal computer to delete or move the folders on the microSD card.

The microSD card might not be read by P-01A.

382

Data Management

Files in My picture, MUSIC, imotion, Melody, My documents, Kisekae

Tool (SD), Machi-chara (SD), PC Movie, Document viewer, and SD other

files in Data Box are managed files in the respective folders.

pSee page 285 for folder operations of MUSIC.

pEven when the files in the “Movable contents” folder are listed, the Function menu in

the Folder list is displayed.

pYou cannot see the files in the “SD_AUDIO”, “SD_BIND” and “PRG◇◇◇” folders on

a personal computer, as they are encrypted.

pWhen you save data in the “PRG◇◇◇” folder by using a personal computer, you

might not be able to delete the video using the FOMA terminal.

pWhen you delete, overwrite, or write a file on a personal computer, ensure that you do

not use the same file name you have once used. Even when you have deleted that

file, use a different file name.

pAll folders and files in “BACKUP” folder are deleted and created a new one each time

you perform “Backup to microSD”. Further, all folders and files in “BACKUP” folder are

deleted when you perform “Delete backup data”.

pOn the FOMA terminal, you might not be able to display or play back a data item

which was saved to the microSD card from other devices. On other devices, you

might not be able to display or play back a data item which was saved to the microSD

card from the FOMA terminal.

pTo procure a microSD reader/writer or PC card read adapter, inquire respective

manufacturers for the operation of microSD card beforehand.

Managing Folders

Function Menu of the Folder List

Information

Add folder You can create a user folder.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in the

FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on the

microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for a folder in the “Movable contents” folder.

Edit folder name You can edit the name of a user folder, or a folder in the

“Decomail-pictograph” folder in the FOMA terminal.

Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters in the

FOMA terminal.

pYou can enter up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters on the

microSD card. You can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch

characters for a folder in the “Movable contents” folder.

Delete folder You can delete a user folder and all files in the folder.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Folder security

[My picture/

imotion]

You can set the folder to open only when you enter your Terminal

Security Code.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

The folder changes to “ ”.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Send all Ir data

[My picture/

imotion/melody

/My document]

See page 389.

DEL all frm folder

[My picture only]

You can delete all the files in the folder selected in “i-mode”,

“Camera”, “Decomail-picture”, “Decomail-pictograph”, and user

folder in “My picture”.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Edit playlist

[Melody only]

You can select up to 10 melodies and program them in order as

you like. This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.

Select a playing order from <1st> through <10th>

Select a folderSelect a melody.

pTo release a programmed melody, select “Release this”.

Repeat the operations and complete the playlist editing

l()

383

Data Management

Release playlist

[Melody only]

You can release all the programmed melodies from the playlist.

This is displayed while you are selecting “Playlist”.

YES

Select storage You can set the destination folder for when you save the shot still

images/movies or the melodies and PDF files obtained by

downloading or data communication to the microSD card.

YES

Information

pYou can add up to 20 folders in the FOMA terminal.

pYou cannot add folders on the microSD card in the following cases:

・When 900 folders are contained in “Picture”

・When 4,095 folders are contained in “Movie”

・When 999 folders are contained in “Image Box”, “Decomail-pictograph”, “Melody”,

“Other contents”, “My documents”, “Document viewer”, or “SD other files”.

pYou cannot edit the Folder-Security-activated folder name.

pWhen a melody set for another function is deleted, the setting returns to the default.

(When the melody is set for an alarm tone of “Schedule”, “ToDo” or “TV timer”, or for

“Alarm”, it switches to “Clock Alarm Tone”.)

pYou can set it only for “i-mode”, “Camera”, “User folder”, and “Voice recorder”.

pWhen you select a folder with folder security, the display for entering your Terminal

Security Code appears. Enter your Terminal Security Code to temporarily release

folder security.

pIf you change or delete the file name, title, or contents of the melody stored in the

playlist, all the melodies are released from the playlist.

pThe following icons are displayed for the folder set as a destination folder:

“ ” . . The folders in the “Picture” folder and “Movie” folder

“ ” . . The folders in “My documents”, “Document viewer”, and “SD other files”

The folders in the “Decomail-pictograph” folder, “Image Box” folder, and

“Melody” folder

“ ” . . The folders in the “Movable contents” and “Kisekae Tool” folder

“ ” . . The folders in the “Other contents” folder

pWhen you execute Check microSD, or create or edit a folder by using a personal

computer, the destination folder on the microSD card might be changed. When the

setting is changed, set the destination folder again.

Information

384

Data Management

The FOMA terminal conforms to IrMC™ version 1.1 standard.

You can exchange data files with the devices supporting the infrared

communication function. However, you cannot exchange some files

depending on the other party’s device.

pThe distance for infrared communication should be within about 20 cm. Do not move

the FOMA terminal with the infrared data port pointed to the receiving end until data

transfer ends.

pHold the FOMA terminal with your hands securely so that it does not move.

pIf you expose the FOMA terminal to direct sunlight or put it under fluorescent lights or

near an infrared equipment, you may not be able to transmit infrared ray normally due

to their influence.

pFirst set at the receiving end and begin sending data from the sending end within 30

seconds.

pDuring exchange, the FOMA terminal is placed in the same state as it is out of the

service area, so you cannot make/receive voice calls, videophone calls or PushTalk

calls, use packet communication such as i-mode or mail, or use data communication.

Using Infrared Communication

Infrared data

Within ±15°

from the center

Within about 20

■List of data files you can transfer

○: Can be transferred —: Cannot be transferred

※1 You cannot send/receive holidays or i-schedule downloaded from i-concier.

※2 You can send/receive up to 30 Area Mail messages separately. (2,530 messages in

total)

※3 You cannot send/receive some files.

※4 Includes Flash movies.

※5 You cannot send/receive original animations and still images recorded by 1Seg.

※6 You cannot send/receive ASF files and videos recorded by 1Seg.

※7 The i-mode bookmarks may be deleted.

※8 When sending/receiving bookmarks, the folder-sort setting may not be reflected.

Transfer terms

Transferable data One item Multiple

items All items

Phonebook (Own number) ○— Up to 1,000 items

Schedule※1○— Up to 2,500 items

ToDo ○— Up to 100 items

Received mail※2○— Up to 2,500 items

Sent mail ○— Up to 1,000 items

Draft mail ○— Up to 20 items

Decome-Anime template ○— Up to 100 items

Text memo ○— Up to 20 items

Melody※3○— Up to 3,500 items

Still image file※4, ※5○○Up to 3,500 items

Movie file※6○○Up to 3,500 items

PDF file※3, ※7○— Up to 3,500 items

ToruCa file※4○○ Up to 495 items

Bookmark (i-mode/Full Browser)※8○—Up to 100 items each for

i-mode and Full Browser

LCS client information ○— Up to 5 items

385

Data Management

■Storage location and order of received files

Data Storage location/Order

Phonebook

(Own

number)

receive one data

The phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory

number in “010” through “999” in the Phonebook. If all

memory numbers “010” through “999” are occupied, the

phone number is stored to the lowest empty memory

numbers in “000” through “009” (2-touch dial).

receive all data Stored in the same memory number as that of the sender.

Schedule

receive one data

Stored with the starting date/time of the schedule event.

receive all data Stored with the same date and time as those of the

sender.

ToDo

receive one data

Stored on the top in the ToDo list.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender.

Received

mail

receive one data

Stored in the “Inbox” folder on the Inbox Folder list with

the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the

same date and time.

Sent mail

receive one data

Stored in the “Outbox” folder on the Outbox Folder list

with the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender with the

same date and time.

Draft mail

receive one data

Stored with the same date and time as that of the sender.

receive all data Stored with the same date and time as that of the sender.

Decome-

Anime

template

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “Phone” folder in

“Decome-Anime” in “Template” inside “Mail”.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the

top of the list.

Text memo

receive one data

Stored in the first <Not recorded>.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the

top of the list.

Melody

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “Melody” inside

“Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

Still Image

file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My picture”

inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

Movie file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “imotion”

inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

PDF file

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “i-mode” folder in “My documents”

inside “Data box”.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

ToruCa file

receive one data/

receive multiple

data

Stored on the top in the “ToruCa” folder.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

Bookmark

receive one data

Stored on the top in the “Bookmark” folder each for

i-mode and Full Browser.

receive all data Stored in the same folder as that of the sender in the

same order.

LCS client

information

receive one data

Stored in the first <Not stored>.

receive all data Stored in the same order as that of the sender from the

top of the list.

Data Storage location/Order

Information

pYou cannot send the following files:

・Files whose output from the FOMA terminal is prohibited

・Partially saved files

・Pre-installed Deco-mail pictures

・Phonebook entries and SMS messages on the UIM

386

Data Management

pYou cannot send the files on the microSD card. Copy or move to the FOMA terminal

and then send.

pYou can send/receive up to 9 full-pitch/18 half-pitch characters for a title of a still

image, movie, or PDF file, or up to 31 full-pitch/63 half-pitch characters for a title of a

melody.

pWhen you send a mail message, the file attached to the mail message is also sent.

However some files cannot be sent depending on the file type.

pDepending on the mobile phone at the receiving end, subjects of i-mode mail

messages cannot be received completely.

pThe mail message with an attached file which has not been obtained, or the mail

message containing the link information for starting an i-αppli program is sent after the

file or information is deleted.

pWhen the maximum number of storable received mail messages (see page 534) is

exceeded, the messages are overwritten in the following order; messages in the

“Trash box” folder → the oldest received message.

pWhen the maximum number of storable sent mail messages (see page 534) is

exceeded, the oldest unprotected mail message in the Outbox folder is overwritten.

pWhen the Decome-Anime template contains a file whose output from the FOMA

terminal is prohibited, the mail message is sent after the file or text data is deleted.

pWhen you send a ToruCa file (details) using infrared rays, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to forward the file including the detailed information. In this

case, select “YES” to send it with the detailed information, or select “NO” to send the

ToruCa file as a file before receiving the detailed information.

pThe ToruCa file (details) that contains data whose output from the FOMA terminal is

prohibited is sent as a ToruCa file before receiving the detailed information.

pYou cannot receive Phonebook entries while Restrict Dialing is activated. At sending,

you can send only the Phonebook entries set with Restrict Dialing and data of Own

Number.

pIt may take long to forward data or you might not be able to receive data depending on

the data size.

pYou cannot store a still image in excess of 2 Mbytes, movie in excess of 10 Mbytes,

melody in excess of 100 Kbytes, PDF file in excess of 2 Mbytes, Decome-Anime

template in excess of 100 Kbytes, ToruCa file in excess of 1 Kbyte, or ToruCa file

(details) in excess of 100 Kbytes.

pIf the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) is connected to the

FOMA terminal, you may not be able to perform infrared communication.

pYou cannot send files that are not supported by the device at the receiving end.

Information

You can send/receive the data files one by one using infrared rays.

You can send/receive multiple still images, movies, and ToruCa files at a

time.

■Notes on sending/receiving

pIn Secret Mode, you can send secret data as well. However, in Secret Data Only, you

can send only the secret data.

pIf you receive a Phonebook entry stored as secret data during Secret Mode or Secret

Data Only, the Phonebook entry is stored as an ordinary one.

pWhen sending a Phonebook entry, you cannot send the stored secret code and voice

dial entry.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

Send Ir data

pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/BT/iC trans” → “Send Ir data” from

the Function menu and select “Send phonebook”.

pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the

Function menu and select “Send”.

pTo send a mail message, Decome-Anime templates, ToruCa file or bookmark,

select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and select “Send Ir data”.

pTo send multiple files, select the files you want to send by “Multiple-choice”. Press

i( ) to select “Send Ir data”.

2YES

pTo send multiple files, select “YES” by a factor of selected number of files, and

send them.

1mLifeKitReceive Ir data

pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop. (See page 31)

Sending/Receiving One or Multiple Data

Send One or Multiple Data

+m-7-9

Receive One or Multiple Data

387

Data Management

2ReceiveYES

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which phone numbers are stored, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to store them also in the PushTalk

Phonebook.

pThe confirmation display appears asking whether to continue receiving after

receiving one data file. When you received multiple files, select “YES”.

By using infrared rays, you can collectively send/receive Phonebook

entries, schedule events, ToDo items, text memos, bookmarks, mail

messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.

To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number).

The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.

■Notes on sending/receiving all data files

pReceiving all data files deletes all data you have stored including the secret data and

protected data, and the received data overwrites the existing data. The data you have

stored in “Secret mode” is deleted as well. Check that no important data is stored

before receiving all data files.

pIf you send all Phonebook entries, the “Own number” data is also sent. All the data of

“Own number” at the receiving end is overwritten except the own number. Mail address

is also overwritten by sender’s address, so change it at the receiving end.

pIf you send all Phonebook entries, PushTalk Phonebook entries are also sent.

Information of voice dial entries are not sent.

pThe Phonebook entries stored as secret data are sent not only during Secret Mode but

also any other time. The sent secret data is stored as secret data at the receiving end,

too.

pThe group names in the Phonebook you have received are stored, so the data set in

“Group setting” is also overwritten.

pNote that the schedule events at the receiving end are all deleted if you send all ToDo

items to the phone that does not support ToDo.

pYou can send/receive the protected sent/received mail messages.

Information

pWhen you receive an instruction for starting a software program, and you have

already downloaded a compatible software program, that software program starts. If

you have not put a check mark for “Ir iαppli To” of “Set iαppli To”, the software

program does not start up automatically.

Sending/Receiving All Data

1Display of the data file to be senti()

Send all Ir dataEnter your Terminal Security Code.

pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/BT/iC trans” → “Send Ir data”

from the Function menu and select “Send all phonebook”.

pTo send schedule events from Schedule list or Detailed Schedule display, select

“Ir/ transmission” → “Send Ir data” from the Function menu and select “Send

all”.

pTo send mail messages, Decome-Anime templates, ToruCa files or bookmarks,

and to send schedule events from Calendar display, select “Ir/ transmission”

from the Function menu and select “Send all Ir data”.

2Enter the session numberYES

pEnter any four-digit number as the session number.

1mLifeKitReceive Ir data

pYou can paste the Ir data receiving function to the desktop. (See page 31)

2Receive allEnter your Terminal Security Code

Enter the same session number as that entered at the

sending endYESYES

The stored data is deleted, then receiving starts.

Send All Data

+m-7-9

Receive All Data

Information

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored or mail to which

files are attached, and the multiple same still images or files are found, only one image

or file is stored.

388

Data Management

You can use the FOMA terminal as a TV remote control by starting the

i-αppli program.

pTo use remote control devices, you may need to download the software program for

those devices. [The pre-installed “Gガイド番組表リモコン (G Guide Program List

Remote control)” supports the infrared remote control function.] The key operation for

the remote control differs depending on the software program.

pThis function does not work with some devices.

pCommunication might be affected by compatible devices and the ambient light.

pYou cannot use the infrared remote control during Self Mode.

pTurn the FOMA terminal’s Infrared data port to the

front of a device to be operated. You can operate

within about 4 meters away from the device.

pThe radiation angle of the infrared rays is within ±15°

from the center.

For when you forward Phonebook entries using infrared rays, iC

communication, microSD card, or DOCOMO keitai datalink, you can

specify whether to forward the stored still images together.

1mPhonebookPhonebook settings

Forwarding imageON or OFF

Using Infrared Remote Control Function

Infrared Remote Control

+m-2-6

Communication Setting

Within about

4 meters

Infrared data port

Within

±15° from

the center

iC communication is the function that enables you to send/receive data

files to/from another FOMA terminal using the FeliCa reader/writer

function. You can send/receive data files by facing the FeliCa mark of

your FOMA terminal toward that of another FOMA terminal supporting

the iC communication function. However, you cannot exchange some

files depending on the other party’s FOMA terminal.

pThe type of files and conditions of forwarding

are the same as those of infrared

communication. (See page 384) However, you

cannot send multiple files at a time, and send

all data files of Decome-Anime templates and

all data files in Data Box.

pYou cannot execute iC communication while

“IC card lock” is activated.

pYou might have difficulty in sending or

receiving files depending on the destination

FOMA terminal. In that case, move a FeliCa

mark close to or away from the other

FeliCa mark or move each side up, down, left,

or right.

You can send/receive the data files one by one using iC communication.

pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving” on page 386 as well.

pYou cannot use this function during charging.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

 transmission

pTo send a Phonebook entry, select “Send Ir/BT/iC trans” → “ transmission”

from the Function menu and select “Send phonebook”.

pTo send a schedule event, select “Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from

the Function menu and select “Send”.

pTo send a mail message, Decome-Anime templates, ToruCa file or bookmark,

select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and select “

transmission”.

iC Communication Function

Face one another’s

FeliCa marks .

Sending/Receiving One Data

Send One Data

389

Data Management

2YES

pYou cannot use this function during Multitask.

1Face the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal of the

receiving end while the Stand-by display is shown to

that of the FOMA terminal of the sending endYES

pWhen you receive a Phonebook entry in which a phone number is stored, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to store it also in the PushTalk

Phonebook.

By using iC communication, you can collectively send/receive

Phonebook entries, schedule events, ToDo items, text memos,

bookmarks, mail messages, ToruCa files, and LCS client information.

To send all data files, enter a session number (any four-digit number).

The receiving end needs to enter the same session number.

pSee “■Notes on sending/receiving all data files” on page 387 as well.

pYou cannot use this function during charging.

1Display of the data file to be senti()

All transmission

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

pTo send the Phonebook entries, select “Send Ir/BT/iC trans” →

“ transmission” from the Function menu and select “Send all phonebook”.

pTo send schedule events from Schedule list or Detailed Schedule display, select

“Ir/ transmission” → “ transmission” from the Function menu and select

“Send all”.

pTo send mail messages, ToruCa files or bookmarks, and to send schedule event

from Calendar display, select “Ir/ transmission” from the Function menu and

select “All transmission”.

2Enter the session numberYES

pEnter any four-digit number as the session number.

Receive One Data

Sending/Receiving All Data

Send All Data

pYou cannot use this function during Multitask.

1Face the FeliCa mark of the FOMA terminal of the

receiving end while the Stand-by display is shown to

that of the FOMA terminal of the sending end.

2YESEnter your Terminal Security Code

Enter the same session number as that entered at the

sending end.

The stored data is deleted, and then receiving starts.

This function is for recording voices. You can record voices in a meeting

instead of taking notes.

pThis function is the same as the one for when “Movie type set” is set to “Voice” in Movie

Mode.

pYou can play back the saved voice from “imotion” of “Data box”.

pSee page 531 for the estimate of recordable time.

1mLifeKitVoice recorder

Receive All Data

Information

pWhen you receive Phonebook entries in which still images are stored, and the

multiple same still images are found, only one image is stored.

Using Voice Recorder

Voice Recorder

Recording display

390

Data Management

2Press Oo() or 0.

Recording starts.

3Press Oo() or 0.

pRecording ends. The Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check display appears.

pPress m( ) to play back the recorded voice.

4Press Oo() or 0.

Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Recording display

File size setting Select an item.

Mail restrict’n(S) . . . . . You can record up to 500 Kbytes.

Mail restrict’n(L) . . . . . You can record up to 2 Mbytes.

Long time . . . . . . . . . . . You can record for a long time. The

voice is saved to the microSD card.

Storage setting

Store in You can set the storage location for the recorded voice.

When you set to “Phone”, the voice is saved to “Voice

recorder” in the “imotion” folder. When you set to “microSD”,

it is saved to the folder in “Other contents” which you set for

“Select storage”.

Phone or microSD

Auto save set You can set whether to automatically save the recorded voice

after you finish recording.

ON or OFF

File restriction See page 247.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

You can display the stored PDF files.

1mData boxMy documentsSelect a folder

Select a PDF file.

pEach time you press m

from the Folder list, you can

switch between the folders

in the FOMA terminal and

the microSD card.

pSee page 382 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

pIf you cannot display a preview image, any of the following images are displayed:

pSee page 204 when the PDF file is set with a password.

Function Menu of the Voice Recorder Saving Pre-check

display

Play See page 390.

Save See page 390.

Attach to mail You can save the recorded voice and attach it to i-mode mail.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Store in See page 390.

File restriction See page 247.

Cancel You do not save the recorded voice.

Displaying PDF Data

Folder list PDF File list

Does not support

(PDF file displayed

as “ ” or “ ”)

Cannot be

displayed

Does not support

(PDF file displayed

as “ ”)

391

Data Management

■Operations when displaying a PDF file

pSee page 391 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Operation Key operation

Upper scroll Zo

Lower scroll Xo

Left scroll Co

Right scroll Vo

Call up the key

operation guide l

Zoom in 3

Zoom out 1

Fit page 2

Operation Key operation

Next page c9>

Previous page m7<

Search 5

Search next 6

Search previous 4

Call up the bookmark

list 8

Add bookmark

(for at least one

second)

Information

pWhen many files are stored in the FOMA terminal or the microSD card, it may take

long to access them. It may take long to display the PDF file depending on the PDF

file.

pSome files might not be correctly displayed.

pWhen you try to display undownloaded pages while the PDF file partially downloaded

is displayed, downloading of the page starts.

Function Menu of the PDF File List

Edit title See page 347.

Document info You can display the PDF file name, saved date/time, etc.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Send Ir data See page 386.

Send all Ir data See page 389.

transmission See page 388.

Copy to microSD See page 374.

Copy to phone See page 375.

Copy See page 348.

Move See page 348.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all See page 348.

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate)/number of

stored items.

Sort See page 349.

Listing You can change the displayed contents of the PDF File list.

Title or Image

pYou can switch the lists also by pressing c( ) from the

PDF File list.

Information

pWhen you use “Image” to display PDF files, they might appear different from the

actual images depending on the PDF files.

Function Menu while PDF File is Displayed

Zoom in You can zoom in the PDF file.

You can zoom in the PDF file up to 1,000%.

Zoom out You can zoom out the PDF file.

You can zoom out the PDF file up to 8%.

Go to You can move to another page of the PDF file.

Select the page you want to move to.

pIf you select “Specified page”, enter the page number you

want to move to in the page number field, and select “OK”;

then you can access to the specified page.

392

Data Management

Search You can display the screen in which the specified character

string is contained. The point that matches the specified

character is marked in yellow green.

SearchSelect the search string field

Enter a character string to be searched for.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.

Put a check mark for search conditions to be specified

l()

pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can

continue to search under the same condition.

Bookmark/mark

Disp. bookmark See page 393.

Add bookmark You can set a bookmark (i-mode bookmark) for the page

currently displayed and can display the desired page easily by

selecting the bookmark. You can set up to 10 bookmarks.

YESSelect the title fieldEnter a titleOK

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

pSee page 394 when bookmarks are stored to the maximum.

Display mark See page 393.

Add mark You can store the currently displayed page number and the

position within the page as the mark. You can use the stored

mark as the sign of the reference point. You can set up to 10

marks.

YES

pSee page 394 when marks are stored to the maximum.

View types

View mode You can change display format of the PDF file.

Select a display format.

pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in

the magnification specification field, and select “OK”; then

you can display the page at the specified magnification.

pThe magnification you can specify is 8 through 1,000%.

pIf you save a file after changing the display format, it is

displayed at the saved magnification next time.

Rotate view 90° to right or 90° to left

Page layout You can change the display layout of the PDF file.

Single page, Continuous or Continuous-facing

Display link You can display links set in the PDF file. Internal links (links

set in the PDF file displayed), Web To, Mail To, and Phone

To/AV Phone To are available for the links.

Select a link.

pWhen multiple links are found in the display, you can select

a link by pressing Bo.

pWhen you select an internal link, you can move to the linked

page in the PDF file. See page 206 for another link.

Page info ON/OFF You can set whether to display the zoom magnification, page

number, and scroll bar for displaying the PDF file.

Select an itemDisplay or Not display

Document info See page 391.

Save See page 393.

Download remain You can download all pages of the PDF file which you have

not completely downloaded yet such as partially downloaded

page by page or failed to be downloaded owing to

disconnection of communication midway.

YES

Capture screen You can cut out a part of the display and save it as JPEG

image.

Oo()YESSelect a folder.

pSee page 205 when images are stored to the maximum.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the PDF files

attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

At Viewer

start-up

Single page

At Viewer

start-up

Display

393

Data Management

You can list the bookmarks set for the PDF file and the i-mode

bookmarks additionally set.

By selecting a bookmark, you can display the page for which the

bookmark is set.

1While a PDF file is displayedi()

Bookmark/markDisp. bookmark

Bookmark or i-mode bookmarkSelect a bookmark.

pSome bookmarks that have been set beforehand are categorized into tier-levels.

Press i( ) to display the bookmarks at the lower level. However, all the

bookmarks at the third-tier level or lower are displayed at the third-tier level.

Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:

Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.

Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a

word.

Search upward: When you do “Search next”, you can search backwards to the first

page from the start page.

Search ‘?’ as wildcard: “?” mark (half-pitch) entered in the search string field is set for

a search condition as a random character.

Search in this page: Searches in the currently displayed page only.

pYou cannot change the layout of the partial PDF file.

pYou might not be able to cut out the display depending on the security setting of the

PDF file.

Display Bookmark

Function Menu while i-mode Bookmark is Displayed

Edit title Enter a title.

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

Delete

Delete YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for bookmarks to be deleted

l()YES

You can list the marked pages and positions stored in the PDF file.

When you select a mark, you can display the page in which the mark is

stored.

1While a PDF file is displayedi()

Bookmark/markDisplay markSelect a mark.

You can save the PDF files. You can save the newly downloaded pages

and added bookmarks/marks.

You can save up to 3,500 files in total sharing the memory space with

other data files, however, the number of files you can save decreases

depending on the data volume. (See page 534)

1While a PDF file is

displayedi()SaveYES

The PDF file once saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is overwritten each

time you save it. (The operation in step 2 is not required.)

The PDF file that is not saved to the FOMA terminal or microSD card is newly

saved.

pWith the PDF file that was re-downloaded from the first page owing to updating at

the server’s end, the confirmation display appears asking whether to overwrite

the current data. Select “YES” to overwrite it. Select “NO” to newly save.

2Select a destination folder.

pSee page 205 when PDF files in the FOMA terminal are stored to the maximum.

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Display Mark

Function Menu while the Mark List is Displayed

Delete YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for marks to be deletedl()

YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Save

394

Data Management

If you try to add a bookmark or mark to the PDF file for which 10 bookmarks or marks

have been set, or if you try to save the PDF file for which 11 or more bookmarks or marks

have been set, the confirmation display appears asking whether to add/save the

bookmark or mark after unnecessary ones are deleted.

1. YES

2. Select bookmarks/marks to be deletedYES

Put a check mark for bookmarks/marks to be deletedl()YES

pContinue putting a check mark until “ ” appears.

You can set a display format for when the PDF files are displayed from

sites.

1ii-mode settingsDoc. display settings

Select a display format.

When bookmarks or marks are set to the maximum

Document Display Settings

You can display the Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel and Microsoft

PowerPoint files saved to the microSD card. (See page 380)

■Type of displayable documents

1mData boxDocument viewerSelect a folder

Select a file.

pSee page 382 for the

Function menu of the

Folder list.

■Operations when displaying a document file

pSee page 395 for when you operate from the Function menu.

Displaying Word, Excel, and PowerPoint

Files

Type of document Extension

Excel XLS

Word DOC

PowerPoint PPT

Folder list Document list

Operation Key operation

Upper scroll Zo

Lower scroll Xo

Left scroll Co

Right scroll Vo

Call up the key

operation guide l

Zoom in 3

Operation Key operation

Zoom out 1

Fit page 2

Next page c9>

Previous page m7<

Search 5

Search next 6

Search previous 4

395

Data Management

Information

pSome files might not be correctly displayed.

Function Menu of the Document List

Edit title See page 347.

File info You can display the name and type of files.

Attach to mail You can compose an i-mode mail message with the document

file attached.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Copy See page 348.

Move See page 348.

Delete this See page 348.

Delete all See page 348.

Multiple-choice See page 348.

Memory info You can display the used memory space (estimate).

Function Menu while Document File is Displayed

Zoom in You can zoom in the file.

You can zoom in the file up to 1,000%.

Zoom out You can zoom out the file.

You can zoom out the file up to 8%.

View types You can change display format of the file.

Select a display format.

pIf you select “User defined”, enter the magnification value in the

magnification specification field; then you can display the page

at the specified magnification.

pThe magnification you can specify by “User defined” is 8

through 1,000%.

Go to You can move to another page or sheet of the file.

Select the page or the sheet you want to move to.

pIf you select “Specified page” for the Microsoft Word file or

Microsoft PowerPoint file, enter the page number you want to

move to in the page number field; then you can move to the

specified page.

Search You can display the screen in which the specified character string

is contained. The point that matches the specified character string

is highlighted.

SearchSelect the search string field

Enter a character string to be searched for.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters.

Put a check mark for search conditions to be specified

l()

pIf you select “Search prev.” or “Search next”, you can continue

to search under the same condition.

Zoom & page You can set whether to display the zoom magnification and page

number for displaying the file.

Display or Not display

Scroll bar You can set whether to display the scroll bar for displaying the file.

Display or Not display

Rotate view 90° to right or 90° to left

Document info You can display the name and type of files.

Information

pThe search conditions work as shown below:

Whole words only: Searches for character strings that completely match by unit of a

word.

Match case: Identifies between uppercase and lowercase for search.

Search in this page (Excel file only): Searches in the currently displayed page only.

Search in this file (Excel file only): Searches in the whole file.

396

Data Management

DPOF is the format for recording the print information about the still

image you shot with a digital camera. You can input the information into

the still image on the microSD card about whether to print it out and how

many copies you print out. You can take the card to DPE service shops

or use a DPOF compatible printer to print photos as you specify.

1Still image in play/Still image listi()

DPOF settingPrint

Enter the number of copies to be printed out.

pEnter “01” through “99” in two digits.

pTo cancel printing the selected still image, select “Print OFF”. To cancel printing

all still images, select “All print OFF”.

Printing Saved Images

Select a Method to Print the Images Saved in the

microSD Card

Information

pThe classification icon of the images set with DPOF Setting is “ ”.

pYou can set DPOF Setting for up to 999 image files.

pYou cannot set DPOF Setting for the image in excess of 2 Mbytes or 5M (1944 x

2592) size.

pIf unused space on the microSD card is not enough, DPOF Setting might not be set.

(The icon and Picture Information, however, indicate DPOF is set.)

pStill images shot by P-01A also support PRINT Image MatchingⅢ.

When you connect the FOMA terminal to a TV using the Flat-plug AV

Output Cable P01 (option), you can display still images, movies/i-motion

movies, and images during a videophone call, video from 1Seg and from

i-αppli on the TV. You cannot display any other images.

Open the cover of the Earphone-Microphone/AV output terminal on the

FOMA terminal and connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable to it. Then

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable to the video/audio input terminal

on the TV.

Displaying Still Images or Movies/i-motion

on TV

Connect FOMA Terminal to TV

Video

(yellow)

Audio L

(white)

Audio R

(red)

(yellow) (white) (red)

Video/Audio input

terminal

Earphone-Microphone/AV output terminal

Flat-plug AV Output Cable

Information

pYou can connect to the devices other than TV sets for output.

pWhen connecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable, make sure that you firmly insert it.

Do not pull the cable forcibly, twist it by the plug, or apply an excessive force.

397

Data Management

1Play back a still image while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while a still

image is being played back.

pPress m( ) to switch the display size.

pYou can press Oo( ) to start a slide show. You

can press Oo( ) again to stop it.

pYou can press No to display a previous or next still

image.

pEach time you press l( ), you can rotate the

still image clockwise by 90 degrees.

pSee page 346 for how to display still images.

pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

off of the FOMA terminal. When the playback ends, or

when another function starts up, AV output is canceled

as well.

pBefore connecting or disconnecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable to and from the

device such as a TV, turn off the sound volume of the connected device.

pTo pull the plug out, take hold of the plug and then pull it out softly.

Display Still Images on TV

Information

pAV output is not available in the following cases:

・When playing back a still image from any other than the Still Image list or icon

pasted to the desktop

・When playing back a still image from any other than the “i-mode” folder, “Camera”

folder, user folders, “Picture” folder (microSD), and “Image Box” folder (microSD)

・When displaying a still image whose acquired source icon is “ ” or “ ”, and

whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a Chara-den picture you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec.

file restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a still image in the actual size or by slide show

・When playing back a Flash movie

1Play back a movie/i-motion movie while the Flat-plug AV

Output Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while a movie/

i-motion movie is being played back.

pPress m( ) to switch the display size.

pSee page 353 for how to play back movies/i-motion

movies and how to operate during playback.

pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

off of the FOMA terminal. When another function starts

up, AV output is canceled as well.

pWhen a still image is larger than the VGA (480 x 640) size, it is reduced to VGA (480

x 640) or smaller with its proportional ratio retained for displaying on the TV.

pOn some TVs, still images may not be displayed correctly when the display size is

switched.

Display Movies/i-motion on TV

Information

pAV output is not available in the following cases:

・When the image is played back from any other than the Movie list or icon pasted to

the desktop

・When playing back a movie/i-motion movie whose acquired source icon is “ ” or

“ ”, and whose “File restriction” is “File restricted”

・When playing back a Chara-den movie you shot a Chara-den model whose “Rec.

file restriction” is “File restricted”

・When a movie/i-motion movie in the “Pre-installed” folder, or “Movable contents”

folder (microSD) is played back

398

Data Management

1Start an i-αppli program while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while an i-αppli

program is running.

To cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable off of the FOMA terminal.

When an i-

ppli ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is canceled.

1Make a videophone call while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable during a

videophone call.

p“ ” appears during AV output.

pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

off of the FOMA terminal. When the videophone call

ends, or another function starts up, AV output is

canceled as well.

pOn some TVs, movies/i-motion movies may not be displayed correctly when the

display size is switched.

Display Video from i-αppli

Information

pAV output still continues even if you close the FOMA terminal. However, AV output is

not available during pause in Power Saver Mode.

pAV output of i-αppli programs is unavailable during Play Background.

AV output is unavailable for i-motion movies displayed while an i-

ppli program is running.

Display Images during a Videophone Call on TV

1Watch a 1Seg program while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected

connect the Flat-plug AV Output Cable while watching a

1Seg program.

pTo switch to AV output while the Flat-plug AV Output

Cable is connected, select “Settings” → “Display/

operation” and select “AV output” from the Function

menu.

pTo cancel AV output, pull the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

off of the FOMA terminal or select “Settings” →

“Display/operation” and select “AV output” again from

the Function menu. When watching 1Seg programs

ends, or when another function starts up, AV output is

canceled.

Information

pAV output is unavailable for images under Remote Monitoring.

pThe sensitivity of the microphone is improved during AV output.

p“ ” (Hands-free icon) does not appear during AV output. However, the voice is

output from the connected device. You cannot switch to Hands-free.

Display Video from 1Seg

At 1Seg start-up Released

Information

pWhen “TV sound while closed” is set to “ON”, AV output still continues even if you

close the FOMA terminal.

pThe caption and data broadcasting are not displayed on TV.

pAV output is unavailable during recording.

pAV output is unavailable for video or still images recorded by 1Seg.

pThe sound during AV output is output from a connected device, so adjusting the

sound volume of the FOMA terminal cannot change the output sound volume.

399

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multiaccess> 400

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multitask> 401

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail Message by Voice

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reading Aloud> 402

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a Specified Time

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Power ON/OFF> 404

Using Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Alarm> 404

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . .<Schedule> 407

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <ToDo> 411

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm . . . . . <Alarm Setting> 413

Using Your Original Menu . . . . . . . . . . <Private Menu Setting> 413

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and Other Information

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Own Number> 414

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby as Voice Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Voice Memo during a Call> <Voice Memo> 415

Recording Images during a Videophone Call as a Movie Memo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Movie Memo> 415

Checking Call Duration/Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Data> 416

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Reset Total Cost&Duration> 416

Setting Call Cost Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Notice Call Cost> 417

Using Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Calculator> 417

Making Text Memos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Text Memo> 417

Copying/Deleting Data Items between FOMA Terminal and UIM

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<UIM Operation> 418

How to Use Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

. . . . . . . . . . . . <Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch> 419

Selecting a Microphone for Use when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Microphone Setting> 420

Selecting Other Party to Call for when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Headset Switch to Call> 421

Receiving a Call Automatically when an Earphone is Connected

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Auto Answer Setting> 421

Using Bluetooth Function . . . . . . . . . . . <Bluetooth Function> 421

400

Convenient Functions

Multiaccess enables you to simultaneously connect to three lines; a

voice call, packet communication, and SMS.

To switch the displays, press and hold x for at least one second; or

press x to switch from TASK MENU. (See page 402)

See page 504 for details on combination of Multiaccess.

You can make a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1During i-mode or packet communicationx

Stand-by display

2Make a call.

pIf you make a videophone call during i-mode, i-mode is disconnected and the

videophone call is made.

After you finish the videophone call, the i-mode display returns.

Multiaccess

Voice call Single line

i-mode, i-αppli, i-mode mail, packet communication via PC Single line

SMS Single line

Information

pYou are charged a fee for each line during Multiaccess.

Make a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

You can receive a voice call without disconnecting i-mode or packet

communication.

1The Call Receiving display appears when a call comes in

Press d to answer the call.

pTo return to the display for i-mode or packet communication without answering

the call, press and hold x for at least one second. Press and hold x for at

least one second again to return to the Call Receiving display.

The caller hears not a message but a ringback tone.

You can use i-mode, send/receive i-mode mail, etc. without

disconnecting a voice call.

1During a voice callxm()

Select an icon to operate each function.

Receive a Voice Call during i-mode or during Packet

Communication

Use Communication during Voice Call

Information

pWhen a mail message or Message R/F comes in during a call, the ring tone does not

sound and incoming illumination does not flicker regardless of the “Receiving display”

setting.

pA ring tone sounds and the Receiving Result display appears when “Receiving

display” is set to “Alarm preferred” except for the following cases:

･During a call ･While the camera is activated

･While you are watching a 1Seg program (when “Mail ticker display” is set to other

than “OFF”)

･When an i-αppli program set for the Stand-by display is running as an ordinary

i-αppli program

pWhen you perform packet communication via a personal computer, make a call-out

operation from the personal computer during a voice call.

401

Convenient Functions

The FOMA terminal supports “Multitask” that enables you to use up to

three functions such as menu functions (see page 34) at the same time.

By combining Multiaccess and Multitask, you can use following

functions simultaneously (see page 505 for the combination patterns of

Multitask):

■Mail group

i-mode mail and SMS functions

■i-mode group

Menu functions inside “i-mode group” on Main Menu

■Setting group

Menu functions inside “Setting group” on Main Menu

■Tool group

Menu functions inside “Tool group” on Main Menu

■Other functions which do not belong to the groups

Voice call, videophone call, 64K data communication, etc.

Multitask

i-mode group

Tool group

Mail group

Setting group

1When a function is runningx

m()

Start another function.

For the icon of the group in use, “ ” or another mark is

added.

When a single function is used, “ ” is displayed.

When multiple functions are used, “ ” is displayed.

The confirmation display appears asking whether to switch the functions. Select “YES” to

close the current menu function and the new menu function will be called up.

Start Another Function

When a function in the

Tool group is running

If another menu function in the same group has already been

called up

Information

pYou are charged a call fee even when you are running other functions during a call.

pIf a call comes in while another function is working, the call might not be received

correctly. In that case, “Record message” or “Call Forwarding Service” may start in a

shorter time than the ring time specified for them.

pIf you use Multitask to switch functions while executing another function whose load of

processing is high, delay may occur in displaying operation, and so on.

402

Convenient Functions

When multiple menu functions are working, you can switch the displays

by pressing and holding x for at least one second. The display

switches from the latest one in chronological order.

Press x.

You can switch displays by selecting a function from the list.

pYou can show the Stand-by display by pressing c()

or selecting “Stand-by display”.

pBy pressing m( ) or selecting “Open Menu”, you can

show Main Menu in Normal Style, Horizontal Open Menu in

Horizontal Open Style.

To close a menu function, press h with the menu function displayed.

pPress i( ) from TASK MENU, and select “YES” to close all menu functions

and to return to the Stand-by display.

pWhen you press h from the Stand-by display during Play Background, the

confirmation display appears asking whether to end the menu function.

Switch Displays

To display the menu list for functions in use

Information

pEven if you press -x to switch the displays, neither menu function in use is closed

nor the call is disconnected. Also, even when you switch the Character Entry display

(see page 430) to another menu and use that menu for editing text, you can continue

editing the previous text if you switch tasks.

pWhen another function is not working and you press and hold -x for at least one

second from the vertical Stand-by display, the setting display for “Select networks”

appears.

Exit a Function

You can set to be notified of incoming calls by voice instead of a ring

tone, or to have the mail contents automatically read aloud. Further, the

voice guidance tells you how to operate Voice Dial. This function is

available in Japanese only.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud settingsON or OFFPut a check mark

for items to be read aloudl()

Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructs you through the Voice Dial operation by

voice guidance.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

voice call is coming in.

Videophone incoming . . . . Notifies you of the caller information by voice while a

videophone call is coming in.

Number of mails/msgs. . . . Notifies you of the number of mail messages/

Messages R/F by voice at reception. The setting of

“Mail/Msg. ring time” is invalid.

Mail list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address and

subject on the Inbox/Outbox list.

Displaying mail . . . . . . . . . . Reads aloud the sender/destination address,

subject, and text on the detailed mail display.

However, the voice guidance is not provided when a

melody is automatically played back while “Auto

melody play” is set to “ON”.

Does not read aloud the text on the Decome-Anime

Playback display.

Send mail preview. . . . . . . . Reads aloud the destination address and text when

previewed.

pYou can stop the voice guidance for a mail message midway by pressing any

key. However, it continues if you scroll the display.

pThe voice guidance for a mail message is not provided in the following cases:

･While the audio from a 1Seg program is played back

･When you display a mail message in Multiwindow.

･When you display a mail message stored on the microSD card.

Informing You of an Incoming Call/Mail

Message by Voice

Read Aloud Settings

403

Convenient Functions

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud volumeUse Boto adjust the volume.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud speedSelect a speed.

You can set whether to play back the voice guidance from the speaker or

hear it from the earpiece.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud outputSpeaker or Earpiece

Read Aloud Volume

Read Aloud Speed

Read Aloud Output

Information

pThe voice guidance of “Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/

msgs.” is output from the speaker even when this function is set to “Earpiece”.

pWhen the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is connected, the voice

guidance is output according to the setting of “Headset usage setting”. However,

when “Read aloud output” is set to “Earpiece” and “Headset usage setting” is set to

“Headset and speaker”, the voice guidance is output from the earphone except for

“Incoming call”, “Videophone incoming” and “Number of mails/msgs.”.

pFrom a Hands-free device, the voice guidance for “Incoming call” and “Videophone

incoming” only might be provided.

pYou might not be able to stop the voice guidance even by pressing the switch of the

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option).

You can set the voice guidance to be provided only when the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is connected.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsVoice settings

Read aloud valid set.Normal or Earphone

Normal. . . . . . Always provides the voice guidance.

Earphone. . . .Provides the voice guidance only when the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch is connected.

The contents of mail messages and others are read aloud generally according to the

rules below:

pThey may not be read aloud as specified in the following rules depending on the

function you use:

pA numeric string up to 16 digits is read aloud as a number. When a numeric string

begins with “0” or it is identified as a URL or mail address, it is read aloud digit by digit.

pWhen numerals are separated by “/” or “.”, they are read aloud as dates.

“1

日

” is differently read aloud for the meaning of the date (1st date of a month) and for others.

The kanji characters of dates other than “1

日

” are always read aloud as for the dates.

pWhen numerals are separated by “:”, they are read aloud as time.

p“-”, “(” and “)” contained in a phone number or zip code are not read aloud, and

numbers only are read aloud.

When a numeric string begins with “

￥

”, “

＄

”, “

￠

”, or “

￡

”, it is read aloud as the meaning of

money amount. When “,” is used, the numeric string before “,” is identified as money amount

and that after “,” is identified as a number, unless it is separated by every three digits.

p“(Numeral) 分の (numeral)” is read as a fraction.

pAlphabetical letters are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary

pre-installed in the FOMA terminal.

pWhen a word consists of four or more letters and can be read in romaji-reading, it is

read aloud in romaji-reading.

pThe alphabetical letters after a numeral might be read aloud as a unit.

p“M”, “T”, “S”, and “H” before a date are converted to the Japanese era name and then

read aloud.

pAlphabetical letters other than above are read aloud in alphabetical reading.

Read Aloud Valid Setting

Information

pWhen you set to “Earphone”, the voice guidance continues even if you remove the

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch during the voice guidance. When a call

comes in while the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch is removed, the voice

guidance does not start even if you connect it.

Rules of Voice Guidance

404

Convenient Functions

pSymbols are read aloud according to the Symbol list. When the same symbol

continues three times or more, that symbol is not read aloud.

p“ヘンシン” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Re:”, “Re>”, “Re2:”, “Re2>” and “Re2*”

p“テンソー ” is read aloud for the following character strings:

“Fw:”, “Fw>”, “Fw2:”, “Fw2>”, “Fw2*”, “Fwd:”, “Fwd>”, “Fwd2:”, “Fwd2>” and “Fwd2*”

pWhen symbols for “Reply” or “Forward” are consecutively repeated, they are read

aloud only once.

pPictographs are read aloud according to the Pictograph list.

pSmileys are read aloud according to the voice guidance dictionary pre-installed in the

FOMA terminal. When they are identified as a URL or mail address, however, they are

read aloud as symbols.

pTexts are read aloud separated by punctuation marks and symbols such as “!”, or “?”.

pWhen the kanji character that expresses the day of the week is put between “(” and “)”,

it is read aloud as the day of the week.

pWords might not be correctly read aloud depending on the context of the text

(especially place names and proper nouns).

1mSet./ServiceClockAuto power ON/OFF

Auto power ON or Auto power OFFSelect an item.

OFF . . . . . . Does not set Auto Power ON/OFF. The setting is completed.

1 time . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at the specified time only

once.

Daily . . . . . Sets to turn on/off the power automatically at a specified time everyday

repeatedly.

2Enter a time.

Turning Power On/Off Automatically at a

Specified Time

Information

pWhen you set “Auto power ON” and “Auto power OFF” to the same time, and the

specified time arrives, the FOMA terminal will turn on if it is turned off, and the FOMA

terminal will turn off, if it is turned on.

You can set Alarm to alert you at the specified time with an alarm tone,

animation and illumination. You can store up to 12 alarms.

1mStationeryAlarmHighlight an

alarm and press l()

Do the following operations.

pWhen you set “Auto power OFF” to the same time of an alarm, schedule alarm, or

others, those alarms preferentially work.

pEven when you set “Auto power OFF”, the power does not turn off at the specified

time if other than the Stand-by display is displayed. The power turns off after the

function in working is finished. When you set a Flash movie as the Stand-by display,

the power might not be turned off while the Flash movie is moving.

pTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

+m-4-4

<Alarm>

Using Alarm

Information

Alarm You can set whether to validate or invalidate the alarm.

ON or OFF

Time Enter the time for sounding the alarm.

pYou cannot set the same time as the time set for the stored

alarm.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

405

Convenient Functions

2Press l().

pThe following icons appear on the display depending on the setting:

: Repeats daily.

: Repeats on the specified day of the week.

Volume Use Bo to adjust the volume.

pIf you set “Step”, the alarm tone is silent for about three

seconds, and then the volume steps up every about three

seconds, from Level 1 through Level 6.

Snooze You can set whether to activate Snooze. If you set to “OFF”, set

the duration that the alarm tone is to continue sounding.

ON or OFFEnter a ring time (minutes).

pYou can enter from “01” through “10” in two digits.

pSee page 406 for how Snooze works.

Auto power ON You can set whether to turn on the power automatically to make

an alarm sound when the alarm time arrives during power off.

ON or OFF

Prefer manner

mode

You can set the alarm tone which sounds at the specified time

during Manner Mode.

ON or OFF

ON . . . . . Sounds at the same volume as set for “Alarm volume”

on page 111.

OFF . . . . Sounds at the volume set for this function.

Function Menu while Alarm is Displayed

Edit Go to step 1 of “Using Alarm” on page 404.

Detail You can display the stored alarm contents.

Set this You can validate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can validate also by pressing Oo().

Set all You can validate all the stored alarm.

YES

The icon appears on the desktop.

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for today (except the setting for past time).

“ ”. . . . . Displayed when an alarm is set for tomorrow or onward only.

pIf you set “Alarm” of a schedule event/ToDo item to “OFF”, the icon is not displayed.

Release this You can invalidate the stored alarm.

YES

pYou can invalidate also by pressing Oo().

Release all You can invalidate all the stored alarm.

YES

Information

pIf the alarm tone sounds during a call, press any key to stop it. Once again press any

key to end the alarm including Snooze. If the other party on the phone hangs up, an

alarm including Snooze ends.

pDuring a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

pIf any of the following events occurs in Snooze state, Snooze is released:

･When you receive a voice call, videophone call, or PushTalk call

･When you receive a mail message or Message R/F while “Receiving display” is set

to “Alarm preferred”

･When you receive a location provision request while “Location request menu” or the

setting by service is set to the settings that permits location provision.

･When an alarm of “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording” sounds

pWhen you set the power to automatically turn on and an alarm to sound, the default

alarm tone sounds if the alarm with the UIM security is selected.

pTurn off the FOMA terminal after setting “Auto power ON” to “OFF” when you are near

electronic devices using high-precision control or weak signals, or where the use is

prohibited such as in airplanes and hospitals.

When you set an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, and “ToDo”

406

Convenient Functions

The alarm sounds for about five minutes (in the case of “Alarm”, the alarm sounds for

specified time), and illumination lights. The vibrator works as you set for “Phone” of

“Vibrator”. The alarm message and an animation or i-motion movie linking to the

selected icon appear on the display.

pIf you set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”

The alarm sounds for about one minute at an interval of five minutes, up to six times,

until Snooze is released by pressing h.

pDuring a call

The alarm sounds from the earpiece three times repeatedly.

pDuring operations

The FOMA terminal works according to the setting of “Alarm setting”. (See page 413)

pWhen you set an alarm to the time of another alarm

The alarm sounds in the priority order of “Alarm”→“Timer recording”→“ToDo”→

“Schedule”→“TV timer”. A missed schedule event or ToDo is notified by the “Missed

alarm” icon.

pWhen the power is turned off

<Alarm>

When “Auto power ON” is set to “ON”, the power automatically turns on to make an

alarm notification sound. When the auto-power setting is set to “OFF”, an alarm does

not sound with the power stayed off. Even after turning the power on, the “Missed

alarm” icon is not displayed.

The alarm does not sound.

The “Missed alarm” icon is not displayed even after turning the power on.

pIn Manner Mode

The vibrator and illumination light notify you. For Schedule/ToDo, a message is also

displayed. The alarm sounds at the volume set for Manner Mode. (See page 111)

pDuring Lock All, Personal Data Lock or Omakase Lock

The alarm does not sound.

After releasing each lock, the “Missed alarm” icon is displayed to inform you of the

missed alarm. Further, if the power is turned off, the power does not turn on and the

“Missed alarm” icon does not appear even after releasing each lock.

When the time specified for “Alarm”, “Schedule” or “ToDo”

comes

pWhile operating the microSD card, during infrared communication, or during iC

communication

The alarm does not sound.

After each function is finished, the “Missed alarm” icon is displayed.

pWhile resetting settings

<Alarm>

The alarm does not sound.

The “Missed alarm” icon does not appear even after resetting settings is completed.

The alarm sounds.

pWhile updating a software program

The alarm does not sound.

The “Missed alarm” icon appears after software updating is completed.

Press any key to stop the alarm tone but the animation/i-motion movie changes to a still

image and the alarm message remains displayed. Press any key again (press h if you

set “Snooze” of “Alarm” to “ON”) to clear the display. However, you cannot clear the

alarm message for the schedule event or ToDo item by pressing a side key when the

FOMA terminal is closed. When a call comes in, the alarm stops sounding.

pWhen multiple alarm messages exist, you can swith display by pressing i()

or l( ) after stopping the alarm tone.

Information

pIf you set “Alarm setting” to “Alarm preferred” and the alarm time has come when you

are dialing, the alarm sounds after calling up the other party. If the alarm time has

come when receiving a call, the alarm sounds after starting communication.

pYou might not be able to set some i-motion movies or Chaku-uta Full® music files for

the alarm.

pSome i-motion movies set for the alarm might be played back only with sound at the

specified time.

pThe Chaku-uta Full® music file set for the alarm is played back only with sound at the

specified time.

The illumination for when you play back a demo to select an alarm tone might differ

from for when you are notified by an alarm.

To clear alarm tone/alarm message, and animation/i-motion

movie from the display

407

Convenient Functions

“Missed alarm” icon is displayed on the desktop. You can check that icon for the contents

of the missed alarm (Missed alarm information).

The latest missed alarm information that could not be notified is displayed.

You can display the calendar by month to check the stored schedule

events.

You can display or store from January 1, 2000 through December 31,

2037.

pSee page 406 for how alarm works.

When the specified date and time come, an alarm tone, an illumination,

subject of the schedule event and an animation corresponding to the set

icon notify you of the schedule event.

You can store up to 2,500 schedule events.

1mStationerySchedulei()New

Do the following operations.

When “Alarm” did not work

+m-4-5

Using Calendar to Manage Schedule

Store Schedule Events

Edit subject Select an icon.

pWhen the alarm tone alerts you, the animation corresponding to

the selected icon is displayed.

Enter the subject of the schedule event.

pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.

pA subject corresponding to the selected icon is entered in

advance.

Place Enter a place.

pYou can enter up to 25 full-pitch/50 half-pitch characters.

2Press l().

Whole day You can set whole day schedule without entering starting and

ending date/time.

OFF or ON

pIf you set to “ON”, the alarm sounds at 12 a.m.

Date (from) Enter the date and time for starting the schedule.

Date (to) Enter the date and time for ending the schedule.

Repeat Select a type of repeat.

pIf you select “Select day”, put a check mark for days of the week

to be set and press l().

Set repeat time.

Unrestricted or XX times.

Enter the repeat time.

pEnter two digits from “02” through “99”.

pThe item set with repetition is counted as one item.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON . . . . . . . . . . . Alerts you at the time of the starting date/time of

the schedule event. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF . . . . . . . . . . Does not alert. The setting for alarm notification

is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

Tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Details Enter details.

pYou can enter up to 300 full-pitch/600 half-pitch characters.

Information

pIf you enter a date on or after 29th in “Date (from)” and set “Repeat” to “Monthly” or

“Yearly”, the schedule event is set on the last day of the month when the month does

not have the specified date.

408

Convenient Functions

You can store up to 100 holidays. However, you cannot store multiple

holidays for the same date.

1mStationerySchedulei()Settings

Edit holidayNewDo the following operations.

2Press l().

pFor the schedule event stored as secret data, an alarm message is not displayed

when the alarm sounds in ordinary mode (other than “Secret mode” and “Secret data

only”). An animation for secret data appears.

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

Store Holidays

Information

Date setting Select an item.

Yearly [fixed date]. . . . Enter the date.

Yearly [- - , -] . . . . . . . . Enter the month, week, and day of the

week.

Holiday name Enter the holiday name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

You can check the details of schedule events or holidays. You can also

check birthdays stored from the Phonebook.

1mStationerySchedule

The Calendar display appears.

pIf you press m() or c( ), the calendar

for the pervious or next month is displayed.

pIf you receive a weather forecast for week from

i-concier, information of them are also displayed.

2Select a date.

The Schedule list and birthday list for the selected date

are displayed.

Check Schedule Events

Calendar display

Schedule list

409

Convenient Functions

3Select a schedule event or birthday.

pWhen you select a birthday and select “Sending mail”,

you can compose to the first mail address in the

selected birthday person’s Phonebook entry. (See “Mail

To Function” on page 207)

When you select “Making call”, you can make voice

calls and so on. (See “Phone To/AV Phone To

Function” on page 206)

Detailed Schedule

display

Information

pHolidays stored at purchase on the calendar are conformance with “Law on National

Holidays and the partially amended version of the Elder Law” (up to No.43, 2005).

Spring Equinox Day and Autumn Equinox Day are announced on the official gazette

of February 1 in the previous year, therefore, they may differ from the days on the

calendar. (As of October 2008)

Function Menu of the Calendar Display

New Go to step 1 on page 407.

Search/Filter

To specified date Enter the date.

Filter You can list up schedule events by the specified icon.

Select an icon to be listedl()

Release Filter You can release filter and display all the schedule events.

Connect to Center See page 140.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Ir/ transmission

Send all Ir data See page 387.

All

transmission

See page 389.

No. of schedules You can display the number of schedule events, holidays, and

birthdays. In Secret Mode or Secret Data Only, you can display

the number of the schedule events stored as secret.

Settings

Kisekae setting You can shange the design of the Calendar display.

Select a pattern.

Customize

holiday

You can specify the color for the day of the week.

Select a day of the weekDefault, Red, or Blue

pThe display color of holidays has priority over this setting.

Edit holiday

New Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 408.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 408.

Delete this YES

Reset holiday You can restore the holidays to its default.

YES

Delete

Delete past You can delete the schedule events stored for up to a preceding

day of the selected day.

YES

Delete all You can delete all the schedule events.While schedule events

are displayed by Filter function, only the displayed schedule

events are deleted.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pDays are displayed in the default color during Lock All, Omakase Lock, and Personal

Data Lock.

pThe schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.

410

Convenient Functions

Function Menu of the Schedule List/Detailed Schedule

Display

New Go to step 1 on page 407.

Edit

Edit Go to step 1 on page 407.

pYou can edit also by pressing m().

pIf you edit a schedule event set with repetition, the confirmation

display appears asking whether to edit only a schedule event of

the present day. If you select “YES”, “Repeat” on the edit

display become “1 time” (OFF), and it is stored as a new

schedule event. If you select “NO”, it is overwritten.

Copy You can copy the schedule event and store it for another date.

Enter the date and time you are pasting to.

Go to step 1 on page 407.

pIf you copy a schedule event set with repetition, “Repeat” on the

edit display become “1 time” (OFF).

Compose message

Compose

message

You can compose an i-mode mail message whose text contains

the start date/time and details of the schedule event.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

Attach to mail You can attach the schedule event to an i-mode mail message to

send.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

You can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing

( ) from the Schedule List or by pressing

()

from the detailed Schedule display.

Move/copy

Copy to microSD See page 372.

Connect to

Center

See page 140.

Search/Filter

To specified date See page 409.

Filter See page 409.

Release filter See page 409.

Edit holiday

New Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 408.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Store Holidays” on page 408.

Delete this YES

Reset holiday See page 409.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Ir/ transmission

Send Ir data

Send See page 386.

Send all See page 387.

transmission

Send See page 388.

Send all See page 389.

Delete

Delete this YES

pIf you delete a schedule event set for repeat, the all data items

set for repeat will be deleted.

Delete select Put a check mark for schedule events to be deleted

l()YES

Delete past See page 409.

Set secret/

Release secret

You can have the schedule event set to or release from secret.

YES

pWhen you select “Set secret” in ordinary mode (not in “Secret

mode” or “Secret data only”), enter your Terminal Security

Code.

411

Convenient Functions

You can display contents of the schedule downloaded by i-concier.

1Calendar display/schedule list

1l()

The i-schedule list is displayed.

2Select an i-schedule.

≥See page 205 when you select “Search by i-mode”.

Information

≥The schedule events downloaded from i-concier are not deleted.

Displaying i-schedule

i-schedule list

Detailed i-schedule

display

You can manage your schedule events in the list and make an alarm tone

sound when the specified time comes.

You can store up to 100 ToDo items to manage your schedule.

≥See page 406 for how alarm works.

1m1Stationery1ToDo1l()

1Do the following operations.

≥You can check the stored contents by selecting a stored ToDo item, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

Function Menu of the i-schedule List/Detailed i-schedule

Display

Schedule list You can display the i-schedule list.(See page 408)

≥You can display i-schedule list also by pressing l().

Delete

Delete this

[i-schedule list

only]

1OK

Delete select

[i-schedule list

only]

1Put a check mark for i-schedule events to be deleted

1l()1OK

Delete all

[i-schedule list

only]

1YES

+m-9-5

<ToDo>

Using ToDo to Manage Schedule

Edit ToDo 1Enter ToDo contents.

≥You can enter up to 100 full-pitch/200 half-pitch characters.

412

Convenient Functions

2Press l().

: Priority high

: Priority low

pIf you do not enter the ToDo contents, “ ” is not displayed, and you cannot

store the ToDo item.

Due date Select an item.

Enter date . . . . .Enter the date (due date) directly.

Choose date . . .Select a date (due date) from the calendar.

Check the date and press Oo().

No date. . . . . . . .Does not set the date (due date). The alarm

does not work.

Priority Select a priority.

pIf you sort the items in due date order, the items for the same

due date are displayed from the higher priority.

Category Select a category.

Alarm Select an alarm method.

ON. . . . . . . . . . . .Alerts you at the set time. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

ON/Set time . . . .Alerts you at the time set as the prenotification.

OFF. . . . . . . . . . .Does not alert you. The setting for alarm

notification is completed.

Enter the date and time to be alerted.

Alarm tone Select a type of alarm toneSelect a folder

Select an alarm tone.

Function Menu while ToDo Item is Displayed

New Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on page 411.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Using ToDo to Manage Schedule” on page 411.

pTo edit “Completion date” of the ToDo item with its “Change

status” set to “Completion”, select “ ”, and perform the same

operation as in “Due date” on page 412.

Change status The set status icons are displayed on the ToDo list.

Select a status.

pThe status icons switch from blue to red after the due date.

pIf you select “Completion”, perform the same operation as in

“Due date” on page 412.

Category display Select a category.

pSelect a ToDo item to display the details of it.

Sort/Filter You can sort ToDo items for display. You can also list them up by

the specified status.

Select the order or state you want to display.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Attach to mail You can attach the ToDo item to an i-mode mail message to

send.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can attach it to an i-mode mail message also by pressing

l( ) while checking the stored contents of the ToDo

item.

Send Ir data See page 386.

Send all Ir data See page 387.

transmission See page 388.

All transmission See page 389.

Copy to microSD See page 372.

Delete this YES

Delete select Put a check mark for ToDo items to be deleted

l()YES

Delete completed You can delete the “Completion” ToDo items.

YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pDuring standby, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Phone” of “Ring volume”.

During a call, the alarm tone sounds at the level set for “Volume” (earpiece volume).

413

Convenient Functions

You can set whether to sound an alarm of “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”

and “TV timer”, for when operating another function.

1mSet./ServiceClockAlarm setting

Operation preferred or Alarm preferred

Operation preferred. . . . . Alerts you only during the Stand-by display.

Alarm preferred . . . . . . . . Alerts you even when you are operating the FOMA

terminal or during a call.

You can store frequently used functions in the Private menu. You can

store a total of 12 items from respective functions in Main Menu (see

page 476).

1mm()

Private menu is displayed.

pIf you have not touched any key for at least 15 seconds,

the Stand-by display returns.

Setting Operating Conditions of Alarm

Information

pWhen you could not be alerted, the “Missed alarm” icon appears on the desktop.

Using Your Original Menu

Select a Function from the Private Menu

Private menu

2Select an icon.

The display for the selected function is displayed.

1Private menui()

+m-5-2

Display the Private Menu List

Private Menu list

Function Menu of the Private Menu List

Add to menu You can store the frequently used function in the Private menu.

Select a function to be stored.

pPress No to display the storable functions by main menu item

or sub-menu item. Press Bo to highlight the function you store.

Change BG image Select a folderSelect an image.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Reset menu You can reset the Private menu to the default.

YES

Release this YES

Release all YES

414

Convenient Functions

In addition to the phone number (own number) you have signed up, you

can store your personal information such as your name, reading of your

name, phone numbers (up to three), mail addresses (up to three), a postal

address, location information, a birthday, memorandums, and a still

image.

If you change the mail address or register a secret code, change the mail

address in this function as well.

1mPhonebookOwn numberl()

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Perform the operation in

step 2 on page 90 to store

personal information.

pYou cannot change or

delete own number.

pWhen you store the

location information, select

“From phonebook” to store

it by selecting a Phonebook

entry.

pIf you have already entered your Terminal Security Code by operating another

function such as “Display all data”, the display for entering your Terminal Security

Code does not appear.

2Press l().

Information

pThe image you can set is a JPEG or GIF image whose size is Stand-by display (480 x

854) or smaller and up to 300 Kbytes. Perform “Change size” or “Trim away” for other

images to set. However, when you set a GIF animation, the first frame is displayed.

+m-0

Storing Your Name, Mail Address and

Other Information

Own Number display

Information

pThe items other than own number are displayed even if you use another UIM,

because they are stored in the FOMA terminal.

pThe mail address you can change using this function is limited to the mail address

displayed by “Own number”. You cannot change the actual mail address.

Function Menu of the Own Number Display

Information

Edit Go to step 1 on page 414.

Character size You can switch character sizes for the Own Number and on the

displays within “Phonebook settings”, etc. (See “Phonebook” on

page 123)

Display all data You can display all the stored phone numbers and mail

addresses.

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Use Mo to display each item.

Copy name You can copy a name.

Copy phone number/

Copy mail add./

Copy address/

Copy location info/

Copy birthday/

Copy memorandums

You can copy each item.

pFrom the own number display, press Mo to highlight an item to

be copied. The displayed items in the Function menu differ

depending on the highlighted item.

Send Ir data See page 386.

pYou can send data via infrared communication also by pressing

c().

transmission See page 388.

pYou can send data via iC transmission also by pressing

m().

Copy to microSD See page 372.

Erase phone number/

Erase mail add./

Erase address/

Delete loc.info/

Erase birthday/

Erase memorandums/

Delete image

You can delete each item.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

pFrom the own number display, press Mo to highlight an item to

be deleted. The displayed items in the Function menu differ

depending on the highlighted item.

415

Convenient Functions

Two types of Voice Memo are available; one is “Voice memo” (during a

call) for recording the other party’s voice during a call and the other is

“Record voice memo” for recording your own voice during standby.

You can record either one of “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice

memo” for about three minutes.

pSee page 72 for playing back/erasing “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”.

1During a voice call

>(for at least one second) or l().

A beep sounds and recording starts.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo() or r, or press and hold

>(for at least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends.

The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

Reset You can reset (delete) all the stored personal data such as phone

numbers or mail addresses except own number.

YES

pWhen the display for entering your Terminal Security Code

appears, enter the code.

Auto acquire No. B You can check if the 2in1 service is contracted. When it has been

contracted, Number B is stored.

Recording Voice during a Call or Standby

as Voice Memo

Record Other Party’s Voice during a Call

Information

pIf you record a voice memo when either “Voice memo” (during a call) or “Voice memo”

has already been saved, the old one is overwritten regardless of whether you have

played back or not.

pYou cannot record a voice memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

1mLifeKitRec. msg/voice memoVoice memo

YES

A beep sounds and recording starts. Speak into the microphone.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo(), r or h.

pA beep sounds about five seconds before the recording time (for about three

minutes) ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the former

display returns.

During a videophone call, you can record the receiving images along

with voice.

You can record up to five items for about 20 seconds per item.

pSee page 73 for playing back/erasing “Movie memo”.

1During a videophone call>(for at least one second)

A beep sounds and recording starts. “ ” is displayed during recording.

pA still image specified by “Movie memo” of “Select image” is shown on the other

party’s display.

pTo suspend the recording midway, press Oo( ) or press and hold >(for

at least one second).

pPress h to end the recording and the call.

pA beep sounds about 5 seconds before the recording time (for about 20 seconds)

ends. The beep sounds twice when the recording ends and the “Talking” display

returns.

+m-5-5

Record Your Voice during Standby

Information

pThe recording is suspended when a call comes in, when an alarm for “Alarm”,

“Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer”, or “Timer recording” sounds, or when you switch the

displays by Multitask.

Recording Images during a Videophone

Call as a Movie Memo

Information

pIf you record a movie memo when five movie memos have already been recorded,

the oldest movie memo is overwritten regardless of whether you have played it back

or not.

416

Convenient Functions

You can confirm the last and accumulated call duration and cost for

voice calls and videophone calls.

pDisplayed call duration and cost are for reference and might differ from the actual ones.

In addition, the consumption tax is not included in the call cost.

pBoth the voice call duration and digital communications duration (videophone call

duration + 64K data communication duration) are displayed and both incoming and

outgoing calls are included in the duration.

pThe call cost is for the outgoing calls only. However, “¥0” or “¥__” is displayed for toll

free calls such as Free Dial or for Directory Assistance Service (104), etc.

pThe call cost is accumulated on the UIM. Therefore, when you replace the UIM, the

charge accumulated on the UIM in use is displayed. (accumulation from December

2004)

pYou can reset the displayed call duration and call cost.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCall data

Last call duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call duration of the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call duration of the latest 64K data

communication.

Last call cost

Talk: Displays the call cost for the latest voice call.

Digital Videophone: Displays the call cost for the latest videophone call.

Non-limiting digital: Displays the call cost for the latest 64K data communication.

Total calls duration

Talk: Displays the call duration of voice calls from the time Reset Total Duration

was executed to the current time.

Digital: Displays the call duration of videophone calls and 64K data

communication from the time Reset Total Duration was executed to the

current time.

pYou cannot record a movie memo while operating each item in the Function menu.

+m-6-1

Checking Call Duration/Charge

Information

Total calls

Displays the call cost from the time Reset Total Cost was executed to the current

call.

Calls reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Duration was executed last time.

Cost reset

Displays the date and time when Reset Total Cost was executed last time.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/cost

Reset total cost&dura.

Enter your Terminal Security Code

Do the following operations.

Information

pWhen Last Call Duration exceeds “19 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, or Total Calls

Duration exceeds “199 hours 59 minutes 59 seconds”, “0 s” returns to re-count the

time.

pIf you switch between the voice call and videophone call during a call, the call duration

and call cost are counted respectively for the calls. You are not charged while

“Changing” (see page 53) is displayed.

pThe duration/charge for PushTalk, i-mode communication and packet communication

are not counted. For how to check the i-mode fee, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s

Guide [i-mode] FOMA version” which is supplied on your i-mode contract.

pThe charge for Chaku-moji is not counted.

pThe international call fee for using WORLD CALL is counted. The fees for using other

international call services are not counted.

pThe duration for ringing and calling is not counted as call duration.

pIf you turn off the power or remove the UIM, Last Call Duration is reset to “0 s”; and

Last Call Cost is reset to “¥__”.

+m-6-0

Resetting Total Duration/Total Cost

Reset total duration You can reset Last Call Duration and Total Calls Duration to “0 s”.

YES

Reset total cost You can reset Last Call Cost and Total Calls to “¥0”.

YESEnter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 126 for PIN2 code.

417

Convenient Functions

You can set the call cost limit for Total Calls and can be notified when it is

exceeded. If you set “Auto reset setting” to “ON”, the call cost is reset at

midnight on the 1st of the month and “ ” is deleted.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costNotice call cost

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

Enter a max cost.

pYou can set from ¥10 through ¥100,000 in unit of ¥10.

2Select a method to alertON or OFF

Enter the PIN2 code.

pSee page 126 for PIN2 code.

“ ” appears. When “Icon + alarm” is set as a notice method and the Stand-by display

returns, the message to the effect that the call cost has exceeded the maximum cost is

displayed, and a warning tone sounds from the speakers.

You can clear “ ” displayed by Notice Call Cost.

1mSet./ServiceCall time/costCLR max cost icon

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

Setting Call Cost Limit

When Total Calls has exceeded the max cost

Clear Max Cost Icon

Information

p“ ” is cleared also by executing Reset Total Cost, Reset Settings, or Initialize.

pTo be re-notified of the set limit after the maximum cost is exceeded, reset Total Calls.

You can display the calculator to make the four rules of calculation

(＋, −, ×, ÷). You can display up to 10 digits.

1mStationeryCalculator

Follow the operation below to make a

calculation.

You can store up to 20 text memos.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>

Enter a text memo.

pYou can enter up to 256 full-pitch/512 half-pitch characters.

pYou can check the stored contents by selecting a stored text memo, and you can

edit it by pressing Oo().

+m-8-5

Using Calculator

+Vo＋+Zo×

+Co−+Xo÷

+Oo＝+lDecimal point

+i%

-r

C (Clear): Clears the numeral you have

entered last.

AC (All clear): Clears all the calculations

you entered.

Information

pYou cannot enter a minus sign while you are performing calculation.

pWhen the calculated result exceeds 10 digits or invalid calculation like “divided by 0” is

performed, “.E” is displayed.

+m-4-2

Making Text Memos

418

Convenient Functions

Function Menu while Text Memo is Displayed

Edit Go to step 1 of “Making Text Memos” on page 417.

Compose message You can compose an i-mode mail message containing the

contents of the text memo.

Go to step 2 on page 146.

pYou can compose it also by pressing l().

Edit schedule You can create a schedule event containing the contents of the

text memo.

Go to step 1 on page 407.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Send Ir data See page 386.

Send all Ir data See page 387.

transmission See page 388.

All transmission See page 389.

Copy to microSD See page 372.

Text memo info You can display the date and time when the text memo was

created, the date and time of the latest update, and the category.

Category You can classify text memos by category.

Select a category.

pIf you do not set, the category is set to “None”.

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for text memos to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

You can exchange the Phonebook entries or SMS messages between the

FOMA terminal and the UIM. You can also delete the Phonebook entries

or SMS messages stored in the FOMA terminal or the UIM.

You can save a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages to the UIM.

1mPhonebookUIM operation

Enter your Terminal Security Code.

When you enter your Terminal Security Code, “ ” appears, and you cannot use

phone and mail functions.

pWhen a call comes in just before entering your Terminal Security Code, UIM

Operation ends.

2Copy or DeleteSelect a copy end or delete source

Phonebook or SMS

Phonebook

Search the Phonebook to list the entries.

SMS

Inbox . . . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Inbox.

Outbox . . . Copies or deletes the data in the Outbox.

Select a folder and show the list.

pWhen copying or moving data items to the UIM, the confirmation display appears

telling that 2in1 management information will be deleted if 2in1 is activated.

3Put a check mark for data items to be copied or deleted

l()YES

Copying/Deleting Data Items between

FOMA Terminal and UIM

Copy/Delete Data Items

419

Convenient Functions

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()Move/copy

Copy to UIM or Copy to phoneYES

1Outbox list/Detailed Sent Mail display/Inbox list/

Detailed Received Mail displayi()

Move/copyUIM operation

Select a move method or copy methodYES

“ (blue)” indicates an SMS message in the FOMA terminal.

“ ” indicates an SMS message on the UIM.

Function Menu while the Phonebook List or SMS List is

Displayed

Start copy/

Start deletion

You can start copy or deletion.

Select this You can select the data item.

Select all in tab You can select all the Phonebook entries in the displayed tab.

Select all You can select all data items.

Release this You can release the selection.

Release all in tab You can release all the selected Phonebook entries in the

displayed tab.

Release all You can release all selections.

Detail You can display the detailed Phonebook display or the detailed

SMS display.

Copy from the Function Menu of Phonebook

Move or Copy from the Function Menu of Mail

Information

pThe number of phone numbers/mail addresses you can store in a single Phonebook

entry differs between the FOMA terminal and the UIM. Therefore, you cannot copy

the second or later phone numbers/mail addresses stored in the FOMA terminal to

the UIM. You cannot copy the data that cannot be stored on the UIM such as a postal

address, either.

You can make/receive a call by using the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone

with Switch (option).

Open the cover of the Earphone-Microphone/AV output terminal and

insert the connecting plug of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with

Switch. (See page 22)

pThe types of character fonts you can use differ between the FOMA terminal and the

UIM; therefore a pictograph is converted into a space.

pWhen you copy Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, the name of

up to 10 full-pitch/21 half-pitch characters and the reading of up to 12 half-pitch

characters are converted to full-pitch katakana characters and copied. The rest

characters are not copied.

pPhonebook entries stored as secret data cannot be copied to the UIM even in Secret

Mode or Secret Data Only.

pIf you set the same group name in the FOMA terminal and the UIM, the group settings

for the Phonebook are retained. If you set different group names in the FOMA terminal

and the UIM, the group settings are not retained.

pYou can neither move nor copy SMS reports.

pYou cannot protect SMS messages you have moved or copied to the UIM. If you copy

or move protected SMS messages to the UIM, SMS messages on the UIM are

unprotected. Also, the reply and forward icons become the read icons.

pIf SMS messages are moved or copied from the FOMA terminal to the UIM, you can

check them in the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

While you use 2in1, all the SMS messages are saved as the ones for Number A,

regardless of the current mode.

pWhen you move or copy SMS messages from the UIM to the FOMA terminal, they

are moved or copied to the “Inbox” or “Outbox” folder.

<Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch>

How to Use Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch

Connect Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

Information

420

Convenient Functions

You can select the microphone to use when the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch (option) is connected from the microphone of

the FOMA terminal or the microphone of the earphone/microphone.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Headset mic. setting

Built-in microphone or Headset microphone

1Enter a phone number

call up a Phonebook entry, redial item, dialed call record,

or received call record.

2Press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch for at least one second

Start talking when the other party answers.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

pYou can use this function even in Horizontal Open Style. However, you cannot

make a videophone call by pressing the switch of Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch.

pYou can make a call also by operating the FOMA terminal.

3After talking, press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one

second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Selecting a Microphone for Use when an

Earphone is Connected

Information

pWhen you connect earphones without a microphone, select “Built-in microphone”.

pWhen you set to “Built-in microphone” and connect the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch, the sensitivity of the microphone of the FOMA terminal is

improved.

Make Calls Using the Switch

1During ringingPress the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch.

A beep sounds and you are connected.

With a videophone call, the image through your camera is sent to the other party.

You can switch between that image and the substitute image by pressing m

during the videophone call. (See page 74)

pYou can use the switch also with the FOMA terminal closed or in Horizontal Open

Style. If you receive a videophone call in Horizontal Open Style, the substitute

image is sent to the other party.

pYou can answer calls also by operating the FOMA terminal.

pWhen “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”, a call is answered automatically after

the ring time elapses.

2After talking, press and hold the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one

second to end the call.

A beep sounds twice and you are disconnected.

Receive Calls Using the Switch

Information

pRegardless of the setting for “Keypad sound”, a tone for connecting and disconnecting

the line sounds.

pNote that you might be connected if you try to connect the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch after the ring tone sounds.

pTo release hold, press the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

during answer-hold (On Hold) and while a call is on hold (Holding). (When a

videophone call is put on hold, the image through your camera is sent and the

videophone call starts.)

pDo not press or release the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

in succession. You might be automatically connected.

pIf you have signed up for Call Waiting Service and “Multi calling” is displayed during a

call, you can switch two calls by pressing and holding the switch of the Flat-plug

Earphone/Microphone with Switch for at least one second. However, you cannot use

the switch to end the call.

pYou can adjust the earpiece volume by pressing .< (raise) or .> (lower) during a call.

421

Convenient Functions

When “Headset switch to call” is set to “Voice call” and the Stand-by

display is shown, you can press the switch of the Flat-plug Earphone/

Microphone with Switch (option) to make voice calls.

1mSet./ServiceIncoming callAuto call/answer set.

Headset switch to callVoice call or OFF

pYou can check the currently set phonebook entry by pressing l().

2Search the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry.

If a call comes in while the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch

(option) is connected, the FOMA terminal automatically answers the call

after the specified ring time elapses.

1mSet./ServiceIncoming call

Auto call/answer set.Auto answer setting

ON or OFFEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “001” through “120” in three digits.

pYou cannot set the same ring time for Remote Monitoring, Auto Answer Setting

and Record Message Setting. Set a different time for each.

Selecting Other Party to Call for when an

Earphone is Connected

Information

pYou can set a Phonebook entry in the FOMA terminal (Phone) only.

pWhen the Phonebook entry contains multiple phone numbers, the first phone number

is set.

pIf you delete the set Phonebook entry, the Phonebook entry stored in the memory

number 999 is automatically set to Headset Switch to Call.

+m-9-4

Receiving a Call Automatically when an

Earphone is Connected

You can connect between Bluetooth devices wirelessly. When you

connect, for an example, your FOMA terminal to Wireless Earphone Set

02 (option) using Bluetooth communication, you can talk on the phone or

listen to music with your FOMA terminal carried in a bag.

pNote that battery consumption will be faster when you use Bluetooth connection.

pWireless communications with all the Bluetooth devices are not necessarily

guaranteed.

Information

pWhen the FOMA terminal automatically answers a videophone call, a substitute

image is sent to the other party. You can switch between the substitute image and the

camera image by pressing +m during the videophone call. (See page 74)

pIf you activate Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service together with Auto

Answer Setting and want to give priority to Auto Answer Setting over the service, set

its ring time shorter than that for Voice Mail Service or Call Forwarding Service.

pEven if you connect the Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch while ringing,

Auto Answer Setting does not work. However, if you disconnect it while ringing, Auto

Answer Setting works.

pDuring 64K data communication or connecting the Flat-plug AV Output Cable

(option), Auto Answer

Setting

does not work.

Using Bluetooth Function

422

Convenient Functions

With your FOMA terminal, the following six services are available:

Headset, Hands-free, Audio, Dial-up Communication, Object Push and

Serial Port services. Also, the Audio/Video remote control service

(Ver.1.3) might be available when you use the Audio service. (Only with

compatible Bluetooth devices)

※1 The FOMA terminal and all Bluetooth function-installed devices have ensured that

they conform to the Bluetooth Specification according to the rules the Bluetooth SIG

defines, and are all authenticated. However, operating methods might differ, or data

might not be exchanged even when they are connected wirelessly, depending on

the features or specifications of connecting devices.

※2 Standardizes the connecting procedures of Bluetooth function per feature of a

device.

■Talk through Headset

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set 02 (option) or a Bluetooth headset

(commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can talk

wirelessly.

・Use the Headset service.

What You can Do with Bluetooth Function

Supported version

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 2.0 + EDR compliant※1

Supported profiles※2 (Supported services)

HSP: Headset Profile

HFP: Hands-Free Profile

A2DP: Advanced Audio Distribution Profile

AVRCP: Audio/Video Remote Control Profile

DUNP: Dial-up Networking Profile

OPP: Object Push Profile

SPP: Serial Port Profile

■Talk Hands-free

When you connect a Bluetooth communication device such as a car navigation

system (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you

can communicate hands-free using the microphone and speaker on the car navigation

system.

・Use the Hands-free service.

■Play back on Audio Equipment

When you connect Wireless Earphone Set P01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication compatible audio equipment (commercial item) to the FOMA terminal

using Bluetooth communication, you can play back a stereophonic high-quality sound

wirelessly.

However, the devices that support audio of 1Seg programs or video files are limited.

(For details, see “Information” of “Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs”.)

・Use the Audio service.

■Communicate wirelessly

When you connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer to the

FOMA terminal using Bluetooth communication, you can perform packet

communication or 64K data communication using the FOMA terminal as a modem.

・Use the Dial-up Communication service.

・For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

■Send Phonebook via Bluetooth communication

You can send the Phonebook entries by connecting the Bluetooth device to the FOMA

terminal using Bluetooth communication. You can send them from the Function menu

of the Phonebook.

・Use the Object Push service.

■Use Bluetooth communication from i-αppli

By connecting the FOMA terminal with another mobile phone or Bluetooth

communication compatible device using Bluetooth communication, you can play a

match game with your friends or manage data files on an i-αppli program.

・Use the Serial Port service.

■Tone from Bluetooth devices

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Voice call dial tone ○○L

Voice/Videophone call ring tone ○※1, ※2○※2L

Ringback tone at voice/videophone call ○○L

The other party’s voice at voice/videophone call ○○L

423

Convenient Functions

○: Output from the Bluetooth device.

L: Not output from the Bluetooth device, instead it is played back from the FOMA

terminal.

※1 The ring tone sounds from both the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal when

“Headset usage setting” is set to “Headset and speaker”.

※2 The ring tone sounds from the FOMA terminal when “Forward ring tone” is set to

“OFF”.

※3 The tone does not sound for i-motion movies played back while being obtained from

sites.

※4 The alarm tone sounds from the Bluetooth device only during a call. The alarm tone

that sounds from the Bluetooth device is not the one set for Alarm. It beeps.

※5 The alarm tone/mail ring tone does not sound when a display other than the

Stand-by display is shown.

pSome Bluetooth devices might not work as specified in the table above.

Caller’s voice from Record Message at voice call ○○L

PushTalk ring tone LL○

1Seg audio LL○

i-motion playback tone LL○※3

Video playback tone LL○

PC movie playback tone LL○

MUSIC Player playback tone LL○

Music&Video Channel playback tone LL○

Alarm tone Alarm preferred ○※4○※4○

Operation preferred L※5L※5L※5

Mail ring tone Alarm preferred LL○

Operation preferred L※5L※5L※5

Connected service

HSP HFP A2DP

Information

pRefer to the instruction manual for a Bluetooth device as well.

Notes on using Bluetooth devices

■Observe the following to make a good connection:

pThe distance between your mobile phone and another Bluetooth device must be

within 10 meters under line-of-sight conditions. The allowable connection distance

may be shorter, depending on the ambient environment (such as walls or furniture)

and the structure of a building. When there are any obstructions between the FOMA

terminal and Bluetooth device, the allowable connection distance may also be

shorter.

Particularly, if there is a wall or floor of reinforced concrete between them, they may

be unable to connect with each other. Above mentioned connection distance is not

guaranteed.

pDuring connection, keep Bluetooth devices as possible as away from other electric

devices (such as home electric appliances, AV devices, OA devices). (The Bluetooth

device is liable to be adversely affected by a microwave oven so keep as possible as

away from the microwave oven.) Otherwise, normal connection cannot be performed

when electric devices are powered on or Bluetooth devices may cause noises or a

reception failure on a television or radio set (television images may degrade for

particular channels of UHF or satellite broadcasting).

pIf there is a broadcast station or radio near a Bluetooth device to which you want to

connect, your FOMA terminal may be unable to connect with the Bluetooth device. In

such a case, move the Bluetooth device to a place where connection is possible.

Strong radio waves may prevent connection between Bluetooth devices.

pWith a Bluetooth device put in your bag or pocket, you can make a wireless

connection. However, if the Bluetooth device and FOMA terminal is separated by

your body, communication speed might be lowered or noise could result.

■Radio interference with wireless LANs

Bluetooth devices use the same frequency band (2.4GHz) as wireless LANs

(IEEE802.11b/g). Therefore, if a Bluetooth device is used near a wireless LAN device,

radio interference may cause lowering of the communication speed, noise or

connection fail. In this case, take the following measures:

pKeep your FOMA terminal and the wireless connection-target Bluetooth device away

from the wireless LAN device 10 meters or more.

pWhen you use them within a distance of 10 meters, turn off the power to the wireless

LAN device.

■Radio waves generated from the Bluetooth device may possibly give an

adverse effect on electronic medical appliances.

As an accident could result in some cases, make sure that you turn off the power to

the FOMA terminal and Bluetooth devices in places as shown below:

・On trains ・In airplanes ・In hospitals

・Nearby automatic doors or fire alarms

・In places such as gas stations where flammable gas is generated

424

Convenient Functions

You can register a Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal. You can

1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list

YES

The Bluetooth devices around the FOMA terminal are

searched. You need to place the Bluetooth device to be

registered on standby for registration beforehand.

Up to 20 searched devices are listed on the Device list.

pYou can search for Bluetooth devices also by pressing

l( ) from the Device list.

pWhen any Bluetooth devices have already been

registered, Device list is displayed and those registered ones are displayed.

2Select a Bluetooth device to be registeredYES

3Select the text box for entering the

Bluetooth passkey

Enter the Bluetooth passkeySet

pYou can enter up to 16 half-pitch alphanumeric

characters.

pFor the Bluetooth passkey, refer to the instruction

manual for the Bluetooth device.

pYou might not need to enter the Bluetooth pass key

depending on the Bluetooth device. In this case, go to step 4.

(For registering Wireless Earphone Set P02, you do not need to enter the

Bluetooth pass key.)

The Bluetooth device is connected and “ (blue)” blinks.

When no communication with the Bluetooth device is

made for a certain period of time, your FOMA terminal is

placed in low power consumption mode, and “ (black)”

stays on.

pWhen you use the Bluetooth device which is able to

connect multiple services, the confirmation display appears asking whether to

connect another service in succession.

p“ (blue)” is displayed during connection, “ (gray)” is displayed on standby

for connection next to the service name.

pIf you select “Dial-up”, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection.

pTo disconnect, select the connected service and select “YES”.

pSee “Accept Registered” on page 426 for how to cancel the service on standby.

You can connect the registered Bluetooth device to the FOMA terminal.

1mLifeKitBluetoothDevice list

Select a Bluetooth device to be connected

Select a service to be connected.

pSee step 4 on page 424 for

details.

Service Selection

display

Information

pWhen 10 Bluetooth devices have already been registered, the confirmation display

appears asking whether to overwrite them. When you select “YES”, the Bluetooth

device that is not protected, or not set for “Preferred device” and with the oldest

communication date/time, except in communicating or in standby state, is overwritten.

pYou cannot activate Bluetooth function during Self Mode.

Connect

Device list Service Selection

display

425

Convenient Functions

■Device list

Device class

The following icons are displayed according to the

type of Bluetooth device:

“”, “”, “”, “”, “”, “”, “”

Device name

The name of Bluetooth device is displayed.

When no name is detected by search, the Bluetooth

address is displayed.

Connecting status

：Being connected ：Not connected

：Not detected ：Not registered

Protect

Displayed when the registered contents are protected.

Profile state

The state of each profile is displayed in color.









Device list

Mark Character

color

Background

color

Frame

color Status

Blue Gray None Not connected (unregistered)

Blue Gray Blue Not connected (registered)

White Green None Being connected

Green White Green Standby for connection

White Light green None Preferred device

Gray Gray None Not supported

Information

pWhen the Bluetooth device is turned off or when the Bluetooth device does not

respond while a connection is being established or being disconnected, it takes

maximum about 110 seconds for processing.

pWhen your FOMA terminal is connected using the Headset service, Hands-free

service, Audio service, or Dial-up Communication service, and is disconnected from

the Bluetooth device, the FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection. Also,

your FOMA terminal is placed on standby for connection the next time the power is

turned on after the FOMA terminal is turned off while it is connected or is on standby

for connection.

Function Menu of the Device List

Preferred device You can set a Bluetooth device to be connected taking priority

over other devices when a call comes in. You can set this for the

Headset service compatible Bluetooth device only.

pWhen you already set another Bluetooth device for “Preferred

device”, that setting is canceled, and the selected Bluetooth

device is set for the priority device.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Protect/release You can protect the registered Bluetooth device so that it is not

deleted or overwritten. You can protect up to five devices.

pTo release it, perform the same operation.

Change device

name

You can change the name of the registered Bluetooth device.

Enter a device name.

pYou can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch characters.

Delete You can delete the registered Bluetooth device.

YES

Description You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profile.

Add desktop icon See page 31.

Information

pWhen you select a registered Bluetooth device, the registered profile is updated.

(When the device name has been changed, the profile is retained as it is.) When you

select a profile that is different from the registered one, the profile is added and then

registered.

pEven when Preferred Device is set, you cannot connect that device unless the

Headset service is placed on standby for connection. When other Bluetooth device is

connected with the Headset service, the Bluetooth device that is being connected has

priority.

pYou cannot delete when the status of Bluetooth device is during connection or on

standby for connection.

426

Convenient Functions

You can place the connecting state of all the registered Bluetooth

devices on standby for connection.

1mLifeKitBluetoothAccept registered

Put a check mark for the services to be placed on

standbyl()

pTo release, remove the check mark and press l().

pDuring standby, “ (blue)” lights.

You can suspend all the services that are connected or on standby for

connection, and suspend off the Bluetooth function of the FOMA

terminal.

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth power OFFYES

pYou can activate the standby for connection for the previously-connected

Bluetooth device by mLifeKitBluetoothActivate Bluetooth.

You can talk or communicate by connecting the FOMA terminal

wirelessly with a Bluetooth communication compatible personal

computer or car navigation system and others. For details, refer to

“Preparing Bluetooth Communication” on the PDF version of “Manual

for PC Connection”.

You can make a call wirelessly when the FOMA terminal is connected to a

Bluetooth device using Headset service or Hands-free service.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Headset service or

Hands-free service.

pSee page 424 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

2Make/Receive a call via the Bluetooth device.

“ ” is displayed during a call via the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

Accept Registered

Bluetooth Power OFF

Accept Dialup Devices

Make a Call

Press and hold d for at least one second during a call.

pYou can select also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Talk on BT/Phone”.

pDuring a call with the FOMA terminal while connecting using Headset service, you can

switch only from the Bluetooth device.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

pYou cannot talk over a Bluetooth device while USB Hands-free compatible device or

Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) or Flat-plug AV Output Cable

(option) is connected even if you switch to the Bluetooth device.

pYou cannot switch to a Bluetooth device while Remote Monitoring is activated.

When you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using

Audio service, you can output the audio of 1Seg programs from the

Bluetooth device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 424 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

Selecting whether to talk over the FOMA terminal or a

Bluetooth device

Information

pDuring Lock All or Omakase Lock, you cannot answer calls via the Bluetooth device.

pWhen a call comes in while the Bluetooth device is connected using Headset service

or Hands-free service, the ring tone sounds from the Bluetooth device even if Manner

Mode is activated or “Ring volume” is set to “Silent” on the FOMA terminal.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, you cannot adjust the sound volume of the

Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA terminal.

pDuring a call on the Bluetooth device, the call state does not change by closing the

FOMA terminal regardless of the setting of “Setting when closed”.

pWhen the Bluetooth communication is disconnected during a call on the Bluetooth

device, the call state follows the setting of “Disconnection settings”. However, when it

is disconnected while the FOMA terminal is closed and “Disconnection settings” is set

to “Continue on the phone”, the call shifts to the state as specified by “Setting when

closed”. When “Setting when closed” is set to “End the call”, the call shifts to “No tone”

state.

Play Back Audio of 1Seg Programs

427

Convenient Functions

2Watch a 1Seg program.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio

service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the

FOMA terminal tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for watching

a 1Seg program even if it is not connected using Audio service. When the

connection is successfully completed, the audio is output from the Bluetooth

device. When the connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to output audio from the FOMA terminal.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from a Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device.

Information

pYou can output the audio of 1Seg programs only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth

device that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.

pWhile the audio of a 1Seg program is output from a Bluetooth device, you cannot

adjust the sound volume of the Bluetooth device by adjusting that on your FOMA

terminal.

pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when the Flat-plug Stereo/

Earphone Set (option) or Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is

connected.

pIf the audio from a 1Seg program stops while it is output on the Bluetooth device,

check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

When you connect your FOMA terminal to a Bluetooth device using

Audio service, you can output the sound of movies or video, music via

MUSIC Player, etc., from the Bluetooth device.

1Connect a Bluetooth device using Audio service.

pSee page 424 for connecting to a Bluetooth device.

pIf you connect using Audio service from the Bluetooth device while placing an

Audio service on standby for connection, MUSIC Player starts automatically.

However, it might not start automatically when a display other than Stand-by

display is shown or another function is activated.

2Play back a movie, video or music file.

The sound is output from the Bluetooth device.

pWhen the confirmation display appears asking whether to start output to the

Bluetooth device, select “YES”.

pOnce you connect the FOMA terminal to the Bluetooth device using Audio

service, a connection history is stored. When the connection history is found, the

FOMA terminal tries to connect to the Bluetooth device automatically for playing

back a file even if it is not connected using Audio service. When a connection is

successfully completed, the sound is output from the Bluetooth device. When the

connection fails, the confirmation display appears asking whether to output sound

from the FOMA terminal. However, it cannot connect to automatically for playing

back an i-motion movie.

The connection history is overwritten each time the Bluetooth device is connected

using Audio service.

pFor operations from the Bluetooth device, refer to the instruction manual for the

Bluetooth device you use.

Play Back Sound/Music of Movie or Video

Information

pYou can output the audio of video file only on an A2DP compatible Bluetooth device

that supports copyrighting by the SCMS-T.

pWhile you are playing back the sound of a movie, video, or music file from a Bluetooth

device, you cannot adjust the sound volume by adjusting that on your FOMA terminal.

pEven when you are using Play Background for MUSIC Player or Music&Video

Channel, the remote-control operation for Bluetooth device is available.

pYou cannot output the audio from the Bluetooth device when the Flat-plug Stereo/

Earphone Set (option) or Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch (option) is

connected.

428

Convenient Functions

1mLifeKitBluetoothBluetooth settings

Do the following operations.

pYou cannot operate during a call or data communication.

pIf the sound of a movie, video, or music file stops while it is played back on the

Bluetooth device, check your FOMA terminal as the possible causes are as follows:

･When the Bluetooth device is disconnected

･When a location provision request of GPS comes in

･When a mail message or Message R/F comes in

･When a PushTalk call comes in

･When the low battery alarm sounds

･When an alarm for “Alarm”, “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “TV timer” or “Timer recording”

sounds

In these cases, the Audio service might be disconnected depending on the Bluetooth

device. To resume playback on the Bluetooth device, you need to re-connect the

Audio service.

pMUSIC Player ends when the connection with a Bluetooth device is disconnected with

the FOMA terminal closed while using MUSIC Player with a Bluetooth device

connected.

Bluetooth Settings

Information

Set authentications You can set whether to set authentication when sending a

Phonebook entry via a Bluetooth device. If you set to “ON”, set

whether to encrypt the data.

ON or OFFON or OFF

Session number

setting

You can set whether to enter the password for sending all

Phonebook entries.

ON or OFF

Time-out to search You can set the time for searching for Bluetooth communication

compatible devices around the FOMA terminal.

Enter a device search time (seconds).

pEnter two-digit numerals as in “05” through “20”.

Forward ring tone You can set whether to send a ring tone for the voice call and

videophone call to the connected Headset or Hands-free device.

When the device is specified as “Preferred device”, connection is

made to send the ring tone even if the device is on standby.

ON or OFF

Disconnection

settings

You can select whether to end talking or continue talking on the

FOMA terminal when Bluetooth communication is disconnected

while talking through the Headset or Hands-free device.

End the call or Continue on the phone

Dial from headset You can set whether to make a call by pressing the switch on the

Headset.

Valid or Invalid

Bluetooth info You can display the device name, Bluetooth address, device

class, and supported profiles of Bluetooth function mounted on

the FOMA terminal. You can change the device name.

pTo change the device name, press l( ), enter the

device name. You can enter up to 16 full-pitch/32 half-pitch

characters.

Information

pWhile a Bluetooth device to which Phonebook entries are sent is connected using a

service other than Object Push, the Phonebook entries are sent with authentication

and with encryption regardless of this setting.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device is connected or on standby for

connection.

pYou cannot set this function while a Bluetooth device using the Headset service or

Hands-free service is connected or on standby.

pIf you select a pictograph for the device name, it might not be correctly displayed

depending on the destination Bluetooth device.

429

Character Entry

Entering Characters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Character Entry> 430

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 1 (5-touch)> 430

Using Common Phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Common Phrases> 435

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Storing Words in Own Dictionary. . . . . . . . . <Own Dictionary> 436

Using Learned Words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Using Downloaded Dictionary . . . . . . <Download Dictionary> 437

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Mode 2 (2-touch)> 438

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)> 438

For details on “Kuten Code List”, refer to the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.

To see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install Adobe®

Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

430

Character Entry

The FOMA terminal is provided with many functions that require to enter

characters such as creating the Phonebook or composing mail

messages.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, the information of character input

method, input mode, and the remaining number of characters and others

are displayed.

Character input method

：Mode 2 (2-touch)

：Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

pNot displayed in Mode 1 (5-touch).

Input mode

abc：Alphabet input mode

123：Numeral input mode

漢：Kanji/Hiragana input mode

カナ

：Katakana input mode

Full/Half-pitch

1/1：Full-pitch input mode

1/2：Half-pitch input mode

Remaining/Maximum bytes that can be entered

p“Number of entered characters” might be displayed depending on the function.

pOne half-pitch character is counted as one byte and one full-pitch character as two

bytes.

pHalf-pitch character “゛” and “゜” are counted as one character.

Entering Characters

Character Entry Display





Three types of character input methods are available as shown below:

Mode 1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 430

Multiple characters are assigned to a single key. Each time you press the key,

characters switch.

Mode 2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . See page 438

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

Mode 3 (NIKO-touch) . . . . . . See page 438

Enter characters by pairs of numerals.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodInput mode

Put a check mark for modes to be usedl()

pSelect at least two modes.

2Select a priority mode.

pSelect a mode you use preferentially from modes selected in step 1.

Press and hold l( ) for at least one second, or select “Character input” and

then select “Change input mode” from the Function menu.

In the step for entering characters, press l( ) to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

You can enter characters by using Prediction Conversion which converts

a few entered words into the predicted ones and by using Context

Forecast which displays the next conversion candidates inferred from

the relation between paragraphs.

pThe FOMA terminal increases prediction conversion candidates and context forecast

candidates by learning characters.

+m-3-5

Select Character Input Method

Switching modes on the Character Entry (Edit) display

Entering Characters in Mode 1 (5-touch)

Enter Characters

431

Character Entry

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears in prediction conversion mode when

“Predict” is set to “ON”, and appears in ordinary conversion mode when set to

“OFF”.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→ Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→ Press 4 once and a once.

の→ Press 5 five times.

か→ Press 2 once.

し→ Press 3 twice.

pYou can enter up to 24 characters at a time. However,

when “Predict” is set to “ON”,

if you enter 6 or more characters, the conversion mode is automatically switched

to the ordinary conversion mode.

pWhen a character on the same key comes after a character, press Vo to move

the cursor, and enter the next character.

If you set “Character set time”, you can omit the operation to move the cursor.

pYou can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or entering “゛”

and “゜” by pressing a after entering a character.

pEach time you press d, characters are displayed in reverse order.

pIf you set “Predict” to “ON”, each time you press l, ordinary conversion mode

and prediction conversion mode switch.

pYou can press i( ) to display the candidate list of alphanumeric or

katakana characters. Depending on the entered character, the conversion

candidates for date/time are displayed.

pWhen “ ” is displayed while editing the i-mode mail text, you can press

m( ) to display the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms.

pTo fix a character as it is without conversion, press Oo().

3Use Co to move the cursor onto “の”.

pThe conversion mode is automatically switched to the ordinary conversion mode.

4Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo().

pBy pressing m()/c( ), you can scroll the candidate list page by

page.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting a conversion candidate, the

Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

pPress c( ) to fix the whole paragraph.

5Use Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list

Use Mo to highlight “菓子” and pressOo().

The selected characters are fixed.

pWhen the character strings that are assumed to be the context forecast

candidates are found after fixing the characters, that context forecast candidates

are displayed. Press Bo to move the cursor onto the candidate list to enter the

context forecast candidates.

pWhen you press r while you are selecting the context forecast candidates, the

Character Entry (Edit) display returns.

Information

pThe learning function stores up to 1,000 words, and the character of a high conversion

rate goes up in the character order list.

pThe candidate character strings are displayed from characters converted as usual

and from a dictionary downloaded from sites.

・Only a small number of character strings are registered by default so candidate

characters might not be displayed in some cases. By doing the character conversion

as usual, the converted characters are added to the candidate characters.

・You can download a dictionary from sites and add candidate characters from the

dictionary. However, when you delete the downloaded dictionary, the added

candidate characters are also deleted from the existing candidate characters. (See

page 204 and page 437)

pIn the candidate list of Deco-mail pictograms, only the pre-installed Deco-mail

pictograms are displayed and the downloaded ones are not displayed. If you delete

the pre-installed Deco-mail pictograms and re-download them, they are not displayed

in the candidate list.

pYou can use Prediction Conversion and Context Forecast with 2-touch and

NIKO-touch in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

pThe number of kanji characters that you can convert to is limited so you might not be

able to convert to some kanji characters. You can use Kuten Code to enter kanji

characters that you cannot convert to. The number of characters you can enter is

6355 in the JIS level-1 and level-2 kanji sets.

pComplicated kanji characters are partly deformed or simplified.

432

Character Entry

1Move the cursor to the left of the character you want to

correctr

The character at the right of the cursor is deleted.

Press and hold r for at least one second to delete all characters on and after the

cursor.

pWhen no character is found to the right side of the cursor, the character to the left

side of the cursor is deleted. Press and hold r for at least one second to delete

all characters.

2Enter a correct character.

The character is entered in the position of the cursor.

Other Entry Functions

Item Operation/Explanation

Katakana input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Katakana input

modePress keys to enter characters.

Alphabet input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Alphabet input

modePress keys to enter characters.

pIn half-pitch Alphabet input mode, you can display the phrase

list frequently used when inputting URLs and others by

pressing c().

Numeral input Press l( ) a few times to switch to Numeral input

mode Press keys to enter numerals.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

Line feed Press a.

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text and characters are fixed,

you can press Xo to break a line.

Information

pA line feed is counted as one full-pitch character.

pYou cannot break a line depending on the function such as editing in the text box for

i-mode.

Correct Characters

When the battery alarm sounds

The data you have been editing is automatically fixed and saved. Charge the battery or

replace it with a new charged battery to resume editing. However, you cannot save the

unfixed data being converted.

When you press h

The confirmation display appears asking whether to discard the data you are editing.

When a call or mail comes in

The Multitask function works, so the data you are editing is retained, and you can answer

the call or receive the mail.

You can return to the data edit display by switching menu, by pressing and holding x

for at least one second. You can return to the data edit display also by ending the call or

mail function.

You can set whether to display the prediction conversion/context

forecast candidates in the candidate list.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodPredictON or OFF

You can set whether to store the characters converted in Secret Mode or

Secret Data Only as learned words.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodInt.with secret

Enter your Terminal Security CodeON or OFF

pSee page 148 for the Function menu of the Message Entry display.

Data you are editing

+m-3-5

Predict

+m-3-5

Intelligent with Secret

Function Menu while Entering (Editing) Characters

Full pitch/Half pitch You can switch between full pitch and half pitch.

Copy See page 436.

Cut See page 436.

433

Character Entry

Paste See page 436.

Undo You can undo the fixed, deleted, cut, or pasted text. You can

undo the operation up to 10 times. However, you can undo the

fixing of characters only once.

pYou can undo the operation also by pressing and holding

d for at least one second.

Pictograph/symbols

Pictograph You can enter pictographs while showing them on the display.

Select a pictograph.

The selected pictograph is entered and the Character Entry

(Edit) display returns.

pHighlight a pictograph and press l( ), you can

enter a pictograph in succession. Press r to return to the

Character Entry (Edit) display.

pYou can display the Pictograph list also by pressing

m().

pPress c to switch the pictograph lists in order of

“Pictograph 1” → “Pictograph 2” → “Decomail-pictograph”

[お気に入り (Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)].

However, you can enter “Decomail-pictograph” [お気に入り

(Favorite) through 文字 (Characters)] only while editing the

i-mode mail text. Press m to switch them in the reverse

order.

pPress i( ) to display the Symbol list.

pPress d to switch between the list of all pictographs and

ordinary input display.

Symbols You can enter symbols while showing them on the display.

Select a symbol

The selected symbol is entered and the Character Entry (Edit)

display returns.

pHighlight a symbol and press l( ), you can enter a

symbol in succession. Press r to return to the Character

Entry (Edit) display.

pYou can display the Symbol list also by pressing and holding

s for at least one second.

pPress c to switch the symbol lists in order of Half-pitch

symbols → Full-pitch symbols. Press m to switch them in

the reverse order.

pPress i( ) to display the Pictograph list.

pPress d to switch between the list of all symbols and

ordinary input display.

Smiley Select a smiley.

pYou can select smiley also by pressing c() or

entering “かお” and converting it.

Space You can enter a full-pitch space in full-pitch input mode, and a

half-pitch space in half-pitch input mode.

pWhen the cursor is at the end of text, you can enter a space

also by pressing Vo.

Phrase/quote

Common phrases Select a folderSelect a common phrase.

pIn mode other than numeral input mode, you can show the

folder list for common phrases also by pressing and holding

a for at least one second.

Kuten code You can enter characters, numerals, and symbols on the

Kuten Code list (see the PDF version of “Kuten Code List” on

the provided CD-ROM).

You can operate in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

Enter a four-digit Kuten code.

A character that matches the entered Kuten code is displayed,

and the former input mode returns.

pWhen a character that matches the entered Kuten code is

not found, a space is inserted.

434

Character Entry

Input time Select a format for entering the date/time

Enter the date/time.

pYou can enter the date/time using the numeric keys.

pYou can enter years 1800 through 2099.

Quote phonebook You can access and quote Phonebook entries. The following

are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address,

birthday, memorandums

Postal address, URL, memorandums obtained from i-concier

Name, reading, phone number, mail address

Search the PhonebookSelect a Phonebook entry

Put a check mark for items to be quotedl()

Quote own data You can access and quote your personal information. The

following are the items you can quote:

Name, reading, phone number, mail address, postal address,

birthday, memorandums

Enter your Terminal Security Code

Put a check mark for items to be quotedl()

Bar code reader You can start Bar Code Reader. (See page 248)

Character input

Own dictionary See page 436.

Learned words See page 437.

Change input mode You can switch the character input methods.

Select an input mode.

pYou cannot select the input mode that is not selected in

“Input mode” of “Character input method” (see page 430).

Predict See page 432.

Candidate display You can set whether to display context forecast candidates.

ON or OFF

Character set time You can select whether to automatically fix the entered

characters while you are entering characters in Mode 1

(5-touch). In addition, you can specify the time until characters

are fixed.

You can omit the operation of pressing Vo to move the

cursor for the entry of characters on the same key.

Fast, Normal, Slow, or OFF

2/NIKO-touch guide You can select whether to list input candidates at the lower

part of the display when you press the first-digit key while you

are entering characters in Mode 2 (2-touch) or Mode 3

(NIKO-touch).

ON or OFF

Help You can check the operating procedures for entering

characters.

Select an item.

JUMP You can move the cursor to the top or end of text.

To beginning or To end

When the Character Entry (Edit) display ranges over multiple

pages, the cursor moves to the beginning or end of the page.

Information

pWhen you switch to half-pitch mode in Kanji/Hiragana input mode of NIKO-touch, the

input mode switches to half-pitch Katakana input mode.

pYou might not be able to enter pictographs depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered pictographs, history of entered pictographs appears first.

pYou can enter up to 20 Deco-mail pictograms. When you insert other images,

however, the number of Deco-mail pictograms that can be entered is reduced by the

number of inserted images.

pYou might not be able to enter some symbols depending on the Character Entry (Edit)

display.

pOnce you have entered symbols, history of entered symbols appears first.

pYou might not be able to enter common phrases depending on the Character Entry

(Edit) display.

pIn Japanese Mode, the called-up contents of common phrases pre-installed in the

FOMA terminal differ depending on the input mode.

435

Character Entry

You can call up and enter, on the Character Entry (Edit) display, the

common phrases pre-installed in the FOMA terminal, or your own

created common phrases.

The common phrases are sorted into five folders and each folder

contains 10 of them. You can edit the pre-installed common phrases to

save as your own common phrases.

1mStationery

Common phrase/dic.

Common phrases1Select a folder.

2Select a common

phrase.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pWhen you quote a postal address, you cannot quote “〒” or “-” of the postal code.

pThe personal data of Number A is quoted in A Mode of 2in1, the personal data of

Number B is quoted in B Mode, and the personal data of both Number A and Number

B is quoted in Dual Mode.

pYou might not be able to enter characters as you like depending on this setting and

your speed of operating keys.

+m-3-8

Using Common Phrases

Display Common Phrases

Information

Common Phrase

Folder list

Common Phrase list Common Phrase

display

Information

pDo not use half-pitch katakana characters and pictographs for your own common

phrases used for composing mail. They might not be correctly displayed. (Pictographs

can be used between i-mode mail messages.)

pThe Japanese common phrases pre-installed in the “あいさつ (Greeting)” and “ビジ

ネス (Business)” folders are called up in kanji/hiragana in Kanji/Hiragana input mode

and called up in half-pitch katakana in other input modes.

Function Menu of the Common Phrase Folder List

Edit folder name Enter a folder name.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters entered as a folder name,

the folder name is reset to the default.

Reset name You can reset the folder name to the default.

YES

Function Menu of the Common Phrase List/Common

Phrase Display

Edit Enter a common phrase.

pYou can enter up to 64 full-pitch/128 half-pitch characters.

pWhen you delete all the characters in a common phrase, the

common phrase is reset to the default.

pYou can edit a common phrase by pressing l().

Reset this You can reset the common phrase to the default.

YES

Reset all You can reset all the common phrases in the folder to the default.

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

436

Character Entry

You can cut or copy up to 5,000 full-pitch/10,000 half-pitch characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) displayi()

Cut or CopySelect a start point.

pYou can press i( ) to select all characters.

2Select an end point.

You can paste cut or copied characters.

1Character Entry (Edit) display

Move the cursor to a start position for pasting

i()Paste

Cutting/Copying/Pasting Text

Cut/Copy

Information

pIf you copy/cut the Deco-mail text during creating and paste it, the information about

the decoration is pasted as well.

pYou might not be able to cut/copy the Deco-mail text, etc., because the memory

space runs short depending on the data volume.

Paste

In Own Dictionary, you can store up to 100 frequently used words with

your favorite reading.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Own dictionary<New>Enter a word.

pSelect a stored Own dictionary to check the stored contents.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters. However, you cannot

enter line feeds.

2Enter a reading.

pYou can enter up to 10 hiragana characters. Also, you cannot store symbols

other than “Long vowel (ー)”.

pEven if you enter a space, the word is stored with the space automatically

deleted.

+m-3-8

Storing Words in Own Dictionary

Function Menu while Own Dictionary is Displayed

New Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 436.

Edit Go to step 1 of “Storing Words in Own Dictionary” on page 436.

pYou can edit also by pressing l().

Delete this YES

Delete selected Put a check mark for own dictionaries to be deleted

l()YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pWhen you display Own Dictionary from the Function menu of the Character Entry

(Edit) display, select “Delete” from the Function menu, then select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”.

p“Delete selected” does not appear when you display Own Dictionary from the

Function menu of the Character Entry (Edit) display.

437

Character Entry

The character strings once you entered are automatically stored and

displayed as the conversion candidates of learned words.

1Function menu while entering (editing) characters

Character inputLearned wordsSelect a column

Select a record.

pTo delete learned words, press i( ) to select “Delete this” or “Delete all”,

and select “YES”. If you select “Delete all”, you need to enter your Terminal

Security Code.

You can newly create learned words from the subjects and titles of sent

i-mode mail messages stored in your FOMA terminal. The learned words

preceding creation are all deleted.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Create learned wd listOK

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYESOK

You can reset the learned words.

1mSet./ServiceOther settings

Character input methodReset learned words

Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Using Learned Words

Checking Learned Words

+m-3-8

Create Learned Word List

+m-3-5

Reset Learned Words

You can make dictionaries downloaded (see page 204) from sites valid.

1mStationeryCommon phrase/dic.

Download dictionary

Select a downloaded dictionary.

The downloaded dictionary you have selected is validated and indicated by “★”.

pTo invalidate a downloaded dictionary, perform the same operation.

pYou can delete the pre-installed dictionaries. You can re-download them from the

“P-SQUARE” site (see page 206). When you use a UIM other than the one used

for downloading, the UIM security function (see page 39) is set for them.

+m-3-8

Using Downloaded Dictionary

Function Menu while Downloaded Dictionary is Displayed

Edit title Edit the title.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Set dictionary You can set the dictionary valid/invalid. Each time you operate,

valid and invalid switch.

Dictionary info You can display the dictionary title and version.

Delete this YES

Delete all Enter your Terminal Security CodeYES

Information

pIf you delete all the characters entered as a title, the title is reset to the default.

438

Character Entry

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 497 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (2-touch).

pSee page 430 for switching to “2-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pYou can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or entering “゛”

and “゜” by pressing a after entering a character.

pPress 80 to switch between uppercase and lowercase.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 431.

Entering Characters in Mode 2 (2-touch)

Switch Input Modes (2-touch)

Enter Characters

When you press two numeric keys to enter two-digit numerals, a

character (symbol) that corresponds to the numerals is entered. Press

the first key to list candidate characters (symbols) at the lower part of the

display. To list candidate characters, you need to set “2/NIKO-touch

guide” to “ON” in advance.

pSee page 498 for how characters are assigned to the numeric keys (NIKO-touch).

pSee page 430 for switching to “NIKO-touch”.

Press l( ) from the Character Entry (Edit) display to switch input

modes. You might not be able to switch to some modes depending on

the function you enter.

<Example> Enter “タダの菓子” in a text memo.

1mStationeryText memoSelect <Not recorded>.

The Character Entry (Edit) display appears.

2Enter hiragana characters in Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

た→41

だ→41, a

の→55

か→21

し→32

pYou can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or entering “゛”

and “゜” by pressing a after entering a character.

After entering hiragana characters, go to step 3 on page 431.

Entering Characters in Mode 3 (NIKO-touch)

Switch Input Modes (NIKO-touch)

Enter Characters

439

Network Services

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Check New Messages> 440

Using Voice Mail Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Voice Mail> 440

Using Call Waiting Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Call Waiting> 442

Using Call Forwarding Service . . . . . . . . . . <Call Forwarding> 444

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Nuisance Call Blocking> 445

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Caller ID Request> 446

Using Dual Network Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Dual Network> 446

Switching Guidance Language between Japanese and English

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <English Guidance> 447

Using Service Numbers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Service Numbers> 447

Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call during a Call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Arrival Call Act> 447

Setting Remote Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Remote Control> 448

Setting Additional Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Multi Number> 448

Using 2in1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <2in1> 450

Using OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <OFFICEED> 456

Saving and Using Services . . . . . . . . . . . <Additional Service> 456

■ Available Network Services

The following are the DOCOMO network services available from the FOMA terminal.

For the outline and usage method of each service, see the reference page in the table below.

pThe network services are not available when you are out of the service area or out of reach of radio waves.

pFor details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

pFor subscriptions and inquiries, contact “docomo Information Center” on the back page of this manual.

”OFFICEED” is a pay service which is available on a subscription basis. For details, visit the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented website (in Japanese only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/

p“Deactivate” does not mean that the contract for Voice Mail Service, Call Forwarding Service or other services is canceled.

pYou can store new network services in the menu when they are provided by DOCOMO. (See page 456)

pIn this manual, a brief outline for each network service is described following the procedure using the menus of the FOMA terminal.

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

Voice Mail Service Required Charged 440

Call Waiting Service Required Charged 442

Call Forwarding Service Required Free 444

Nuisance Call Blocking Service Not required Free 445

Caller ID Notification Service Not required Free 48

Caller ID Display Request Service Not required Free 446

Dual Network Service Required Charged 446

English Guidance Not required Free 447

Multi Number Required Charged 448

2in1 Required Charged 450

Public Mode (Drive Mode) Not required Free 69

Public Mode (Power Off) Not required Free 70

OFFICEED Required Charged 456

Melody Call Required Charged 108

Service Application Monthly fee Reference

440

Network Services

You can check whether any message is held at the Voice Mail Service

Center.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mail

Check new messagesOK

pIf any voice mail message is held, the “Voice mail” icon ( ) and another Voice Mail

icon such as “ ” appear to inform you of the held message.

pTo erase the Voice Mail icon such as “ ”, dial at the Voice Mail Service Center for

saving or erasing the voice mail message or follow the operations of “Erase icon”.

pThe Voice Mail icons switch among , , , etc., and (6 or more messages)

according to the number of the messages held at the Voice Mail Service Center. The

displayed number is the number of messages informed by the guidance when you play

back new messages. Saved messages are not included.

pIf you set “Message notification”, the ring tone sounds each time a message is added.

pSee page 441 for how to play back voice mail messages.

You cannot check voice mail messages. Move to a place where “ ” is cleared.

Checking New Voice Mail Messages

About checked results

When “ ” appears

This service provides an answer message for incoming voice calls/

videophone calls and then holds voice mail messages on behalf of you

when you are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is

turned off, or you cannot answer calls.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) is simultaneously activated and you want to

give Voice Mail Service priority, set its ring time shorter than that for Record Message.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Voice Mail

Service is set to “Activate”, the call is recorded as a missed call in “Received calls”, and

the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pVoice Mail Service is valid for voice calls and videophone calls.

pA voice mail message can be recorded for up to three minutes. Twenty messages can

be recorded respectively for voice calls and videophone calls and held at the Center for

up to 72 hours.

pWhen a voice mail message of a videophone call is retained at the Voice Mail Service

Center, you are notified by an SMS message.

pWhen a Chara-den call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center, DTMF operation

is not available. Switch to “Send DTMF tone” from the Function menu. (See page 75)

pWhen a call comes in while Voice Mail Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 441.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking. If you do not answer, the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service Center.

pYou can just press keys to connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center.

Also, you can connect the call that comes in during a call to the Center.

Step 1: Set the service to “Activate”.

Step 2: The caller records a voice/video message.※

Step 3: Play back the message.

※If the caller wants to skip playback of the answer message and record a message

such as when in a hurry, he/she can immediately switch to the recording mode by

pressing “#” while the answer message is played back.

Using Voice Mail Service

Basic Flow of Voice Mail Service

441

Network Services

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesVoice mail

Do the following operations.

Use Voice Mail Service

Play messages You can play back messages recorded as the Voice Mail.

Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

pThe display for selecting voice call or videophone call does not

appear when the message is recorded only either of them.

Activate YESYESEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Deactivate YES

Set ring time You can set the ring time until the call is connected to the Voice

Mail Service Center.

Enter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

Setting You can switch the setting contents of Voice Mail Service.

Setting (voice call) or Setting (videophone)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Check new

messages

See page 440.

Message

notification

You can set the ring tone to sound when a new message is

recorded. The ring tone set for “Mail” of “Select ring tone” sounds

for about five seconds.

YES or NO

Erase icon You can erase the Voice Mail icons (such as ) from the

Stand-by display.

YES

Activate notice call By an SMS message, you are informed of the received calls

which came in when you were out of reach of radio waves or the

power was turned off.

Select an item.

All calls . . . . . . . . . . . .Informs you of all received calls.

Calls w/ caller ID . . . . Informs you of only the calls that notified

the phone number.

YES

Deactivate notice

call

YES

Notice call status You can check the setting contents of notice call.

Voice mail set for

You can set whether to use Voice Mail Service even if the

incoming call is a videophone call.

ON or OFF

Even if “ON” is set, you cannot use the service without

setting Voice Mail Service to “Activate”.

Information

pYou cannot operate during a call.

pIf you press -0 through -9, -a, or -s following the voice guidance, you may not

be able to end the call by pressing -h. In this case, press -h again.

pIf “Set ring time” is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not recorded in Received Calls.

pEven if you erase the Voice Mail icons, the messages held at the Voice Mail Service

Center are not erased.

pEven when you set to reject all SMS messages, you are informed by SMS message

of the received call records.

442

Network Services

You can connect an incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center just by

a simple key operation. Even if you do not set Voice Mail Service to

“Activate”, the service will be available using this function.

1During ringingi()Voice mail

pYou can connect the incoming call to the Voice Mail Service Center also by

pressing i( ), and pressing s.

You can automatically connect the calls coming from the phone numbers

stored in the Phonebook to the Voice Mail Service Center regardless of

the Activate/Deactivate setting for the Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()

RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security Code

Voice mail

“Voice mail” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Voice mail”, perform the same operation.

Forward an Incoming Call to Voice Mail Service Center

during Ringing

Forward Specified Calls to Voice Mail Center

Information

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number set with this function, the ring tone

sounds for about one second and then the call is connected to the Voice Mail Service

Center. You will be notified of the call by the icons on the desktop (see page 30 and

page 70) and “Received calls”.

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when you set “Personal data lock” while Voice Mail Service is

deactivated.

When a call comes in during a call, this service notifies you of it by the

ring tone in call, and enables you to place the current call on hold to

answer the new call.

Further, you can make a call to another person putting the current call on

hold.

pTo use Call Waiting Service, set “Arrival call act” (see page 447) to “Answer” in

advance. When another option is set, you cannot answer a voice call during a voice

call even if you set “Call waiting” to “Activate”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall waiting

Do the following operations.

1Another call comes in during a calld

The current call is automatically put on hold so that you can receive another call.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

Using Call Waiting Service

Use Call Waiting Service

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Call Waiting Service.

Answer an Incoming Call during a Call

443

Network Services

1Another call comes in during a callh

The ring tone sounds. You can answer the new call.

1Another call comes in during a calli()

Do the following operations.

Information

pFor an incoming call or communication that is not supported by Call Waiting, press

-d from the Call Receiving display to show the confirmation display telling that you

can answer a new call if you end the current call. Press -h to end the current call,

and then the Call Receiving display appears. When you select “OK”, the Call

Receiving display during a call returns.

pIf a call comes in during a videophone call, the FOMA terminal operates as follows:

・The movie, i-motion movie or Flash movie set as the image for incoming calls is not

displayed.

・A “Pre-installed” substitute image is sent to the other party of the current call.

・The vibrator does not work.

pWhen a voice call comes in while dialing 117, you hear an in-call ring tone but cannot

answer that call. The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

End a Call to Answer Another Call

Continue the Current Call

Call rejection You can reject a new incoming call and resume the current call.

Call forwarding You can forward a new incoming call to the forwarding destination

and resume the current call.

Voice mail You can connect a new incoming call to the Voice Mail Center

and resume the current call.

Information

pIncoming calls are rejected during a videophone call, Remote Monitoring or

answer-hold (On Hold), or while Record Message is working. The “Missed call” icon

appears when the current call ends, and the call is recorded in Received Calls. (The

“Missed call” icon might not appear and the received call record might not be recorded

depending on the contracts and setting for Voice Mail, Call Waiting, and Call

Forwarding Services.)

1Enter another party’s phone number during a calld

You can talk with the party you have dialed.

The call with the first party is automatically put on hold.

p“Multi calling” is displayed when there is the party on hold.

pEach time you press d, you can switch the parties you can talk with.

1During Multi callingh

The ring tone sounds.

2Press d or Oo().

pWhen the other party you have been talking with ends the call, press d to talk

with the party on hold.

1During Multi callingi()End held call

Hold a Call to Make a New Call

End a Call to Answer the Held Call

End a Held Call

Information

pWhen another call comes in while the current call is put on hold, the held call is

released.

pWhen another call comes in during Multi-calling, the Call Receiving display appears.

Press +i( ) and select “End held call” to end the held call. If you select “End

talk”, you can end the current call.

444

Network Services

This service forwards incoming voice calls/videophone calls when you

are in a place where radio waves do not reach, the power is turned off, or

you do not answer calls within a specified time.

pWhen Record Message (see page 71) or Remote Monitoring (see page 79) is

simultaneously activated and you want to give Call Forwarding Service priority, set its

ring time shorter than that for “Record message setting” or “Remote monitoring”.

pWhen you do not answer an incoming voice call or videophone call while Call

Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the call is stored as a missed call in “Received

calls”, and the “Missed call” desktop icon appears on the Stand-by display.

pWhen a call comes in while Call Forwarding Service is set to “Activate”, the ring tone

(specified by “Select ring tone”) will sound. (You can change the ring time for incoming

calls. See page 444.) If you answer the call within the specified time, you can start

talking.

pYou can just press keys to forward incoming calls. Also, you can forward the call that

comes in during a call.

Step 1: Store the phone number of forwarding destination.

Step 2: Set Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”.

Step 3: A call comes into your FOMA terminal.

Step 4: The call is automatically forwarded to the specified destination if

you do not answer.

Using Call Forwarding Service

Basic Flow of Call Forwarding Service

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCall forwarding

Do the following operations.

Use Call Forwarding Service

Activate Register fwd numberEnter the phone number of

forwarding destination.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 96)

Set ring timeEnter a ring time (seconds).

pEnter from “000” through “120” in three digits.

ActivateYES

Deactivate YES

Change forwarding

No.

Enter the phone number of forwarding destination

Select an item.

Change No.

. . . . Select this when Call Forwarding Service is activated.

Change No. +Activate

. . . . Select this while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated and

you want to activate the Service as soon as the forwarding

destination is changed.

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display. (See page 96)

Setting if fwd. No.

busy

You can set an incoming call to be connected to the Voice Mail

Service Center when the forwarding destination is busy.

YES

Check setting You can check the phone number and ring time of forwarding

destination.

Information

pIf you are out of reach of radio waves or the power is turned off, the ring tone does not

sound and the call is automatically forwarded. The call fee from the forwarder to the

forwarding destination is charged for the forwarder who has subscribed for the

service.

pIf the ring time for Call Forwarding Service is set to 0 seconds, the calls are not

recorded in Received Calls.

445

Network Services

11429d

Operate following the voice guidance.

You can forward an incoming call to the phone number you specified as

a “Forwarding number” by a simple key operation. Even if you do not set

Call Forwarding Service to “Activate”, the service will be available using

this function.

1During ringingi()Call forwarding

You can automatically forward the calls from the specified phone

numbers stored in the Phonebook after the ring tone sounds for about

one second, regardless of the Activate/Deactivate setting for Call

Forwarding Service.

You can specify up to 20 phone numbers.

This setting is valid only when the caller notifies his/her phone number.

It is advisable to activate “Caller ID request” at the same time.

1Detailed Phonebook displayi()

RestrictionsEnter your Terminal Security Code

Call forwarding

“Call forwarding” is indicated by “★”.

pTo release “Call forwarding”, perform the same operation.

Set On/Off of Forwarding Guidance

Forward an Incoming Call during Ringing

Forward Specified Calls to Specified Destination

Information

pEven if you set this function, all incoming calls are not forwarded when you set

“Personal data lock” while Call Forwarding Service is deactivated.

pIf you have not signed up for Call Forwarding Service or have not set the forwarding

destination, the call will be a missed call.

You can register so as not to receive “nuisance calls” such as crank

calls.

Once you register a phone number for rejection, calls from that phone

number is automatically rejected and the guidance answers the caller.

pWhen a call comes in from the phone number stored for rejection, the ring tone does

not sound. The call is not recorded in Received Calls, either.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Nuisance Call

Blocking Service is activated

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesNuis. call blocking

Do the following operations.

Using Nuisance Call Blocking Service

Service

Handling of incoming calls from the caller rejected as Register Caller

Voice Mail Service Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Caller ID Display

Request Service

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

Public Mode

(Drive Mode)

Call Rejection guidance is played back.

[Public Mode (Drive Mode) guidance is not played back.]

rejection.

YESOK

No.

You can register the specified phone number for rejection so that

the call from that phone number does not come in.

Enter a phone numberYES

pPress Bo to select the phone number from the Search

Phonebook display, and press Vo to select from the Dialed

Call list, and press Co to select from the Received Call list.

446

Network Services

This service provides the guidance asking the caller ID notification

against incoming voice calls/videophone calls without caller IDs, and

then automatically disconnects the call.

pThe call rejected by Caller ID Display Request Service is not stored in “Received calls”,

and the “Missed call” desktop icon does not appear.

■Relation between each Service and incoming calls while Caller ID Display

Request Service is activated

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesCaller ID request

Do the following operations.

Delete last entry You can delete the phone number registered last. Repeat the

same procedures to delete phone numbers one by one from the

one registered last.

YESOK

Delete all entries YESOK

Check No. of entries You can check the number of phone numbers registered for

rejection.

Using Caller ID Display Request Service

Service

Handling incoming call from the caller who does not notify a caller ID

Voice Mail Service Caller ID Request guidance is played back. (Message is not held.)

Call Forwarding

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

(Not forwarded to the forwarding destination.)

Call Waiting

Service

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

Nuisance Call

Blocking Service

For the call from the number registered to be rejected, the Call

Rejection guidance is played back.

Public Mode

(Drive Mode)

Caller ID Request guidance is played back.

[Public Mode (Drive Mode) guidance is not played back.]

Activate YESOK

Deactivate YESOK

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Caller ID Display Request

Service.

You can use a mova phone with the phone number for your FOMA

terminal. You can use either your FOMA terminal or mova phone

depending on the service area.

pYou cannot use your FOMA terminal and mova phone at the same time.

pYou need to operate Dual Network Switching from the phone which is not using the

service.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesDual network

Do the following operations.

Information

pIf you activate this service while you set “Call setting w/o ID” to “Reject”, this service

has priority.

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Using Dual Network Service

Dual network

switching

You can switch to the FOMA terminal so that you can use it.

Operate when the FOMA is in the FOMA service area.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 126 for the Network Security Code.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Dual Network Service.

447

Network Services

You can set the guidance for network services such as “Voice mail” or

the voice guidance such as for the out-of-service area, to be played back

in English.

■Outgoing (Guidance to yourself)

■Incoming (Guidance to the caller)

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesEnglish guidance

Do the following operations.

Switching Guidance Language between

Japanese and English

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

English Plays back the guidance in English.

Language Description

Japanese Plays back the guidance in Japanese.

Japanese+English Plays back the guidance first in Japanese and then in English.

English+Japanese Plays back the guidance first in English and then in Japanese.

Guidance setting Select an item.

Outgoing+Incoming . . . Sets the guidance for outgoing and

incoming calls at a time.

Outgoing call . . . . . . . . .Sets the guidance for outgoing calls.

Incoming call . . . . . . . . .Sets the guidance for incoming calls.

Select a guidance language to be setYES

pIf you select “Outgoing+Incoming”, set the guidance for

outgoing calls, and then set the guidance for incoming calls.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of the English guidance.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

You can make calls to the docomo Information Center or DOCOMO repair

counter.

pDepending on the UIM you use, the displayed items might differ or no items are

displayed.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesService numbers

Do the following operations.

You can set how to manage a voice call/videophone call or 64K data

communication that comes in during a call when you have signed up for

“Voice mail”, “Call forwarding” or “Call waiting”.

pWhen you have not signed up for “Voice mail”, “Call forwarding”, or “Call waiting”, you

cannot answer calls that come in during a call.

pTo use “Arrival call act”, you need to set “Set in-call arrival act” to “Activate”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesArrival call act

Do the following operations.

Using Service Numbers

ドコモ故障問合せ

(DOCOMO repair

counter)

You can make a call to the repair counter.

Oo()

ドコモ総合案内・受

付

(docomo

Information Center)

You can make a call to the Information Center.

Oo()

Selecting Actions for an Incoming Call

during a Call

Voice mail You can connect voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the Voice Mail Service Center.

Call forwarding You can forward voice calls or videophone calls that come in

during a call to the forwarding destination.

448

Network Services

You can activate/deactivate the functions you selected in Arrival Call Act

and can check the setting contents.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesSet in-call arrival act

Do the following operations.

Call rejection You can reject voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K data

communication that come in during a call.

Answer If you have set “Call waiting” to “Activate” and receive a voice call

during a voice call, you can use “Call waiting”. Any of the following

operations is available during a voice call (when “Call waiting” is

set to “Deactivate”), during a videophone call, or during 64K data

communication.

pYou can answer incoming voice calls, videophone calls, or 64K

data communication after finishing the current voice call,

videophone call or 64K data communication.

pFrom the Function menu, you can manually operate voice calls,

videophone calls, or 64K data communication that come in

during a call.

pWhen “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” is set to “Activate”, your

FOMA terminal follows that setting.

Set In-call Arrival Act

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of In-call Arrival Act.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

You can set “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” to be operated from

touch-tone landline phones, public phones, DOCOMO mobile phones, or

others.

pTo use “Voice mail” or “Call forwarding” overseas, you need to set “Remote control” to

“Activate” in advance.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesRemote control

Do the following operations.

You can add and use the additional number 1 and 2 at maximum as the

phone numbers of your FOMA terminal besides the basic number.

pWhen you remove or replace the UIM, the multi number settings (name, phone

number, etc.) stored in the FOMA terminal might be erased. In this case, store them

again.

pThe name that corresponds to each multi number (Basic Number/Additional Number1/

Additional Number2) appears on the dialing display/Call Receiving display.

pWhen you try to make a call from Redial, Dialed Calls, or Received Calls, the multi

number you dialed/received at that time appears and the call is made by this number.

Setting Remote Control

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of Remote Control.

Information

pYou can set and confirm this setting from the FOMA terminal with your own UIM

inserted. You cannot remote-control the setting from landline phones, public phones,

and other mobile phones.

Setting Additional Number

449

Network Services

You can register additional numbers, and edit the registration names for

them.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Number settingSelect an additional number.

pYou can register/edit also by pressing i( ) and selecting “Edit” or by

pressing l().

pSelect the registered additional number to check the registration name and

phone number.

pTo delete the registered additional number, press i( ) and select

“Delete this” or “Delete all”, then select “YES”.

2Enter a registration nameEnter a phone number.

pYou can enter up to 8 full-pitch/16 half-pitch characters for a registration name.

By switching this setting, you can make all calls from a specified phone

number.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Set multi numberSelect a phone number.

Basic Number . . . . . . . . . . Dials by the contracted phone number.

Additional Number1/2. . . . Dials by an additional number.

pWhen the registration name is changed, each registration name is displayed.

However, the registration name is not displayed during Personal Data Lock.

2YES

Number Setting

Set Multi Number

Before making a call, you can select a phone number to be notified to the

other party from the Function menu, and then make a call.

1Enter a phone number

call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Multi numberSelect a phone number.

pTo cancel the additional number, select “Cancel prefix”.

You can check a phone number set for “Set multi number”.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Check setting

You can set a ring tone for calls that come in to the additional number.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesMulti number

Set as ring toneSelect an additional number.

Go to step 2 on page 106.

When the ring tone is set to “Same as ring tone”, the ring tone will be the one set for

“Phone” or “Videophone” of “Select ring tone”.

Set Own Phone Number when Making a Call

Information

pIf you select “Basic Number” or “Additional Number1/2”, “:590＃”, “:591＃”, or

“:592＃” is added after the phone numbers.

Check Setting

Set as Ring Tone

450

Network Services

You can use two phone numbers/mail addresses on your single FOMA

terminal. By using respective modes, you can operate your FOMA

terminal as if you are using two sets of them.

The following three modes are available with 2in1:

A Mode

You can use your phone number (Number A) to make calls and your i-mode mail

address (Address A) to send/receive mail messages, and can browse their related

data.

B Mode

You can use your 2in1 phone number (Number B) to make calls and access the sites

for Web mail (Address B), and can browse their related data.

Dual Mode

This mode has the functions of both A Mode and B Mode.

pFor details on 2in1, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [2in1]”.

pAddress B is used to send/receive mail messages via the dedicated Web mail site.

pYou can use packet communication even in B Mode if you subscribe to i-mode.

pYou can subscribe to either 2in1 or Multi Number.

pWhen you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor → 2in1 contractor) while

using 2in1, perform “2in1 function OFF” (see page 451) and then set “2in1 setting” to

“YES”, or perform “Auto acquire No. B” (see page 415), to acquire the correct Number

When you replace a UIM with another one (2in1 contractor → 2in1 non-contractor),

perform “2in1 function OFF” as well to update the owner’s information to the correct

one.

pSee page 453 for how this service works for each mode.

<2in1>

Using 2in1 1mSet./ServiceNW services

2in1 setting

Enter your Terminal Security Code

YES

When you activate 2in1, the 2in1 Setting Menu display

appears.

pThis display appears also by pressing and holding <

for at least one second from the vertical Stand-by display and entering your

Terminal Security Code.

12in1 Setting Menu displayDo the following operations.

Activate 2in1

2in1 Setting Menu display

Configure 2in1 Setting

Mode switching You can switch to the mode you use.

Select a mode.

pWhen 2in1 is activated, the display for selecting the mode

appears also by pressing and holding < for at least one

second with the Stand-by display shown, and entering your

Terminal Security Code.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display

appears telling that the setting for “Receive avoidance set.”

is also changed.

451

Network Services

Phonebook 2in1

setting

You can change Phonebook 2in1 Setting for the Phonebook

entry stored in the FOMA terminal.

Select an item.

Set to A . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for A. You

can use it in A Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to B . . . . . . . . . . Sets as the Phonebook entry for B. You

can use it in B Mode and Dual Mode.

Set to Common . . . Sets as the common Phonebook entry

for A and B. You can use it in all modes.

Select a setting method.

Set one . . . . Sets a Phonebook entry you call up.

Set some. . . Select multiple Phonebook entries from the

Phonebook list you call up, then press

l().

Set group . . Sets a Phonebook group you call up.

Stand-by display You can set the Stand-by display that appears in Dual Mode

or B Mode.

Select a modeSet the Stand-by display.

pSee page 113 for how to set the Stand-by display. However,

“iαppli display” is not displayed.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

Stand-by disp. Wide

Clock setting You can set the display pattern of the clock that appears in

Dual Mode or B Mode.

Select a modeSet a clock

pSee page 123 for how to set the clock.

Set call/receive No.

Disp. call/receive

No.

For Number A and Number B, you can set the respective

character font and color for the names stored in the

Phonebook and phone numbers shown on the display.

Number A or Number BSet a font and color.

pSee page 122 for how to set the font and color.

Ringtone set. for

No. B

You can set a ring tone for Number B and a mail ring tone for

Address B.

Select an item.

Phone. . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for voice calls.

Video-Phone . . . . Sets a ring tone for videophone calls.

Mail. . . . . . . . . . . . Sets a ring tone for i-mode mail messages

and SMS messages.

Select a type of ring tone.

Go to step 3 on page 106.

pIf you select “Release”, the setting returns to the default.

2in1 function OFF You can deactivate 2in1.

YES

Receive avoidance set.

Change recv. avoid. You can set Receive Avoidance Set. manually for Number A

and Number B.

A number or B numberSelect an item.

Unchange . . . Does not change Receive Avoidance Set.

Receive . . . . . Receives the calls to the selected phone

number.

Avoid . . . . . . . Avoids the calls to the selected phone

number.

l()

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display

appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Check recv.

avoidance

You can check Receive Avoidance Set.

Mode link You can activate/deactivate Mode Link. When you activate it,

Receive Avoidance Set. automatically changes by linking to

switching of the mode of 2in1; You can receive a call only to

Number A when in A Mode, only to Number B when in B

Mode, and to both Number A and B when in Dual Mode.

YES

452

Network Services

Recv. avoid.

(abroad)

You can operate Receive Avoidance Set. from overseas.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, the confirmation display

appears telling that it is necessary to deactivate it.

Information

<Stand-by display> <Stand-by disp. Wide>

pSee “Set Stand-by Display” on page 113 to set the Stand-by display in A Mode.

pSee “Setting Clock Display” on page 123 to set the clock in A Mode.

pSee “Select Ring Tone” on page 106 to set a ring tone for Number A and a mail ring

tone for Address A.

pIf a call comes in to Number B without notifying his/her caller ID, the ring tone set by

“Call setting w/o ID” sounds.

pWhen “Mode link” is activated, you cannot switch the mode of 2in1 out of the service

area.

In Dual Mode, Number A dialing is the default setting when you make a

call from the Phonebook entry of A/common setting or the dialed/

received call record of Number A, and Number B dialing is the default

setting when you make a call from the Phonebook entry of B setting or

the dialed/received call record of Number B. Further, you can select a

phone number to be notified to the other party before making a call by the

following operations.

1Enter a phone numberd or Oo()

2Number A or Number B

pTo cancel, select “Cancel”.

1Call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, received call record, Sent

Address, or Received Address.

2i()2in1 dialNumber A or Number B

pWhen you operate from Sent Address or Received Address, press i()

and select “Dialing” to select a dialing type, and then select “2in1 setting”.

pTo cancel, select “2in1 dial OFF”.

Make a Call in Dual Mode

When Entering a Phone Number to Make a Call

When Selecting Your Caller ID from Phonebook or Call

Records

453

Network Services

■Services available to each mode

pThe items whose operations differ depending on the mode are listed. (Items that work the same way as with A Mode are omitted.)

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

Voice call

Videophone call

Dialing Number A Number B Selectable when dialing※1

Receiving Receiving all calls※2

Phonebook※3Displaying※4Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

Changing to name※5Phonebook entries with A setting/

common setting

Phonebook entries with B setting/

common setting

All Phonebook entries

2in1 setting when newly

storing

Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Receiving all entries using

infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Copying sender’s 2in1 setting※6

Receiving one entry using

infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

“Copy to UIM” At the time of “Copy to UIM”, 2in1 setting becomes common

“Copy to phone” Phonebook entries with A setting Phonebook entries with B setting Phonebook entries with A setting

Redial

Dialed calls

Received calls

Received address

records

Detailed sent

Chaku-moji message

Displaying Records for Number A/Address A Records for Number B/Address B All records

Mail/SMS Displaying※7pSent/Received mail messages for

Address A

pSent/Received SMS messages for

Number A

pReceived mail messages saved to the

FOMA terminal for Address B [mail

messages you performed “端末に保存

(save to the FOMA terminal)” on Web

mail site], notification mail for new mail,

and alarm notification mail

Received SMS messages for Number B

Sent/Received mail messages for

Address B

pSent/Received mail messages for

Address A, received mail messages

saved to the FOMA terminal for

Address B, notification mail for new

mail, and alarm notification mail

pSent/Received SMS messages for

Number A

Received SMS messages for Number B

Sent/Received mail messages for

Address B

454

Network Services

※1 The Phonebook entry with A setting or common setting is dialed by Number A and the Phonebook entry with B setting is dialed by Number B by default.

※2 When you set “Call acceptance”, you can receive calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

When you set “Call rejection”, you can reject calls only from the specified phone numbers regardless of the current mode.

※3 When you set a Phonebook entry as secret data, secret mode has priority.

※4 Regardless of the mode, all the Phonebook entries on the microSD card are displayed.

Mail/SMS Sending pMail messages from Address A

pSMS messages from Number A

Unable to send mail/SMS messages

Mail messages from Address B

pMail messages from Address A※8

pSMS messages from Number A

Mail messages from Address B

Receiving Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (with ring tone/

vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA terminal/Notification mail for new

mail or alarm notification mail/SMS

messages to Number B (without ring

tone/vibration)

Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (without ring

tone/vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA terminal/Notification mail for new

mail or alarm notification mail/SMS

messages to Number B (with ring tone/

vibration)

Mail messages to Address A/SMS

messages to Number A (with ring tone/

vibration)

Mail messages to Address B that you

performed the saving operation to the

FOMA terminal/Notification mail for new

mail or alarm notification mail/SMS

messages to Number B (with ring tone/

vibration)

Receiving all messages

using infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Copying sender’s state※6

Receiving one message

using infrared rays/iC or from

microSD card

Mail for Address A/SMS messages for Number A

“Copy to UIM” (SMS only) SMS messages for Number A

“Copy from UIM” (SMS only) SMS messages for Number A Undisplayable SMS messages for Number A

PushTalk Dialing Number A Unusable Number A

Receiving Number A

PushTalk Phonebook Displayable Undisplayable Displayable

i-αppli All usable Usable※9Usable※10

Own number Number A Number B Number A/Number B

Voice mail Recording voice mail

messages Recording all voice mail messages※11

Connection number for the

service※12

Number A Number B※13 Selectable when dialing

Call forwarding Forwarding to the forwarding

destination Forwarding all calls

Connection number for the

service※12

Number A

Number B

※14 Selectable when dialing

Item A Mode B Mode Dual Mode

455

Network Services

※5 This function checks the phone number/mail address with the Phonebook, and changes it to the name of the Phonebook entry for displaying when the caller’s phone number,

receiver’s phone number, sender’s phone number, sender’s mail address, or receiver’s mail address is stored in the Phonebook.

※6 When the sender’s model does not support 2in1, all data files are set with A setting.

※7 In B Mode, mail messages and SMS messages on the microSD card are not displayed if they do not have B Mode attribute information.

※8 When you compose a mail message in Dual Mode, you can select a receiver’s mail address from the Phonebook entries set with B setting, however, note that the mail message

is sent from Address A.

※9 Except message application programs, mail-linked i-αppli programs, and the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※10 Except the i-αppli Stand-by display.

※11 Up to 40 voice mail messages for Number A and Number B can be recorded respectively.

The icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number A are recorded, and the icon such as “ ” appears when the voice mail messages for Number B are

recorded.

※12 You can activate/deactivate the service and make other settings for Number A and Number B respectively.

※13 When you execute “Check setting” of “Voice mail”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

※14 When you execute “Check setting” of “Call forwarding”, the confirmation display appears asking which number you use for dialing, Number A or Number B.

Information

pWhen you delete an image or melody set to a Phonebook entry with B setting or move it to the microSD card in A Mode (or a Phonebook entry with A setting in B Mode), or when

you delete an image or move it to the microSD card set to the Stand-by display in the mode of 2in1 other than the current mode, the message telling that the file is set to another

function does not appear.

pIn B Mode, you cannot use the following mail functions:

・Composing i-mode mail/SMS messages ・Templates ・Receive option ・Forward ・Reply/Reply with quote

・Mail settings ・Chat mail ・Displaying Outbox/Draft ・Mail To function

・i-αppli To function from i-mode mail text

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot compose i-mode mail/SMS messages and make a PushTalk call from a redial item/dialed call record for Number B and received call record for Number

pIn Dual Mode, you cannot execute “Reply” and “Reply with quote” from the mail/SMS message sent to Address B/Number B.

pRegardless of the current mode, emergency calls to 110/119/118 notify of Number A.

pWhen you make a call/AT command call from an external device, the call is made from Number A in A Mode and Dual Mode, and from Number B in B Mode.

pRegardless of the current mode, you can save up to 2,500 i-mode mail messages including SMS messages in the Inbox.

pThe i-mode mail/SMS messages sent to Address B/Number B cannot be replied to, however, they are not saved to the folder set to “Reply impossible”.

p“DEL all read mails”, “DEL all recv. mails”, “Delete read mails”, “Delete all SMS-R”, “DEL all frm folder”, and “Delete all” apply to all the i-mode mail/SMS messages.

pRegardless of the current mode, “Delete all” of the Phonebook applies to all the Phonebook entries.

456

Network Services

“OFFICEED” is an in-group fixed bill service that applies to the specified

IMCS (In-building Mobile Communication System).

The separate subscription is required for use.

For details, check the DOCOMO-enterprise-oriented web page (in

Japanese only). http://www.docomo.biz/d/212/

You can use the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function to forward

OFFICEED calls to out-of-OFFICEED area.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesOFFICEED

Do the following operations.

Using OFFICEED

Use OFFICEED Out-of-Area Forwarding Function

Area display setting You can set whether to display “ ” while you are in the

OFFICEED area.

ON or OFF

pIf you select “ON”, the confirmation display appears asking

whether to set Area Display Setting to “ON”.

Activate forwarding You can activate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding function.

YES

Deactivate

forwarding

You can deactivate the OFFICEED out-of-area forwarding

function.

YES

Check forwarding

set.

You can check the setting of the OFFICEED out-of-area

forwarding function.

When a new network service is provided by DOCOMO, you can register

that service in the menu to use it.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional service

Highlight <Not stored> and press i()

Add new service

pYou can change the setting for the registered service by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered service, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

pYou can register up to 10 network services.

2Enter a service name

Enter number or Enter USSD number

Select either “Enter number” or “Enter USSD number” according to the service

contents you add.

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

3Enter either a special number or a service code (USSD

number)YES

Saving and Using Services

Add New Service

Information

pYou need to check and enter “Special number” or “Service code” supplied by

DOCOMO for using the services.

Special number

. . . . Number for connecting the Service Center.

Service code (USSD number)

. . . . With the FOMA terminal, enter it as USSD. The code is for notifying to the

Service Center.

457

Network Services

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional serviceSelect a serviceOo()

Dialing to the Service Center starts.

For when you execute the additional services, you can register up to 10

additional guidance items which correspond to the codes (USSD) that are

returned from the Service Center. The additional guidance name is

displayed when the registered command is returned as a reply.

1mSet./ServiceNW servicesAdditional service

Additional guidance

Highlight <Not stored> and pressi()

Add new guidance

pYou can check the setting by selecting the registered guidance.

pYou can change the setting of the registered guidance by pressing i()

and selecting “Edit”.

pTo delete the registered guidance, press i( ) and select “Delete this” or

“Delete all”, then select “YES” → “OK”.

2Enter a command.

pEnter the code (USSD) provided by DOCOMO.

3Enter an additional guidance nameYES

pYou can enter up to 10 full-pitch/20 half-pitch characters.

Use Registered Service

458

459

Overseas Use

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD WING) . . . . . . . . . . 460

Available Services Overseas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Confirmation for Using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461

Making a Call at the Country You Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Receiving a Call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464

Setting a Network to Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Select Networks> 465

Setting a Search Method of Telecommunication Carrier

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Network Search Mode> 465

Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially Connect to

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<PLMN Setting> 466

Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by Display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Operator Name Display> 466

Confirming a Communication System. . .<Status in the Area> 466

Setting Guidance during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Set Roaming Guidance> 467

Notifying Received Calls during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Missed Roaming Notice> 467

Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected during Roaming

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .<Call Barring> 467

Using Network Services during Roaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468

460

Overseas Use

International Roaming (WORLD WING) is a service that enables you,

using local carrier’s networks, to make calls or to communicate in foreign

countries where are out of the service area of the FOMA network.

pThere are following three communication systems for network services overseas:

3G Network

Third generation mobile communications system that conforms to the world standard

specifications, 3GPP (Third Generation Partnership Project).※

※This is the regional standards organization for developing common technical

specifications for third-generation mobile telecommunication systems (IMT-2000).

GSM (Global System for Mobile Communications) Network

The most widespread 2G digital mobile standard system available worldwide.

GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) Network

A 2.5G mobile standard system enabling high-speed packet communications by

GPRS using GSM communication method.

pAt the time of purchase, the FOMA terminal is set to automatically switch networks in

foreign countries. (See page 465)

pYou are advised to read the following booklets to use your FOMA terminal overseas:

Outline of International Roaming (WORLD

WING)

Booklet title Contents

Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[International Services]

Describes the details of International Roaming

Service such as the contents of the service, billing,

and cautions.

Mobile Phone User’s Guide

[Network Services]

Describes the contents of each local network service

and cautions.

Information

pQuick Manual “For Overseas Use” is attached to the end of this manual. Refer to it

when you use the FOMA terminal overseas.

pFor the country/area codes, international call access codes, and international prefix

numbers for the universal number, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or the DOCOMO Global Service web page.

pOverseas use fee is added to your monthly bill. You might be requested, however, to

pay according to the invoice for the following month on and after depending on the

overseas carrier of your stay. Note that the invoice for the total of the fees to be paid

for the month might be separately issued.

○: Available —: Not available

※1 In B Mode or Dual Mode of 2in1, you cannot make calls from Number B.

※2 Auto-updates are automatically suspended when you are connected to an overseas

carrier. To resume the auto-updates of i-Channel, you need to make the i-Channel

settings again. When you use i-Channel overseas, the communication fee for

auto-updates of the basic channel also applies (in Japan, the fee is included in the

monthly bill).

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communication are not available overseas.

pYou cannot dial from an additional number even if you are the user of Multi Number.

pSome services are not available depending on the carrier or network. For connectable

countries, regions, and carriers, refer to the DOCOMO Global Service web page.

Available Services Overseas

Communication Service 3G GSM GPRS

Voice call※1

In the country you stay, you can use the phone number

as used in Japan to make or take local calls, or to make

international calls to Japan or to other countries.

○○○

Videophone call※1

You can make international videophone calls to users of

the specified 3G mobile phone carriers overseas and

FOMA users.

○——

i-mode

Perform the overseas usage settings.

For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [i-mode]

FOMA version”.

○—○

i-mode mail

You can send/receive i-mode mail overseas by the same

address as used in Japan.

○—○

SMS ○○○

i-Channel※2○—○

Packet communication by connecting with a

personal computer ○—○

461

Overseas Use

Confirm below in Japan before you use the FOMA terminal overseas.

■About contract

pYou do not need to subscribe to WORLD WING if you have subscribed to the FOMA

service after September 1, 2005. If you offered that you do not need WORLD WING at

the time you signed up for the FOMA service, or when you have canceled WORLD

WING midway, you are required to newly subscribe to WORLD WING.

pIf you have signed up for the FOMA service before August 31, 2005, and have not yet

subscribed to WORLD WING, you are required to subscribe to it.

pInsert the UIM (other than blue one) that supports “WORLD WING” into the FOMA

terminal. (See page 39)

pThis service is not available with some billing plans.

■About charging batteries

pSee page 18 for cautions for handling AC adapter (option).

pSee page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter (option).

■About the setting of network service

When you have signed up for network services, you can release/make the settings

(except some) of the network services also from overseas.

pEven with the network services that you can operate to activate/deactivate, you might

not be able to use the services depending on the overseas carrier. Also, some network

services are available only in Japan.

To use network services overseas, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” or “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]” before departure.

■About SMS

Even during international roaming, you can send/receive SMS messages to and from the

other party who uses the FOMA terminal in Japan or overseas or who uses overseas

carriers.

pWhen you enter the destination address for sending an SMS message to the other

party who is using an overseas carrier, add “+” and a country/area code to the head of

the destination phone number. When the destination phone number begins with “0”,

however, enter the phone number except for the “0”. However, include “0” when

making a call to some countries or regions such as italy.

pWhen the text of an SMS message sent to the other party who is using an overseas

carrier contains characters that do not support those on the destination phone, the

characters might not be correctly displayed. For details, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s

Guide [International Services]” or “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

Confirmation for Using

Confirmation before Departure After you arrive at the country overseas, turn the power on to

automatically set an available carrier in that country.

pThe network system you are currently using appears at the upper side of the display.

：3G network that supports packet communication

：3G network that does not support packet communication

：GSM network

：GPRS network

pWhen “Operator name disp.” is set to “Display ON”, the name of the connected carrier

appears on the Stand-by display.

pWhen “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”, and you move out of the service area of

the network you are connected to, the available network of another carrier is

automatically searched for and you are re-connected to it.

Check Required at the Country You Stay

■About inquiries

For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas,

refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or payment of cumulative cost overseas” or

“Failures encountered overseas” on the back page of this manual. Note that you are

still charged the call and communication fees incurred after you lose it or have it stolen.

pYou need to add the “international call access code” that is assigned to the country

you stay or “international prefix number for the universal number” to the head of each

phone number for inquiries.

pFor the latest information about the international call access codes and international

prefix numbers for the universal number, refer to the DOCOMO Global Service web

page.

462

Overseas Use

■Country/Area codes for major countries

Use the following country/area codes when you make international calls or when you set

Int’l Dial Assist. (As of October 2008)

pFor the code for the countries other than listed in the table, or for details, refer to the

DOCOMO Global Service web page.

Service area Code Service area Code

Australia 61 Monaco 377

Belgium 32 Netherlands 31

Brazil 55 New Zealand 64

Canada 1 Norway 47

China 86 Philippines 63

Czech Republic 420 Poland 48

Denmark 45 Portugal 351

Finland 358 Russia 7

France 33 Singapore 65

Germany 49 South Korea 82

Greece 30 Spain 34

Hong Kong 852 Sweden 46

Hungary 36 Switzerland 41

India 91 Taiwan 886

Indonesia 62 Thailand 66

Ireland 353 Turkey 90

Italy 39 United Arab Emirates 971

Luxembourg 352 United Kingdom 44

Macau 853 United States of America 1

Malaysia 60 Vietnam 84

■International call access codes for major countries (Table 1)

The international call access codes for major countries are listed below.

(As of March 2008)

Service area Access code Service area Access code

Australia 0011 Monaco 00

Belgium 00 Netherlands 00

Brazil 0021/0014 New Zealand 00

Canada 011 Norway 00

China 00 Philippines 00

Czech Republic 00 Poland 00

Denmark 00 Portugal 00

Finland 00 Russia 810

France 00 Singapore 001

Germany 00 South Korea 001

Greece 00 Spain 00

Hong Kong 001 Sweden 00

Hungary 00 Switzerland 00

India 00 Taiwan 002

Indonesia 001 Thailand 001

Ireland 00 Turkey 00

Italy 00 United Arab Emirates 00

Luxembourg 00 United Kingdom 00

Macau 00 United States of America 011

Malaysia 00 Vietnam 00

463

Overseas Use

■International prefix numbers for the universal number (Table 2)

The international prefix numbers for the universal number for major countries are listed

below. (As of March 2008)

pThe numbers are not available in some areas.

pYou can use the universal numbers only in countries listed in the table above.

pWhen making a call from a hotel, you may be separately charged the phone usage fee

from the hotel. (You are responsible for the fee.) You should check with the hotel

before making a call.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number may not be used from a mobile phone,

public phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Service area International

prefix number Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00 Luxembourg 00

Australia 0011 Malaysia 00

Austria 00 Netherlands 00

Belgium 00 New Zealand 00

Brazil 0021 Norway 00

Bulgaria 00 Peru 00

Canada 011 Philippines 00

China 00 Portugal 00

Colombia 009 Singapore 001

Denmark 00 South Africa 09

Finland 990 South Korea 001

France 00 Spain 00

Germany 00 Sweden 00

Hong Kong 001 Switzerland 00

Hungary 00 Taiwan 00

Ireland 00 Thailand 001

Israel 014 United Kingdom 00

Italy 00 United States of America 011

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is automatically searched

and connected.

Set “Select networks” to “Auto” or “3G”.

Set “Network search mode” to “Auto”, or set to the FOMA network

(DOCOMO) with “Manual”.

You can make voice calls or videophone calls from overseas using

international roaming service.

When you make an international call from the country you stay to a

landline phone or mobile phone in Japan, you can operate from the

Phonebook easily.

pThis is available only when the phone number stored in the Phonebook begins with “0”.

You need to set “Auto assist setting” of “Int’l dial assist” to “ON” and to “Japan (81)” in

advance. (Setting at purchase)

1Detailed Phonebook displayd or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

2Dial

“0” at the head of the phone number is replaced with “+81” when dialed.

pWhen you select “Dial with org. No.”, the phone number is dialed as stored in the

Phonebook.

Check Required after Homecoming

Making a Call at the Country You Stay

Make a Call to Outside the Country You Stay (Including

Japan)

Use Phonebook to Make an International Call to Japan

Information

pFrom a redial item or dialed call record, or by entering a phone number directly, you

can make an international call by the same operation.

464

Overseas Use

Press and hold 0 for at least one second, then you can enter “+” when

dialing. By using “+”, you can make international calls from the country

you stay to the countries such as Japan.

10(for at least one second)

Enter numbers in order of country/area code

→area code (city code)→destination phone number

d or Oo()

pEnter “81” as a country/area code when you make an international call to Japan.

pWhen the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except for the “0”.

However, include “0” when making a call to some countries or regions such as

Italy.

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

If you have stored a country/area code by Country/Area Code (see

page 61), you can make international calls from the country you stay to

the country such as Japan. The following are the procedures for overseas.

pEven if the other party makes a call with the setting notifies his/her phone number, the

caller ID might not be notified, or might not be displayed correctly depending on the

caller’s network. In this case, you cannot call by using Received Calls.

1Enter a phone number

call up the detailed display of a Phonebook entry, redial

item, dialed call record, or received call record.

2i()Int’l dial assist

Select a country/area named or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make an international videophone call.

Use “+” to Make an International Call

International Dial

In the same way as you do in Japan, you can make a voice call or

videophone call by entering the destination’s phone number.

1Enter a destination phone numberd or Oo()

pPress l( ) to make a videophone call.

pTo make a call in the country you stay using the Phonebook, select “Dial with org.

No.” in step 2 on page 463.

When you make a call to a person who is also internationally roaming,

make the call in the same way as to make international calls to Japan

even if he/she is in the country you stay.

In the same operation as you do in Japan, you can answer voice calls and

videophone calls overseas. (See page 64)

■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from Japan

You can receive international calls from Japan by just having your phone number

entered in the same way as the callers usually do in Japan.

Making a call entering “090 (or 080) -XXXX-XXXX”

■Having calls to your FOMA terminal made from countries other than Japan

Regardless of the country you stay, you receive calls via Japan; therefore, have the

caller enter “international call access code of his/her country” and “81” (Japan) in the

same way as the caller makes a call to Japan and then enter your phone number whose

“0” is excluded from the head.

Making a call entering “international call access code of the country of the

caller-81-90 (or 80) -XXXX-XXXX”

Make a Call to a Phone in the Country You Stay

Make a Call to a Person who is Staying Overseas and

Using WORLD WING

Receiving a Call

Information

pEven for incoming calls, you are charged a receiving fee depending on the country or

region.

pEven when a caller tried to notify of his/her caller ID, it might not be notified depending

on the overseas carrier. Also, a different number from the other party’s caller ID might

be notified depending on the caller’s network.

465

Overseas Use

1x(for at least one second)Select a network type.

Auto. . . . . . . . . For using 3G, GSM, or GPRS network. (3G network has priority.)

3G . . . . . . . . . . For using 3G network.

GSM/GPRS . . . For using GSM or GPRS network. When you switch to “GSM/

GPRS” from “Auto” or “3G”, the confirmation display appears to

tell your phone will be out of service area in Japan.

pWhile you use the FOMA terminal overseas, “Call setting w/o ID”, “Reject unknown”,

and “Restrictions (except Restrict Dialing)” might not work. In addition, it might work as

“Answer” regardless of the setting of “Arrival call act”.

pWhen a call comes in during international roaming, the call is forwarded from Japan

regardless of whatever country the call is from. The caller is charged a call fee to

Japan and the receiver is charged a receiving fee.

Setting a Network to Use

Information

pIf you set to “Auto” or “3G”, FOMA network is used in Japan. If you set to “GSM/

GPRS”, you cannot connect to FOMA network, the FOMA terminal is placed in

out-of-service-area state.

pWhile another menu function is activated or the horizontal display is shown, the

setting display for this function does not appear by pressing and holding -x for at

least one second from the Stand-by display, but the display for the menu function in

use appears.

You can set whether to automatically search a network and connect to

another carrier when you move out of the service area.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Network search modeSelect an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connects to another carrier. The setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connect manually to a carrier on the list.

“×” is displayed for unavailable carriers.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an available carrier. The

setting is completed.

When set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

2Select a carrier.

pThe displayed carrier varies depending on the setting of “Select networks”.

pPress l( ) to display the list of carriers again.

Setting a Search Method of

Telecommunication Carrier

Information

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

pWhen you move out of the service area while this function is set to “Manual”, “ ”

appears.

pWhen you have set this function to “Manual” and turn off and on the FOMA terminal

out of the service area, select a carrier again in the service area.

466

Overseas Use

You can specify the priority order of carriers you are connected to for

when “Network search mode” is set to “Auto”. You can store up to 20

carriers.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

PLMN setting

pYou can select the stored carrier to check the stored contents.

2i()PLMN list select

pTo search for a carrier by a name of country/area, press l( ) and select

a country/area name. You can search also by pressing l( ) again from

the Country/Area list and entering a country/area name.

3Select a carrierOo()Select a network type

l()YES

Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to

Preferentially Connect to

Function Menu while PLMN Setting is Displayed

Set VPLMN to

UPLMN

You can store the carrier you are currently connected to.

l()YES

PLMN list select See “Setting a Telecommunication Carrier to Preferentially

Connect to” on page 466.

PLMN manual

select

You can store a carrier by entering a country/area code and

operator code. You can store carriers not found in the list.

Enter a country/area code (3 digits) and operator code (2

to 3 digits)Select a network typel()YES

Change priority Select a number to change tol()YES

Delete this YESl()YES

Delete all YESl()YES

You can select whether to display, on the Stand-by display, the name of

the carrier you are currently connected to.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Operator name disp.Display ON or Display OFF

The carrier’s name is displayed on the Stand-by display.

However, when you use the “DOCOMO” network, the carrier is

not displayed.

You can display whether the carrier you are currently connecting to

supports the circuit switching (CS)※1 and packet switching (PS)※2.

※1 The communication system used for voice calls, videophone calls, SMS, etc.

※2 The communication system used for i-mode, i-mode mail, etc.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingStatus in the area

Information

pWhen the “DOCOMO” network is available, you are preferentially connected to it

regardless of this setting.

pThis setting is stored on the UIM.

pYou cannot set this function if the UIM is not inserted.

Displaying a Carrier Name on the Stand-by

Display

When you set to “Display ON”

Confirming a Communication System

Carrier’s name

467

Overseas Use

For an incoming voice call or videophone call during international

roaming, you can have the voice guidance played back to the caller to

that effect.

pEven when you activate Roaming Guidance, the caller may hear the guidance in a

foreign language depending on the overseas carrier.

pEven when you deactivate Roaming Guidance, the caller hears a ringback tone set by

the overseas carrier.

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

1mSet./ServiceNW services

Set Roaming guidanceDo the following operations.

You can be notified of received calls of incoming calls comes in while

you are out-of-service-area or the power is turned off during international

roaming.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Missed roaming noticeDo the following operations.

Setting Guidance during Roaming

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Set Roaming guidance”.

YES

Notifying Received Calls during Roaming

Activate YES

Deactivate YES

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Missed roaming notice”.

pThis setting might not be available depending on the overseas carrier.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call barringDo the following operations.

Missed call NTC

(Int.)

You can set “Missed roaming notice” during international

roaming.

YESOperate following the voice guidance.

Setting Incoming Calls to be Rejected

during Roaming

Activate Select an item.

Bar all incoming. . . . . . .Bars all calls including voice calls and

videophone calls.

Bar VP call/data ex. . . . .Bars only videophone calls.

YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 126 for the Network Security Code.

Deactivate YESEnter your Network Security Code.

pSee page 126 for the Network Security Code.

Check setting You can check the setting contents of “Call barring”.

YES

468

Overseas Use

You can use some network services such as Voice Mail Service or Call

Forwarding Service from overseas.

You can set Roaming Guidance as well.

pSee page 452 for “Receive avoidance set.” of 2in1.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Voice mail (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Call forwarding (Int.)Select an itemYES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Roaming guidance (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Remote control (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Using Network Services during Roaming

Operate Voice Mail Service at the Country You Stay

Operate Call Forwarding Service at the Country You Stay

Operate Roaming Guidance at the Country You Stay

Operate Remote Control at the Country You Stay

1mSet./ServiceNetwork settingInt’l roaming

Caller ID req. (Int.)YES

Operate following the voice guidance.

Operate Caller ID Request Service at the Country You

Stay

Information

pWhen you use those services from overseas, you are charged an international call fee

of the country you stay.

pYou need to set “Remote control” beforehand.

pFor the details on network services, refer to “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [International

Services]” and “Mobile Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

469

PC Connection

Data Communication Available from FOMA Terminal . . . . . . . 470

Before Using Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Preparation Flow for Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Preparation Flow for Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

AT Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

Using CD-ROM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

Introduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473

For details on data communication, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided CD-ROM or DOCOMO website.

To see the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”, you need to have Adobe® Reader®. If it is not installed in your personal computer, install

Adobe® Reader® from the provided CD-ROM to see it.

For details such as how to use it, refer to “Adobe Reader Help”.

470

PC Connection

The data communication services you can use by connecting the FOMA

terminal to a personal computer are categorized into data transfer

(OBEX™ communication), and packet communication/64K data

communication.

The FOMA terminal is equipped with the adapter function for packet

communication.

pYou might not be able to activate or operate other functions during data

communication. See “Multiaccess Combinations” on page 504 for details.

pThe 64K data communication is not available overseas.

pTo perform the packet communication overseas, perform it via the IP connection.

(You cannot perform the packet communication via the PPP connection.)

You can exchange data files such as images, music files, Phonebook entries and

mail messages with another FOMA terminal or a personal computer.

Data Communication Available from

FOMA Terminal

Data Transfer (OBEX™ Communication)

Infrared communication

(See page 384)

iC communication

(See page 388)

Bluetooth communication

(See page 421)

P-01A

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

microSD card (See page 370)

DOCOMO keitai datalink (See page 473)

P-01A

This communication method requires a communication fee according to the

amount of data you sent and received. (Best effort method with 7.2 Mbps of

maximum download speed and 384 kbps of maximum upload speed)※ It uses an

access point which supports FOMA packet communication such as DOCOMO

Internet access service “mopera U”.

To use this service, connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer via the

FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication, and then carry out settings. The packet communication is

suitable for using applications through the high-speed communication.

※The maximum speed is based on the technical specification. The actual

communication speed differs depending on the network congestion state and the

communication environment. When you connect the FOMA terminal to an access

point which does not support the high speed communication or outside the FOMA

High-speed Area, the maximum communication speed of sending/receiving data is

limited to 384 kbps.

pThe packet communication is charged according to the amount of data you sent and

received. Note that you are charged a high communication fee for the massive data

communication such as browsing Internet web pages having many images or

downloading data files.

This communication method requires a communication fee according to the

duration of connection. By connecting the FOMA terminal to a personal computer

via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or Bluetooth

communication, you can execute communication.

To use this service, connect to an access point which supports FOMA 64K data

communication such as DOCOMO Internet access service “mopera U”, or an

ISDN-synchronous 64K access point.

pThe 64K data communication is charged according to the duration of connection. Note

that a communication fee becomes expensive if you use this service for a long time.

Packet Communication

64K Data Communication

Information

pThe FOMA terminal does not support Remote Wakeup.

pThe FOMA terminal does not support the FAX communication.

pYou can perform data communication by connecting the FOMA terminal with

DOCOMO’s PDA “sigmarion lll” or “musea”. To use “musea”, the update is required.

For details such as how to update them, refer to the DOCOMO website.

471

PC Connection

To use the Internet, you need to pay the charge for the Internet service provider

you use. Besides the FOMA service fee, you need to directly pay this charge to the

Internet service provider. For details on the charge, contact the Internet service

provider you use.

You can use the DOCOMO Internet access service, “mopera U”.

To use “mopera U”, subscription (charged) is required.

The access points for the packet communication and 64K data communication

differ. To use the packet communication, connect to an access point which

supports packet communication. To use the 64K data communication, connect to

an access point which supports FOMA 64K data communication or

ISDN-synchronous 64K.

pYou cannot connect to the DoPa access point.

To carry out the communication by using the FOMA terminal in Japan, the

following conditions are required:

pThe personal computer to be used can use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge

Function 01/02 (option).

pWhen connecting using Bluetooth communication, the personal computer should

support Dial-up Networking Profile of Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver.

2.0+EDR.

pThe PDA to be used should support FOMA packet communication and 64K data

communication.

pWithin the FOMA service area

pFor packet communication, the access point should support packet communication of

the FOMA.

pFor 64K data communication, the access point should support the FOMA 64K data

communication or ISDN-synchronous 64K.

Even when these conditions are satisfied, if the base station is congested or the

radio wave conditions are bad, you may not carry out the communication.

Before Using Data Communication

Charge of Internet service provider

Setting access point (Internet service provider, etc.)

Conditions of packet communication and 64K data

communication

For the data communication, the following operating environment is

required for your personal computer:

■PC main unit

PC/AT compatible model

When using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option):

USB port (Universal Serial Bus Specification Rev1.1 compliant)

When using Bluetooth communication:

Bluetooth Specification Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, or Ver. 2.0+EDR compliant (Dial-up

Networking Profile)

Display resolution 800 x 600 dots, High Color 16 bits or more recommended.

■OS※

Windows 2000, Windows XP, Windows Vista (Japanese version in each)

※Windows 2000 Service Pack 4 or later, Widows XP Service Pack 2 or later, for

“DOCOMO connection manager”

(For details of operating environment, refer to the DOCOMO website.)

■Memory requirements

Windows 2000: 64 Mbytes or more

Windows XP: 128 Mbytes or more

Windows Vista: 512 Mbytes or more

■Hard disk space size※

Unused memory space of 5 Mbytes or more

※Unused memory space of 15 Mbytes or more for “DOCOMO connection manager”

pThe operation on the upgraded OS is not guaranteed.

pThe memory requirements and hard disk space size may vary depending on the

system environment.

The following hardware and software programs are required besides the

FOMA terminal and personal computer:

pFOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA USB Cable (option)※

pProvided “P-01A CD-ROM”

※For USB connection

Operating Environment

Necessary Devices

472

PC Connection

The following three ways are available for connecting the FOMA terminal to

another device:

Connect the FOMA terminal to a personal computer provided with the USB port

using the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option).

This way of connection applies to all methods of communications such as packet

communication, 64K data communication, and data transfer.

pSet “USB mode setting” to “Communication mode”. (See page 379)

pYou need to install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver) before use.

Connect a Bluetooth communication compatible personal computer wirelessly to

the FOMA terminal. This way of connection applies to packet communication and

64K data communication.

pWhen you perform data communication by using Bluetooth function, the high speed

communication is applied to the FOMA terminal. However, you may not be able to

communicate at the maximum speed because of the limit of communication speed of

Bluetooth function.

pUse a Bluetooth linked standard modem or a Bluetooth modem provided by the

Bluetooth device maker. Contact the maker of your personal computer or Bluetooth

device maker for how to install and to set up.

By using infrared rays, you can send/receive data between your FOMA terminal

and another FOMA terminal, mobile phone, or personal computer provided with

the infrared communication function. (See page 384)

This applies only to data transfer.

Information

pUse a dedicated “FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02” or “FOMA USB

Cable”. The USB cable for personal computers cannot be used because the shape of

the connector differs.

pIf you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

Connect FOMA Terminal to Other Devices

Use FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02

Use Bluetooth communication

Use Infrared communication

When you use the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option),

install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).

Preparation Flow for Data Transfer

(OBEX™ Communication)

Download and install the “FOMA communication configuration file” (driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication configuration file from the provided CD-ROM or

download them from the DOCOMO website and install.

Data transfer

473

PC Connection

The following outline shows a preparation flow for packet

communication or 64K data communication:

For details, refer to the PDF version of “Manual for PC Connection”.

Preparation Flow for Data Communication

For USB connection For Bluetooth connection

Connect a personal computer to the

FOMA terminal using the FOMA USB

Cable with Charge Function 01/02

(option).

Connect a personal computer

wirelessly to the FOMA terminal using

Bluetooth communication.

Download and install the “FOMA

communication configuration file”

(driver).

pInstall the FOMA communication

configuration file from the provided

CD-ROM or download them from the

DOCOMO website and install.

Check the setting after installation. Check the modem.

Install “DOCOMO connection

manager”.

Carry out the setting manually without

using “DOCOMO connection manager”.

Connect.

AT commands are used to specify and modify the functions of the FOMA

terminal on the personal computer.

pFor details on AT commands, refer to the “Manual for PC Connection” on the provided

CD-ROM.

The provided CD-ROM contains the software programs for using data

communication on your FOMA terminal, “Manual for PC Connection” and

“Kuten Code List” (PDF file). For details, refer to the provided CD-ROM.

When you set the CD-ROM on your personal computer, an alert message might appear

on the display. This alert message appears depending on the security settings of Internet

Explorer, you can proceed without problems.

Click “はい (YES)”.

“DOCOMO keitai datalink” is the software program that enables you to

back up your Phonebook entries, i-mode mail messages and others to

your personal computer and edit them. The software program is

distributed from the DOCOMO website. For details and how to download,

refer to the web page below. You can access the following web page (in

Japanese only) from the provided CD-ROM as well.

http://datalink.nttdocomo.co.jp/

pFor details on how to download, transferable data, operating environments such as

compatible OS, installation method, operating method, and restrictions, refer to the

web page above. For operations after installation, refer to Help contained in the

software program. To use the DOCOMO keitai datalink, you need to separately have

the USB Cable (option).

AT Command

Using CD-ROM

When a warning message appears

Introduction of DOCOMO Keitai Datalink

474

475

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Function List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498

List of Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

List of Pictograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

Multiaccess Combinations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504

Multitask Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

Services Available for the FOMA Terminal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Introduction of Options and Related Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Interfacing to External Devices

Introduction of Movie Playing Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Links with AV Equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508

Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

If Error Messages Appear as Mentioned Below. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510

Warranty and After-sales Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519

i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520

Updating Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Software Update> 521

Protecting the FOMA Terminal from Harmful Data

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . <Scanning Function> 527

Main Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529

Number of Savable/Registerable/Protectable Items in FOMA

Terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . 535

Export Administration Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

Intellectual Property Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537

476

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Execute “Reset settings” on page 142 for the items indicated by , and “Reset TV settings” on page 270 for the items indicated by ※, to return to

the respective defaults. If you execute “Initialize” on page 142, all items return to the defaults.

pEven if you execute “Initialize”, the pre-installed i-αppli programs you have deleted are not restored.

Function List

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

Mail Inbox Pre-installed data only (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

164

Outbox No mail messages (except inside the UIM)

User created folder: None i-αppli mail folder: None

165

Draft No mail messages (except inside the UIM) 165

Compose message —146

Create new Decome-Anime —153

Template Decomail Pre-installed data only 155

Decome-Anime Pre-installed data only 156

Web mail —192

Check new message —161

Compose SMS —190

Check new SMS —191

Chat mail Chat member: Not recorded (except “Own”) 185

Receive option —160

Mail settings Scroll 1 line 179

Character size Standard 123

Mail list display List display: Date+sender/receiver subject Message/Name in phonebook: Checked 179

Message display Standard 179

Mail security All unchecked 137

Secret mail display ON 137

Auto color label Not stored 179

Pred. conv. at reply ON 179

Header/signature Header: Blank Insert: Checked 180

Signature: Blank Insert: Checked 180

Quotation marks: 〉180

Set check new message All checked 179

Auto-display MessageR preferred 182

Receiving display Alarm preferred 180

Receive option setting OFF 160

477

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Mail Mail settings Attachment preference All checked 180

Auto melody play ON 180

Feel＊Mail settings All ON 181

Chat setting Sound setting: Alarm 1 188

Chat image: ON 188

User setting

Name: Own Image: Apple

188

Check settings —180

SMS settings SMS report request OFF 192

SMS validity period —192

SMS input character Japanese (70char.) 192

SMS center selection —192

Area mail settings Receive setting ON 185

Receive entry Emergency information 185

Beep time 10 seconds 185

i-mode iMenu —194

Bookmark Not stored

User created folder: None

200

Screen memo Not stored

User created folder: None

201

Last URL iMenu 198

Go to location No URL histories 199

Message R/F No messages 182

i-Channel Channel list —214

Ticker ON/OFF ON 215

Ticker font size set. Standard 215

Ticker color set. Pattern 1 215

Ticker scroll speed Normal 215

Reset i-Channel —215

Check new message —161

Operate certificate Client certificate —210

Certificate All Valid 209

Certificate host DOCOMO 211

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

478

Appendix/Troubleshooting

i-mode i-mode settings Scroll 1 line 208

Character size Standard 123

Set image display※ON 208

Set connection timeout 60 seconds 208

Host selection (m81) i-mode 209

Automatic replay set. ON 214

Use phone information YES 208

Sound effect setting ON 208

Information disp. ON 217

Doc. display settings Fit page 394

i-mode arrival act PushTalk preferred 87

Reset last URL —198

Check settings —208

Full Browser Home —220

Bookmark

パナソニック

おすすめ動画！ (Panasonic recommended movies!)

User created folder: None

200

Last URL None 220

Go to location No URL histories 199

Full Browser settings Home URL: Home URL http://www.google.co.jp 224

Display Mode setting: PC mode 222

Set full display: OFF 225

Pointer/scroll

Display pointer: ON Speed: Medium speed Focus while scroll: OFF

225

Zoom: 100% 225

Access setting: No 225

Set image display: ON 225

PC Movie auto-play: ON 225

Sound effect setting: Level 4 225

Auto NW trans.: Notify 225

Use phone info: YES 225

Cookie setting: Valid (No cookies)

226

Referer setting: Send 227

Script setting: Valid 225

Window Open Guard: Invalid 225

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

479

Appendix/Troubleshooting

i-αppli Software list(phone) Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 293

Display: Icon display 294

Auto start time: All unchecked 308

Power saver: ON 296

iαppli(microSD) Software list —293

iαppli data —312

iαppli call logs No logs 310

iαppli info End stand-by info No information 312

End Widget appli inf No information 314

Security error history No histories 295

Auto start info No information 308

Trace info No information 295

iαppli settings Auto start setting OFF 308

Disp. software info Not display 293

i-Widget roaming set. OFF 313

i-Widget sound effect ON 313

iαppli call settings iαppli call DL set.: Not reject 310

iαppli call sound

Select ring tone: Pattern 3 Ring time setting: 5 seconds

Select vibrator: Pattern 1 Select illumination: Color 1

310

Preferred tone MUSIC/1Seg 307

αBacklight Depend on system 307

αPower saver OFF 308

αVibrator Depend on system 308

Check settings —308

About iαppli —295

Set./Service Sound Select ring tone (m13) Phone/PushTalk/Videophone: Pattern 1 Mail/Chat mail: Pattern 2

MessageR/MessageF: Pattern 3 i-concier: OFF

106

Ring volume (m50) All Level 4 68

Keypad sound (m30) ON 109

Melody effect (m64) Stereo&3DSound: ON 107

Position to play: Play all 107

Headset usage setting

(

51)

Headset and speaker 110

Mail/Msg. ring time (m68) All ON

Ring time: All 5 seconds

109

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

480

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Display Display setting (m56) Stand-by display

“A Road (length)” for body color “Frosty White” “Night (length)” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Elegant (length)” for body color “Champagne Pink” “A Diode (length)” for body color “Glamorous Red”

113

Stand-by disp. Wide

“A Road (breadth)” for body color “Frosty White” “Night (breadth)” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Elegant (breadth)” for body color “Champagne Pink” “A Diode (breadth)” for body color “Glamorous Red”

113

Clock

Stand-by clock

Position

“Pattern 10” for body color “Frosty White” “Pattern 4” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Champagne Pink” “Pattern 1” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Pattern

“Pattern 1” for body color “Frosty White” “Pattern 2” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink” “Pattern 5” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Display size

“Large” for body color “Frosty White”

“Small” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Day of week: Unavailable

Stand-by clock Wide

Position

“Pattern 3” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Pattern 7” for body color “Champagne Pink” “Pattern 1” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Pattern

“Pattern 1” for body color “Frosty White” “Pattern 2” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink” “Pattern 5” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Display size

“Large” for body color “Frosty White”/“Champagne Pink”

“Small” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

Day of week: Unavailable

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Frosty White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink”

123

Dialing, Incoming call, Videophone dialing, Videophone incoming, Mail sending,

Mail receiving, Check new message, Mail/msg. rcpt result

“Pattern 2” for body color “Frosty White”

“Pattern 1” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink”

114

Icon color: Color 115

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

481

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Display Display setting (m56) Battery icon/Antenna icon

“Pattern 3” for body color “Frosty White”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Pattern 1” for body color “Champagne Pink”

115

Wake-up display: Wake up 114

Backlight (m70) Lighting: ON

Power saver mode: ON

Light time: 120 seconds

116

Charging: Standard 116

Area: LCD+Keys 116

Brightness: Auto setting 116

Soft light: ON 116

View blind OFF

Contrast: Level 1 (when “View blind” is set to “ON”)

117

Color theme setting (m86) “White” for body color “Frosty White”

“Black” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Pink” for body color “Champagne Pink”

118

Machi-chara Set to Machi-chara: ひつじのしつじ (Sheep of servant) 119

Menu icon setting (m57) “Enlarge menu” for body color “Frosty White”

“Visual” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Elegant” for body color “Champagne Pink”

118

Horizontal open menu “Pattern 2” for body color “Frosty White”/“Champagne Pink”

“Pattern 1” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

120

Private menu setting (m52) Own number, Ring volume, Machi-chara, Map/GPS, Alarm, Kisekae Tool, Vibrator,

Full Browser, Character size, PC Movie, Schedule

413

Change BG image: Standard 413

Desktop icon (m63) Guide (使いかたナビ), Bluetooth, i-concier 30

Private window (m93) ON

Clock

“Pattern 3” for body color “Frosty White” “Pattern 4” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Champagne Pink” “Pattern 1” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Orientation: Pattern 2

Brightness: Level 3

Called: ON

Chaku-moji: OFF

Mail: OFF

i-Channel ticker: OFF

Disp. connection: ON

115

Font (m66) Font 1 122

Character size All Standard 123

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

482

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Display Select language (m15) Japanese (日本語)45

Recv.mail/call at open OFF 116

Image quality Dynamic 117

LCD AI ON 117

Icons (m36) — 33

Illumination All illum. setting —120

Incoming illumination (m89) Set color

For body color “Frosty White”

Phone/Videophone: C-Signal PushTalk: C-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: C-Rhythm

For body color “Graphite Black”

Phone/Videophone: A-Signal PushTalk: A-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: A-Rhythm

For body color “Champagne Pink”

Phone/Videophone: D-Signal PushTalk: D-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: D-Rhythm

For body color “Glamorous Red”

Phone/Videophone: B-Signal PushTalk: B-Wave

Mail/Chat mail/MessageR/MessageF/i-concier: B-Rhythm

121

Set pattern: Standard 121

Color setting: All default 121

Illumination in talk OFF 120

Miss/unread illum. ON 120

Music&Video Ch illum. OFF 120

Illum. when closed ON 120

Hourly illumination OFF 120

MUSIC illumination ON 120

Bluetooth illumination ON 120

IC card illumination ON 120

PushTalk illumination ON 120

Side key illumination “C-HOTARU” for body color “Frosty White”

“A-HOTARU” for body color “Graphite Black”

“D-HOTARU” for body color “Champagne Pink”

“B-HOTARU” for body color “Glamorous Red”

120

Check settings —121

Kisekae Same as “Kisekae Tool” in “Data box” 489

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

483

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Lock/Security Self mode Released 130

Lock all Released 128

Personal data lock Released 130

IC card lock Released 318

Secret mode (m40) Released 136

Secret data only (m41) Released 136

Keypad dial lock Released 135

Reject unknown Accept 140

Call setting w/o ID (m10) All Accept

Select ring tone: All Same as ring tone

139

Change security code (m29) 0000 127

UIM setting —127

Scanning function Set scan: All Valid 527

Lock setting Timer lock ON at close: All OFF 131

PIM/IC security mode: Security code 132

IC lock(power-off): Setting before OFF 318

Face reader setting: Not stored 132

Face reader security: Normal

Change security code: 0000

Call time/cost Call data (m61) Last call duration/Total calls duration: 0 seconds Last call cost: ¥__

Calls reset/Cost reset: --/-- --:--

416

Reset total cost&dura.

(

60)

—416

Notice call cost OFF

Max cost: ¥0 (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Method to alert: Icon (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

Auto reset setting: OFF (when “Notice call cost” is set to “ON”)

417

CLR max cost icon —417

Clock Set time (m31) Auto time adjust ON 46

World time watch OFF 47

Summer time OFF 47

Auto power ON/OFF All OFF 404

Alarm setting Alarm preferred 413

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

484

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Incoming call Vibrator (m54) All OFF 108

Manner mode set (m20) Manner mode 111

When “Original” is set

Record msg.: OFF Vibrator: ON Phone vol.: Silent

Mail vol.: Silent Alarm vol.: Silent Memo tone: ON

Keypad sound: OFF Mic sensitiv.: Up LV alarm tone: OFF

Answer setting (m58) Any key answer 66

Setting when opened All Keep ringing 67

Record display set All ON 136

Disp. PH-book image ON 115

Disp. call/receive No. Font of dial number: Pattern 1 122

Font color

Black for body color “Frosty White”/”Champagne Pink”

White for body color “Graphite Black”/”Glamorous Red”

122

Ring time (m90) Ring start time: OFF

Start time: 1 second (when “Ring start time” is set to “ON”)

139

Missed calls display: Display 139

Info notice setting (m65) ON 121

V-phone while packet V-phone priority 78

Auto call/answer set. Headset switch to call: OFF 421

Auto answer setting (-m94): OFF

Ring time: 6 seconds (when “Auto answer setting” is set to “ON”)

421

Melody Call setting —108

Talk Volume Level 4 67

Setting when closed (m18) Phone/Videophone: End the call 67

PushTalk: Speaker call 67

Set hold tone On hold tone: Tone 1 Holding tone: RHAPSODY ON A THEME OF PAGANINI OP 43 69

Shikkari Talk ON 63

Noise reduction (m76) ON 63

Quality alarm (m75) No tone 109

Reconnect signal (m77) No tone 62

PushTalk Auto answer setting OFF 87

Ring time setting 30 seconds 87

Hands-free w/ PushTalk ON 87

PushTalk arrival act Answer 87

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

485

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service PushTalk Sound setting Quick 87

Vibration setting OFF 87

Videophone Visual preference Normal 76

Select image On hold: Pre-installed Holding: Pre-installed

Substitute image: Chara-den [カンガルー (Kangaroo)]

Record message: Pre-installed Preparing: Pre-installed

Movie memo: Pre-installed

Hands-free w/ V. phone ON 76

Voice call auto redial OFF 77

Remote monitoring Other ID: Not recorded 79

Ring time: 5 seconds 79

Set: OFF 79

Notify switchable mode —78

Network setting Prefix setting WORLD CALL (009130010) 62

Int’l roaming Network search mode: Auto 465

Operator name disp.: Display ON 466

Select networks: Auto 465

Int’l dial assist Auto assist setting: ON 61

Country/Area Code: Japan (81) 61

IDD prefix setting: WORLD CALL (009130010) 61

Status in the area —466

NW services Caller ID notification (m17) — 48

Voice mail Message notification: YES 441

Call waiting —442

Call forwarding —444

Nuis. call blocking —445

Caller ID request —446

2in1 setting Deactivated 450

Mode switching: Dual mode 450

Stand-by display

Dual mode/B mode

“Elegant (length)” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Night (length)” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

451

Stand-by disp. Wide

Dual mode/B mode

“Elegant (breadth)” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Night (breadth)” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

451

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

486

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service NW services 2in1 setting Clock setting

Dual mode/B mode

Stand-by clock

Position

“Pattern 2” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Pattern 4” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Display size: Small

Day of week: Unavailable

Stand-by clock Wide

Position

“Pattern 7” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Pattern

“Pattern 3” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Pattern 2” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Display size

“Large” for body color “Frosty White”/“Graphite Black”

“Small” for body color “Champagne Pink”/“Glamorous Red”

Day of week: Unavailable

Icon clock

“Pattern 1” for body color “Frosty White”

“Pattern 5” for body color “Graphite Black”/“Glamorous Red”

“Pattern 3” for body color “Champagne Pink”

451

Set call/receive No.

Disp. call/receive No.

Number A

Font of dial number: Pattern 1

Font color

Black for body color “Frosty White”/”Champagne Pink”

White for body color “Graphite Black”/”Glamorous Red”

Number B

Font of dial number: Pattern 2

Font color

Dark blue for body color “Frosty White”

Yellowish green for body color “Graphite Black”/”Glamorous Red”

Purple for body color “Champagne Pink”

Ringtone set. for No. B

Phone/Video-Phone: Pattern 4 Mail: Pattern 5

451

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

487

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service NW services 2in1 setting Receive avoidance set.

Mode link: Deactivated

451

Multi number Number setting: Not stored 449

Set as ring tone: All Same as ring tone 449

Arrival call act Answer 447

Set in-call arrival act —448

Remote control —448

Dual network —446

English guidance —447

Set Roaming guidance —467

Additional service Additional service: Not stored 456

Additional guidance: Not stored 457

Service numbers —447

OFFICEED —456

Chaku-moji Create message: Not stored 57

Message disp. settings: Calls with callerID 58

Sent messages: No records 57

Prefer Chaku-moji: OFF 58

Other settings Work with style OFF 24

Side keys guard OFF 135

Character input method

(m35)

Input mode: All checked

Priority input method: Mode 1 (5-touch)

430

Predict: ON 432

Int.with secret: ON 432

Battery Charge sound: ON 109

Pause dial (m84) Not stored 59

Sub-address setting ON 62

Headset mic. setting Headset microphone 420

Voice settings Auto voice dial: OFF 103

Voice headset dial: OFF 103

Read aloud settings: OFF 402

Read aloud volume: Level 4 403

Read aloud speed: Normal 403

Read aloud output: Speaker 403

Read aloud valid set.: Normal 403

USB mode setting Communication mode 379

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

488

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Set./Service Other settings Reset settings (m23) — 142

Initialize —142

Software update Set auto-update: Auto-update

Date: Default Time: 3:00

522

Data box My picture (m46) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

346

Original animation: Not stored 352

Icon: ON 347

Folder security: All released 382

Edit picture

Character stamp

Character color: 16 Color, Black Font: Font 1 Character size: Standard size

351

Set display

Stand-by display

“A Road (length)” for body color “Frosty White”

“Night (length)” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Elegant (length)” for body color “Champagne Pink”

“A Diode (length)” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Stand-by disp. Wide

“A Road (breadth)” for body color “Frosty White”

“Night (breadth)” for body color “Graphite Black”

“Elegant (breadth)” for body color “Champagne Pink”

“A Diode (breadth)” for body color “Glamorous Red”

Wake-up display: Wake up

347

Positioning: Center 348

Sort: By date↑349

Picture/Title name: Picture 349

Display size: Normal 350

MUSIC No data

User created folder: None

282

Display: Title + Image 282

Volume: Level 12 283

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

287

Music&Video Channel No data 274

Information of previously played program: None 274

Display: Title + Image 274

Volume: Level 12 275

Play mode setting: Normal 276

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

277

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

489

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Data box imotion Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

353

Playlist: Not stored 357

Position memory: All not stored 354

Volume: Level 4 354

Icon: ON 354

Folder security: All released 382

Set imotion: All released 355

Sort: By date↑349

Listing: Title + Image 355

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

356

Display size: Fit in display 357

Change to full: Vertical display playback 357

Melody (m16) Pre-installed data only

User created folder: None

366

Playlist: Not stored 382

Set as ring tone: All released 367

Sort: By date↑368

My documents Pre-installed data only 390

Sort: By date↑349

Listing: Image 391

Kisekae Tool Pre-installed data only 369

Sort: By date↑349

Listing: Image 369

Machi-chara Pre-installed data only 365

Sort: By date↑349

Listing: Image 366

Chara-den Pre-installed data only 363

Substitute image: カンガルー (Kangaroo) 74

Rec. Chara-den

Camera mode: Photo mode Recording size: QCIF (176 x 144)

Recording type: Video + voice Recording quality: Normal

365

Display size: Fit in display 364

PC Movie Position memory: All not recorded 231

Played history: No histories 231

Volume: Level 12 230

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

490

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Data box PC Movie Listing: Title 232

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

232

Display size: Actual size 233

1Seg Image No data 346

Sort: By date↑349

Picture/Title name: Picture 349

Display size: Normal 350

Video Volume: Level 12 360

Listing: Title + image 361

Position memory All not stored 361

Document viewer —394

SD other files —378

LifeKit Bar code reader Scan code —248

Saved data Not stored 250

Receive Ir data (m79) Receive —386

Receive all —387

microSD Refer microSD data —371

Backup/Restore —377

Camera Photo mode/

Movie mode

Inside camera/Outside camera: Outside camera 244

Image size

Photo mode: Stand-by (480 x 854) Continuous mode: VGA (480 x 640)

Movie mode: QVGA (320 x 240)

244

File size setting: Mail restrict’n (L) 244

Image quality: Fine 244

Camera settings

Img. stabilizer: Auto Shutter sound: Sound 1

Flicker correction: Auto

245

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

245

Cont. shooting set.

Continuous mode: Auto

Shot interval: 0.5 second

Shot number

VGA (480 x 640): 4 shots (Fixed)

QVGA (240 x 320)/QCIF (144 x 176)/Sub-QCIF (96 x 128): 5 shots

245

Display size: Actual size 245

Icon: ON 246

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

491

Appendix/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Camera View photos Same as “My picture” in “Data box” 488

View movies Same as “imotion” in “Data box” 489

Bluetooth Device list Not stored 424

Preferred device: Not set 425

Activate Bluetooth/Bluetooth

power OFF

—426

Accept registered —426

Accept dialup devices —426

Bluetooth settings Set authentications: OFF 428

Session number setting: OFF 428

Time-out to search: 5 seconds 428

Forward ring tone: ON 428

Disconnection settings: End the call 428

Dial from headset: Valid 428

Bluetooth info

Device name: P01A

428

Map/GPS Map —329

Position location —328

Notify of location —337

Location history No histories 337

Map/GPS αppil Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 329

GPS settings Map setting

Select map: 地図アプリ (Map Application)

338

Map activate setting: Start after locating

GPS button setting: Read map 338

Posit. tone/illum.

Position location

Select posit. ring tone: OFF Ring time setting: 3 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: OFF

Notify of location

Select posit. ring tone: Pattern 1 Ring time setting: 3 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5

Location req.

Select posit. ring tone: Pattern 2 Ring time setting: 20 seconds

Select vibrator: OFF Select illumination: Color 5

339

Positioning mode: All Standard mode 338

Reg. LCS client: Not stored 339

Location request menu: OFF 340

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

492

Appendix/Troubleshooting

LifeKit Map/GPS GPS settings Host selection: Default 342

Rec. msg/voice memo

(m55)

Play/Erase msg. Not recorded 72

Play/Erase VP msg. Not recorded 73

Record message setting OFF

Answer message: Japanese 1 (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Ring time: 13 seconds (when “Record message setting” is set to “ON”)

Voice memo Not recorded 415

Voice announce Not recorded 108

Voice recorder File size setting: Mail restrict’n(L) 390

Storage setting

Store in: Phone Auto save set: OFF File restriction: File unrestricted

390

Data Security Service Connect to Center —141

Exchanging history No histories 141

PB image sending OFF 141

i-concier —216

Phonebook Add to phonebook Phone Not stored 90

UIM —90

Search phonebook All? —96

Reading? —96

Group? —96

Memory No.? —96

Name? Sort: Reading order 98

Phone number? Sort: Reading order 98

Mail address? Sort: Reading order 98

2-touch dial? —96

UIM operation Copy —418

Delete —418

PushTalk phonebook Not stored 84

Dialed/recv. calls

(

24)

Dialed calls No records 54

Sent address: No records 175

Received calls No records 55

Received address: No records 175

Own number (m0) Not stored (except “Own number” for Number A) 414

Group setting Edit group

Group name: Group 01 to 19 (except inside the UIM)

Settings: None

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

493

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Phonebook Restrictions Restrict dialing All released 138

Call rejection All released 138

Call acceptance All released 138

Call forwarding All released 138

Voice mail All released 138

Phonebook settings

(m26)

Character size All Standard 123

Voice dial setting Not stored 102

Mail group Not stored 178

Edit group name: Mail group 1 to 20 178

Chat group Not stored 189

Edit group name: Group 1 to 5 189

Forwarding image ON 388

No. of phonebook —101

Stationery Alarm (m44) Not stored 404

Alarm: All OFF 404

Schedule (m45) Not stored 407

Settings

Kisekae setting: Pattern 1

Customize holiday

Sunday: Red Monday to Friday: Default Saturday: Blue

409

ToDo (m95) Not stored 411

Category display: All 412

Sort/Filter: By entered time 412

Text memo (m42) Not recorded 417

Calculator (m85) —417

Guide —38

Common phrase/dic.

(m38)

Common phrases All default 435

Own dictionary Not stored 436

Download dictionary Pre-installed data only 437

Set dictionary: All valid 437

Create learned wd list —437

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

494

Appendix/Troubleshooting

MUSIC MUSIC Player No data 281

Playlist: Not stored 288

Information of previously played music file: None 280

Display: Title + Image 281

Volume: Level 12 283

Play mode setting: Normal 285

Sound effect

Remaster: OFF Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

287

Music&Video Channel Same as “Music&Video Channel” in “Data box” 488

1Seg Activate 1Seg Confirmation display at start※: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 252

Confirmation display for the data broadcasting

※

: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation

display

269

Broadcasting storage area: Not stored 252

Volume: Level 12 256

Program guide —260

TV timer list Not stored 263

Timer recording list Not stored 264

Confirmation display at timer recording: Displays the Exemption Clause Confirmation display 265

Recording result Not stored 268

TVlink Not stored 261

Channel list Not stored 255

Channel setting Select area —254

Auto channel setting —254

User settings Display※Caption: ON 268

Caption posit. in w-scr: Lower 268

Icon: ON 268

Mail ticker display: Receipt notification 268

Video※Mobile W-Speed: ON 268

Image quality: Dynamic 268

Display light※Constant light 268

Sound※Sound effect

Auto volume: ON Remaster: OFF

Listening: OFF Equalizer: Normal

268

TV sound while closed: ON 269

Recording※Rec. when low battery: ON 269

Rec. program when call: OFF 269

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

495

Appendix/Troubleshooting

1Seg User settings Data broadcasting※Set image display: ON 269

Sound effect setting: ON 269

ECO mode※Released 269

Reset channel setting —269

Reset storage area —270

Reset TV settings —270

Check TV settings —270

Osaifu-Keitai IC card content Pre-installed i-αppli programs only 317

DCMX —303

ToruCa No data

User created folder: None

320

Sort: By date↑323

IC card lock set. IC card lock Released 318

IC lock(power-off) Setting before OFF 318

Settings Receive ToruCa Accept 325

Auto reading ToruCa Accept 325

Recv. ToruCa display ON 325

ToruCa from dataBC Auto receive ON 325

Check same ToruCa ON 325

Check IC owner —318

Change IC owner —318

Search by i-mode —205

Others Clock display of Private window Icons and date/time 34

Redial No records 54

Public Mode (Drive Mode) Released 69

Manner mode Released 110

Videophone Backlight: Constant light 76

Character input Character input

Learned words: Not stored

434

Candidate display: ON

Character set time: OFF

2/NIKO-touch guide: ON

Main menu item

Sub-menu item Lower sub-menu item Setting at purchase

Reference

496

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※1: Displayed when entering the character in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering the character in half pitch.

※3: You can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or entering “゛” or “゜” by pressing a after entering a character.

pIf you press d after entering a character, characters can be scrolled in the reverse order.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding 0 for at least one second in Numeral input mode.

pIn Alphabet input mode, when you enter a character next to an uppercase character, the characters are displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase”. Further, the characters are

displayed in order of “uppercase” → “lowercase” depending on the function.

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (5-touch Input Method)

Display

Key abc 123 漢

カナ

-1. / @ - : ※

※

_ 1 1 あいうえおぁぃぅぇぉアイウエオァィゥェォ 1

-2a b c A B C 2 2 かきくけこカキクケコ 2

-3d e f D E F 3 3 さしすせそサシスセソ 3

-4g h i G H I 4 4 たちつてとっタチツテトッ 4

-5j k l J K L 5 5 なにぬねのナニヌネノ 5

-6m n o M N O 6 6 はひふへほハヒフヘホ 6

-7p q r s P Q R S 7 7 まみむめもマミムメモ 7

-8t u v T U V 8 8 やゆよゃゅょヤユヨャュョ 8

-9w x y z W X Y Z 9 9 らりるれろラリルレロ 9

-00 0 わをんゎワヲン ※1 0

-aLine feed※3＊Line feed※3Line feed※3

-s，．？！

’

−＆（）￥□

(space)

＃、。？！・□

(space)

、。？！・□

(space)

∼

ヮ

497

Appendix/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (2-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえおＡＢＣＤＥ

2かきくけこＦＧＨＩＪ

3さしすせそＫＬＭＮＯ

4たちつてとＰＱＲＳＴ

5なにぬねのＵＶＷＸＹ

6はひふへほＺ？！／

7まみむめも￥＆

8や（ゆ）よ＊＃

9らりるれろ１２３４５

0わをん゛゜６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

1ぁぃぅぇぉ abcde

2fghij

3klmno

4っpq r s t

5uvwxy

8ゃゅょ

0ゎ、。

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオＡＢＣＤＥ

カキクケコＦＧＨＩＪ

サシスセソＫＬＭＮＯ

タチツテトＰＱＲＳＴ

ナニヌネノＵＶＷＸＹ

ハヒフヘホＺ？！−／

マミムメモ￥＆

ヤ

(

ユ

)

ヨ＊＃

ラリルレロ１２３４５

ワヲン゛゜６７８９０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

ァィゥェォａｂｃｄｅ

ｆｇｈｉｊ

ｋｌｍｎｏ

ッｐｑｒｓｔ

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ

ャュョ

ヮ

※

，．

First digit

Alphabet input mode

Second digit

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0

＄％ ’＋ａｂｃｄｅ

2，

．：；＜ｆｇｈｉｊ

3＝

＞＠［］ｋｌｍｎｏ

4＾

＿

‘※1`※2

｛｜ｐｑｒｓｔ

5｝∼

※1

※2

ｕｖｗｘｙ

ｚ？！−／

￥＆

（）＊＃

１２３４５

６７８９０

First digit

: Switches between uppercase input mode and lowercase input

mode.

※1: Displayed when entering characters in full pitch.

※2: Displayed when entering characters in half pitch.

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pYou can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or

entering “゛” or “゜” by pressing -a after entering a character.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

498

Appendix/Troubleshooting

List of Characters Assigned to Keys (NIKO-touch Input Method)

Kanji/Hiragana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

1あいうえお．−＠＿１

2かきくけこ abc

２

3さしすせそ de f３

4たちつてとっ gh i４

5なにぬねの jkl

５

6はひふへほ mn o６

7まみむめも pq r s

７

8やゆよゃゅょ tuv

８

9らりるれろwxyz

９

0わをん、。・ !?

０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

1ぁぃぅぇぉ

2ヵヶ ABC

3DEF

4っつ

GH I

5JKL

6MNO

7PQRS

8ゃゅょやゆよ TUV

9WXYZ

0ゎ

First digit

Katakana input mode

Second digit

1234567890

アイウエオ．−＠＿１

カキクケコａｂｃ２

サシスセソｄｅｆ３

タチツテトッｇｈｉ４

ナニヌネノｊｋｌ５

ハヒフヘホｍｎｏ６

マミムメモｐｑｒｓ７

ヤユヨャュョｔｕｖ８

ラリルレロｗｘｙｚ９

ワヲン、。ー・！？０

First digit

Second digit

1234567890

ァィゥェォ

ＡＢＣ

ＤＥＦ

ッツＧＨＩ

ＪＫＬ

ＭＮＯ

ＰＱＲＳ

ャュョヤユヨＴＵＶ

ＷＸＹＺ

First digit

Information

pA space is entered if you press keys that correspond to a blank

where no character is assigned.

pYou can perform switching between uppercase and lowercase or

entering “゛” or “゜” by pressing -a after entering a character.

pYou can enter “+” by pressing and holding -0 for at least one

second in Numeral input mode.

499

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, symbols are read aloud.

List of Symbols

Symbol

Voice guidance

、—

。—

，コンマ

※1

．ドット

※1

・テン

：コロン

；セミコロン

？ギモンフ

※1

！カンタンフ※1

゛ダクテン

゜ハンダクテン

´—

｀—

¨ ウムラウト

＾ヤマガタキゴウ※1

￣オーバーライン

＿アンダーライン

ヽ—

ヾ—

⇅—

⇆—

〃—

仝ドウ

々—

⅞シメ

〇ゼロ

チョーオン※2

―ダッシュ

‐ハイフン

／スラッシュ

＼バックスラッシュ

∼カラ

※3

‖—

｜タテセン※1

… テンテンテン

‥ テンテン

‘—

’ アポストロフィ※1

“—

” インヨウフ※1

（カッコ

）トジカッコ

〔カッコ

〕トジカッコ

［カッコ

］トジカッコ

｛カッコ

｝トジカッコ

〈カッコ

〉トジカッコ

《カッコ

》トジカッコ

「カギカッコ

」トジカギカッコ

『カギカッコ

』トジカギカッコ

【カッコ

】トジカッコ

＋プラス

− マイナス※4

± プラスマイナス

×カケル

÷ワル

＝イコール

Symbol

Voice guidance

≠ ノットイコール

＜ショーナリ

＞ダイナリ

≦ ショーナリイコール

≧ ダイナリイコール

∞ ムゲンダイ

∴ユエニ

♂オス

♀メス

°ド

′フン

″ビョー

℃ドシー

￥エン

＄ドル

￠セント

￡ポンド

％パーセント

＃イゲタ

＆アンド

＊アスタリスク

＠アットマーク

§ セクション

☆ホシ

★クロホシ

○マル

●クロマル

◎ ニジューマル

◇ヒシガタ

◆ クロヒシガタ

□シカク

■ クロシカク

Symbol

Voice guidance

△サンカク

▲ クロサンカク

▽ ギャクサンカク

▼ クロギャクサンカク

※ コメジルシ

〒ユービンバンゴー

→ ミギヤジルシ

← ヒダリヤジルシ

↑ ウエヤジルシ

↓ シタヤジルシ

〓ゲタキゴー

∈ゾクスル

∋フクム

⊆ ブブンシューゴー

⊇ ブブンシューゴーフク

ム

⊂ シンブブンシューゴー

⊃ シンブブンシューゴー

フクム

∪ガッペー

∩ キョーツー

∧オヨビ

∨マタワ

￢ヒテー

⇒ナラバ

⇔ドーチ

∀スベテノ

∃アル

∠カク

⊥ スイチョク

͡コ

∂ ラウンドディー

Symbol

Voice guidance

∇ナブラ

≡ゴードー

≒ ニアリーイコール

≪ ショーナリショーナリ

≫ ダイナリダイナリ

√ルート

∽ソージ

∝ヒレー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∫ インテグラル

∬ ダブルインテグラル

Å オングストローム

‰パーミル

♯シャープ

♭フラット

♪オンプ

†ダガー

‡ ダブルダガー

¶ ダンラクキゴー

⃝マル

ゐイ

ゑエ

ヰイ

ヱエ

ヴヴ

ヵカ

ヶケ

Αアルファ

Βベータ

Γガンマ

Δデルタ

Ε イプシロン

Symbol

Voice guidance

500

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Symbol

Voice guidance

Ζゼータ

Ηイータ

Θシータ

Ιイオタ

Κカッパ

Λラムダ

Μミュー

Νニュー

Ξグザイ

Ο オミクロン

Πパイ

Ρロー

Σシグマ

Τタウ

Υ ユプシロン

Φファイ

Χカイ

Ψプサイ

Ωオメガ

αアルファ

βベータ

γガンマ

δデルタ

ε イプシロン

ζゼータ

ηイータ

θシータ

ιイオタ

κカッパ

λラムダ

μミュー

νニュー

ξグザイ

ο オミクロン

πパイ

ρロー

σシグマ

τタウ

υ ユプシロン

φファイ

χカイ

ψプサイ

ωオメガ

Аアー

Бベー

Вヴェー

Гゲー

Дデー

Еイェー

Ёヨー

Жジェー

Зゼー

Иイー

Й イークラトコエ

Кカー

Лエリ

Мエム

Нエヌ

Оオー

Пペー

Рエル

Сエス

Тテー

Уウー

Фエフ

Хハー

Цツェー

Чチェー

Шシャー

Щ シチャー

Ъ ツボルディーズナーク

Ыウイ

Symbol

Voice guidance

Ь ミャーフィーズナーク

Эエー

Юユー

Яヤー

аアー

бベー

вヴェー

гゲー

дデー

еイェー

ёヨー

жジェー

зゼー

иイー

й イークラトコエ

кカー

лエリ

мエム

нエヌ

оオー

пペー

рエル

сエス

тテー

уウー

фエフ

хハー

цツェー

чチェー

шシャー

щシチャー

ъ ツボルディーズナーク

ыウイ

ь ミャーフィーズナーク

эエー

юユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

яヤー

─—

│—

┌—

┐—

┘—

└—

├—

┬—

┤—

┴—

┼—

━—

┃—

┏—

┓—

┛—

┗—

┣—

┳—

┫—

┻—

╋—

┠—

┯—

┨—

┷—

┿—

┝—

┰—

┥—

┸—

╂—

①マルイチ

②マルニ

③マルサン

Symbol

Voice guidance

④ マルヨン

⑤ マルゴ

⑥ マルロク

⑦ マルナナ

⑧ マルハチ

⑨ マルキュー

⑩ マルジュー

⑪ マルジューイチ

⑫ マルジューニ

⑬ マルジューサン

⑭ マルジューヨン

⑮ マルジューゴ

⑯ マルジューロク

⑰ マルジューナナ

⑱ マルジューハチ

⑲ マルジューキュー

⑳ マルニジュー

Ⅰイチ

Ⅱニ

Ⅲサン

Ⅳヨン

Ⅴゴ

Ⅵロク

Ⅶナナ

Ⅷハチ

Ⅸ キュー

Ⅹ ジュー

㍉ミリ

㌔キロ

㌢センチ

㍍メートル

㌘グラム

㌧トン

㌃アール

㌶ヘクタール

㍑リットル

Symbol

Voice guidance

501

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※1 Does not read aloud if it is not for a URL or mail address.

※2 When it follows a hiragana, katakana, or kanji character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※3 When it follows a hiragana or katakana character, the ending of the character immediately before it is read aloud as a long vowel.

※4 Reads it aloud “ハイフン (hyphen)” if it is for a URL or mail address.

On the Character Entry (Edit) display, enter “きごう” to convert it to show symbol candidates. Further, you can enter characters listed below to convert

them into respective symbols.

Symbol

Voice guidance

㍗ワット

㌍カロリー

㌦ドル

㌣セント

㌫パーセント

㍊ミリバール

㌻ページ

㎜ミリメートル

㎝センチメートル

㎞キロメートル

㎎ミリグラム

㎏キログラム

㏄シーシー

㎡ヘーホーメートル

㍻ヘーセー

〝—

〟—

№ ナンバー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㏍ケーケー

℡デンワ

㊤マルウエ

㊥マルナカ

㊦マルシタ

㊧マルヒダリ

㊨マルミギ

㈱カッコカブ

㈲カッコユー

Symbol

Voice guidance

㈹カッコダイ

㍾メージ

㍽タイショー

㍼ショーワ

≒ ニアリーイコール

≡ゴードー

∫ インテグラル

∮ファイ

∑シグマ

Symbol

Voice guidance

√ルート

⊥ スイチョク

∠カク

∟ チョッカク

⊿ サンカッケー

∵ ナゼナラバ

∩ キョーツー

∪ガッペー

Symbol

Voice guidance

Information

pSpecial symbols “①” through “∪” might not be correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or personal computers. Further, you cannot enter

special symbols of into the text of SMS messages, and they are replaced by half-pitch spaces.

List of Symbol Candidate

Input Conversion

おなじ〃々

から ∼

かんま，

こんま，

たてせん ‖｜

てんてん … ‥

りーだ …

しめ ⅞

かっこ ‘’ “”（）〔〕

［］｛｝〈〉《》

「」『』【】

たす＋

ひく −

ぷらすまいなす

かける ×

わる ÷

いこーる＝

ふとうごう＜＞≦≧

しょうなり＜

だいなり＞

しょうなり

いこーる ≦

だいなり

いこーる ≧

むげんだい ∞

おす ♂

Input Conversion

めす ♀

ならば ⇒

どうち ⇔

にありいこーる

≒

ちいさい ≪

おおきい ≫

るーと √

ど°℃

ふん ′

びょう ″

どる＄

せんと￠

ぽんど￡

Input Conversion

せつ §

ほし＊☆★

あっと＠

まる。○●

◎〇

しかく ◇◆□■

さんかく △▲▽▼

こめ ※

ゆうびん〒

やじるし →←↑↓

うえ ↑

した ↓

みぎ →

Input Conversion

ひだり ←

あすたりすく＊

おんぐすと

ろーむ Å

しゃーぷ＃

ふらっと ♭

おんぷ ♪

だがー †

だぶるだがー ‡

だんらく ¶

おーむ Ω

でんわ ℡

Input Conversion

502

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When “Read aloud settings” is set to “ON”, pictographs are read aloud.

List of Pictograph

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ハートマーク

ユレルハートマーク

シツレンマーク

フクスーハート

マーク

ワーイマーク

プンプンマーク

ガクーマーク

モウヤダーマーク

フラフラマーク

ルンルンマーク

オンセンマーク

カワイイマーク

チュッマーク

ピカピカマーク

ヒラメキマーク

ムカッマーク

パンチマーク

バクダンマーク

ムードマーク

ネムイマーク

ビックリマーク

ビックリハテナマーク

ニジュービックリ

マーク

ドーンマーク

アセアセマーク

アセタラーッマーク

ダッシュマーク

ウーマーク

ウーンマーク

グッドマーク

バッドマーク

ミギナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ミギナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメウエ

ヤジルシマーク

ヒダリナナメシタ

ヤジルシマーク

ハレマーク

クモリマーク

アメマーク

ユキマーク

カミナリマーク

タイフーマーク

キリマーク

コサメマーク

オヒツジザマーク

オウシザマーク

フタゴザマーク

カニザマーク

シシザマーク

オトメザマーク

テンビンザマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

サソリザマーク

イテザマーク

ヤギザマーク

ミズガメザマーク

ウオザマーク

スポーツマーク

ヤキューマーク

ゴルフマーク

テニスマーク

サッカーマーク

スキーマーク

バスケットマーク

モータースポーツ

マーク

ページャマーク

デンシャマーク

チカテツマーク

シンカンセンマーク

セダンマーク

アールブイマーク

バスマーク

フネマーク

ヒコーキマーク

イエマーク

ビルマーク

ユービンキョク

マーク

ビョーインマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ギンコーマーク

エーティーエム

マーク

ホテルマーク

コンビニマーク

ガソリンスタンド

マーク

チューシャジョー

マーク

シンゴーマーク

トイレマーク

レストランマーク

キッサテンマーク

バーマーク

ビールマーク

ファーストフード

マーク

ブティックマーク

ビヨーインマーク

カラオケマーク

エーガマーク

ユーエンチマーク

オンガクマーク

アートマーク

エンゲキマーク

イベントマーク

チケットマーク

キツエンマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

キンエンマーク

カメラマーク

カバンマーク

ホンマーク

リボンマーク

プレゼントマーク

バースデーマーク

デンワマーク

ケータイデンワ

マーク

メモマーク

テレビマーク

ゲームマーク

シーディーマーク

ハートマーク

スペードマーク

ダイヤマーク

クラブマーク

メマーク

ミミマーク

グーマーク

チョキマーク

パーマーク

アシマーク

クツマーク

メガネマーク

クルマイスマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

503

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

シンゲツマーク

カケヅキマーク

ハンゲツマーク

ミカヅキマーク

マンゲツマーク

イヌマーク

ネコマーク

リゾートマーク

クリスマスマーク

カチンコマーク

フクロマーク

ペンマーク

ヒトカゲマーク

イスマーク

ヨルマーク

スーンマーク

オンマーク

エンドマーク

トケーマーク

デンワヘマーク

メールヘマーク

ファックスヘマーク

アイモードマーク

メールマーク

ドコモテーキョーマーク

ドコモポイント

マーク

ユーリョーマーク

ムリョーマーク

アイディーマーク

パスワードマーク

ツギアリマーク

クリアマーク

サーチマーク

ニューマーク

イチジョーホー

マーク

フリーダイヤル

マーク

シャープダイヤル

マーク

モバキューマーク

シカクイチ

シカクニ

シカクサン

シカクヨン

シカクゴ

シカクロク

シカクナナ

シカクハチ

シカクキュー

シカクゼロ

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ケッテーマーク

アイアプリマーク

ティーシャツマーク

ガマグチサイフマーク

ケショーマーク

ジーンズマーク

スノボマーク

チャペルマーク

ドアマーク

ドルブクロマーク

パソコンマーク

ラブレターマーク

レンチマーク

エンピツマーク

オーカンマーク

ユビワマーク

スナドケーマーク

ジテンシャマーク

ユノミマーク

ウデドケーマーク

ムムマーク

ホッマーク

ヒヤアセマーク

プクッマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ボケーッマーク

ラブラブマーク

オーケーマーク

アッカンベーマーク

ウィンクマーク

ウレシイマーク

ガマンマーク

ネコマーク

ナキマーク

ナミダマーク

エヌジーマーク

クリップマーク

コピーライトマーク

トレードマーク

ハシルヒトマーク

マルヒマーク

リサイクルマーク

レジストレッドマーク

キケンマーク

キンシマーク

クーシツマーク

ゴーカクマーク

マンシツマーク

サユーマーク

ジョーゲマーク

ガッコーマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

ナミマーク

フジサンマーク

クローバーマーク

サクランボマーク

チューリップマーク

バナナマーク

リンゴマーク

ワカバマーク

モミジマーク

サクラマーク

オニギリマーク

ショートケーキ

マーク

トックリマーク

ドンブリマーク

パンマーク

カタツムリマーク

ヒヨコマーク

ペンギンマーク

サカナマーク

ウマイマーク

ウッシッシマーク

ウママーク

ブタマーク

ワイングラスマーク

ゲッソリマーク

Picto-

graph Voice guidance

Information

pPictographs are all counted as full-pitch characters.

pPictographs are not correctly displayed if they are sent to mobile phones which do not support i-mode or to personal computers. Further, the pictographs from “ ” through “ ”

are correctly displayed only when sent to i-mode phones which support those pictographs.

504

Appendix/Troubleshooting

○: Can start.

△: Can start by condition.

—: Cannot start simultaneously. The current communication continues (the started communication is rejected).

※1: This includes i-concier information and i-αppli call.

※2: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, you can make another call with the current voice call put on hold.

※3: In the condition of the maximum number of voice line+1, you can activate Voice Mail, Call Waiting, or Call Forwarding.(See page 440, page 442, and page 444)

※4: If you have signed up for “Call waiting”, “Voice mail”, or “Call forwarding”, you can answer an incoming call after finishing a call or communication. (See page 448)

※5: The call is recorded as a missed call in Received Calls.

※6: “ (pink)”, “ ” or “ ” and others appears to notify of incoming mail.

※7: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “PushTalk arrival act”.

※8: Only when you are the caller, you can make calls to add members.

※9: i-mode communication is cut off, and you can make a call.

※10: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “V-phone while packet”.

※11: The FOMA terminal works in accordance with the setting of “i-mode arrival act”.

※12: For i-mode mail and SMS, you can use a single line each at a time.

※13: This is the case for when you are upgrading or downloading an i-αppli program.

Multiaccess Combinations

Communication event

Communication status

Voice call Videophone call PushTalk i-mode i-mode mail SMS※1i-αppli

ppli

software

running

Packet communication

(Data communication)

64K data

communication

Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming Outgoing Incoming

Connecting

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Outgoing Outgoing

Sending

Receiving

Sending

Receiving

Voice call △※

△※

——

※

——

※

○○

△※

○△※

——○△※

——

※

Videophone call — —※

——

※

——————△※

——————

※

PushTalk — △※

——

※

—※

————△※

——————

i-mode ○○

△※

△※11 —○○○○——————

i-mode mail ○○

△※

△※11 ○———△

※

——————

SMS※1○○○○○○○—△

※

—△※

○○○

△※

○△※

i-αppli※13 —○—△※

—△※11 ——△※

—△※

——————

i-αppli software

running ○○

△※

△※11 —○△※

○△※

——————

Packet communication

(Data communication)

○○——

※

—————○○————

※

——

64K data

communication ——

※

——

※

——————○——————

※

505

Appendix/Troubleshooting

When the functions in the same group ( part in the table) conflict, the display for switching active functions appears. However, it might not

appear depending on the operation.

○: Can be activated simultaneously. —: Cannot be activated simultaneously.

※1: While a PDF file is displayed, the i-mode group is in use. However, 1Seg programs or “1Seg” in Data Box cannot be activated simultaneously.

※2: You cannot use it depending on the function.

※3: You cannot use Multitask to start up “Receive Ir data” and “microSD”.

※4: You cannot use Multitask to start up “UIM operation”. You cannot start up “Restrictions” while another function is in use, either.

※5: The functions not belonging to the Tool group are included.

※6: LifeKit functions you can start up during a call are limited to saved data of “Bar code reader”, still image shooting of “Camera”, “Bluetooth”, “Map/GPS”, and “Data Security

Service”.

※7: Stationery functions you can start up during a call are limited to “Schedule”, “ToDo”, “Text memo”, “Calculator”, and “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.

※8: During a call, you can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

※9: For some i-αppli programs, MUSIC or 1Seg cannot be simultaneously activated, and Play Background is not available.

Multitask Combinations

Started

function

Function

in operation

Voice

call

Video

phone

call

Push

Talk Mail

i-mode group Set./

Service

※2

Tool group Private

※2

i-mode

※1i-αppli i-concier Data

box※1

LifeKit

※3

Phone

book

※4

Stationery

MUSIC

※51Seg※5

Osaifu-

Keitai

※5

Voice call — — — ○○—○○—○※6○○

※7——○○

Videophone call ——————————

※8——————

PushTalk ——————————

※8——————

Mail ○○○—○○○○○○○○○○○○

i-mode※1○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○

i-αppli ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○

※9○※9○○

i-concier ○○○○— — — ○○○○○○○○○

Set./Service※2○○○○○○○—○○○○○○○○

Data box※1※10 ○○○○○○○○— — — — — — — ○

LifeKit※3○※11 ○※11 ○※11 ○※12 ○○○○— —※13 — — — — — ○

Phonebook※4○○○○○○○○— —※13 ——○— — ○

Stationery ○○○○○○○○— —※13 — — ○※15 — — ○

MUSIC※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○※17 ○○

※9○○○

※16※18 —※14 ○○

※15 ——○○

1Seg※5○※16 ○※16 ○※16 ○○○

※9○○— — — — — — — ○

Osaifu-Keitai※5○○○○○○○○— — — — ○— — ○

506

Appendix/Troubleshooting

※10: If you use Multitask to switch functions while you are using the Picture viewer (microSD card), i-motion player, Video player, Chara-den player, or Melody player, or while

playing back a demo from “MUSIC” in Data Box, display or playback ends. You cannot switch functions while you are editing an i-motion movie.

※11: Playback/Recording stops when a call comes in while you are playing back “Record message”, “Videophone record message”, “Voice memo”, or “Movie memo”, or while

recording “Voice memo”. When a call comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.

※12: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in while you are scanning data using “Bar code reader”, the data being scanned is discarded.

※13: You can receive a GPS location provision request. When each service setting is set to other than “拒否 (Reject)”, you can provide your location information.

※14: You can simultaneously start it with “Bar code reader”, “Camera”, “Map/GPS”, or “Voice recorder”. However, Play Background is not available for these functions other than

“Map/GPS”.

※15: You cannot simultaneously start MUSIC with “使いかたナビ (Guide)”.

※16: Play Background is not available.

※17: If you set “Receiving display” to “Alarm preferred” and a mail message comes in, the playback is suspended.

※18: You cannot simultaneously start “MUSIC Player”, “MUSIC”, “Music&Video Channel”, and “PC Movie”.

507

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Services Available for the FOMA Terminal

Available services Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the desired

area + 177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service (Charges apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls (Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee) (No prefix) 106

Information

pWhen using the collect call (106), the recipient is charged a call fee and handling fee

¥90 (¥94.5 with tax) for each call. (As of October 2008)

pWhen using the directory assistance service (104), you are charged a guidance fee

¥100 (¥105 with tax) plus a call fee. For whom having weak eyesight or handicapped

arms, the guidance is available charge free. For more details, dial 116 (NTT inquiry

counter) from landline phones. (As of October 2008)

pThis FOMA terminal supports “Emergency Location Report”.

When you make an emergency call such as at 110/118/119, information about the

place where you are dialing from (location information) is automatically notified to

emergency-response agencies such as police stations. It might happen that your

correct location is not detected by emergency-response agencies depending on the

location you dialed or radio wave conditions.

When your location information is notified, the name of emergency-response agency

is displayed on the Stand-by display.

When you do not notify your phone number by call such as by adding “184”, your

location information and phone number are not notified. However, when an

emergency-response agency has judged that the location information and phone

number should be detected because of emergency priority such as protection of

human life, they might be notified regardless of your setting.

The region and timing “Emergency Location Report” is introduced vary depending on

the preparation of respective emergency-response agencies.

pWhen you make a call at 110/119/118 from the FOMA terminal, tell an operator that

you are calling from a mobile phone and then precisely notify your phone number and

actual location. Further, remain still while talking to prevent your call from being

disconnected. Do not turn off the power immediately after the call, but instead make

sure that your phone can receive calls for at least 10 minutes.

pYou might not be connected to regional police/fire station depending on the area from

where you call. If this happens, use public phones nearby or landline phones.

pIf you use “Call Forwarding Service” for the landline phone and specify a mobile

phone as the forwarding destination, callers may hear ringback tone even when the

mobile phone is busy, out of the service area, or the power is turned off depending on

the settings of the landline phone/mobile phone.

pNote that the FOMA terminal is not available to 116 (NTT inquiry counter), Dial Q2,

Message Dial, and credit call services. (You can use auto credit call to the FOMA

terminal from landline phones or public phones.)

Information

508

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Combining various options with the FOMA terminal, you can realize more

versatile use from personal purpose to business purposes. Some

products may not be dealt in depending on the area. For details, consult

a handling counter such as a docomo shop. For details on options, refer

to the user’s manuals of respective options and related devices.

・Battery Pack P19

・Back Cover P29

・FOMA AC Adapter 01/02※1

・FOMA AC Adapter 01 for Global use※1

・FOMA DC Adapter 01/02

・FOMA Portable Charging Adapter 01

・FOMA Dry Battery Adapter 01

・Desktop Holder P28

・FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02※2

・FOMA USB Cable※2

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna※3

・FOMA Indoor Booster Antenna (Stand Type)※3

・Carry Case L 01

・In-Car Holder 01

・Flat-plug AV Output Cable P01

・Earphone/Microphone with Switch P001/P002※4

・Stereo Earphone Set P001※4

・Earphone Plug Adapter P001

・Flat-plug Earphone/Microphone with Switch P01/P02

・Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01

・Flat-plug Connector/Stereo Mini-jack Conversion Adapter P01

・Bluetooth Headset F01※5

・AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01

・Wireless Earphone Set P01/02

・Bone conduction microphone/receiver

・In-Car Hands-Free Kit 01※6

・FOMA In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01

※1 See page 42 and page 43 for charging batteries using AC adapter.

※2 If you use a USB hub, the devices may not work correctly.

※3 Use it in Japan only.

Introduction of Options and Related

Devices

※4 Earphone Plug Adapter P001 is required.

※5 AC Adapter for Bluetooth Headset F01 is required.

※6 To use/charge the FOMA terminal via cable connection (USB connection), FOMA

In-Car Hands-Free Cable 01 is required.

To play back movies (MP4 format file) using your personal computer, you

need to have QuickTimePlayer (free) ver. 6.4 or higher (or ver. 6.3 + 3GPP)

of Apple Computer Inc.

You can download QuickTime from the following web page (in Japanese

only):

http://www.apple.com/jp/quicktime/download/

On the FOMA terminal, you may be able to play back some movies in ASF

format, which are saved from another AV equipment to the microSD card.

Also, you may be able to play back some movies recorded with the

FOMA terminal on another AV equipment. For information about links

with compatible AV equipment, refer to the following (in Japanese only):

http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

Introduction of Movie Playing Software

Information

pFor download, a personal computer connected to the Internet is required. You are

charged a communication fee to download.

pFor details such as operating environments, how to download, and how to operate,

refer to the web page above.

Links with AV Equipment

Inquiry Center for Links with Compatible AV Equipment

■Panasonic Mobile Communications Customer Service Center

From landline phones: 0120-15-8729

From mobile phones or PHSs: 045-938-4023

Business hours: 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.

(Excluding Saturdays, Sundays, national holidays, and specified holidays)

pMake sure that you dial the correct number.

509

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pFirst of all, check to see if you need to update the software program and then

update it if required. See page 521 for how to update software programs.

Troubleshooting

Problem Check point

Reference

The FOMA terminal

does not turn on.

(Cannot use)

pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA

terminal correctly.

pMake sure the battery is fully charged.

pIf the mova is usable in Dual Network Service, the

FOMA service is not available. Is the FOMA

terminal usable? For details, refer to “Mobile

Phone User’s Guide [Network Services]”.

446

Cannot dial by

pressing numeric

keys.

pMake sure Keypad Dial Lock is deactivated.

pMake sure Restrict Dialing is deactivated.

pMake sure Lock All is deactivated.

pMake sure Self Mode is deactivated.

135

138

128

130

Dialing fails and

cannot get through to;

a busy tone sounds.

pEnter the phone number after you listen for the dial

tone.

—

Dialing fails and

cannot get through to;

the guidance requires

to check the dialing

procedure.

pMake sure the phone number contains a city code. 50

“ ” appears and

cannot make calls.

pYou may be out of the service area or weak radio

waves are being received.

pThis may be because “Select networks” is set to

“GSM/GPRS”.

465

Pressing keys are

null.

pThis may be because Lock All is activated.

pThis may be because Key Lock is activated.

pThis may be because “Side keys guard” is set to

“ON”.

128

135

Alert beeps. pThe battery runs short. You need to charge. 42

Cannot charge.

(The Call/Charging

indicator of the

FOMA terminal does

not light, or it

flickers.)

pMake sure the battery is attached to the FOMA

terminal correctly.

pMake sure the power plug of the adapter is

securely inserted into outlet.

pMake sure the adapter and the FOMA terminal are

firmly connected. For AC adapter (option), make

sure its connector is firmly connected to the FOMA

terminal or a desktop holder (option).

The display grows

dark, showing

nothing.

pMake sure Power Saver Mode is deactivated. 116

Different ring tones

sound for incoming

mail.

pThis may be the mail from a party whose mail ring

tone is set by the setting items in the Phonebook.

pThis may be the mail from a party stored in a group

set with a mail ring tone by Group Setting.

When a call or mail

message comes in,

the Call/Charging

indicator lights/

flickers differently.

pThis may be the call or mail message from a party

for whom you have set “Illumination/Mail

illumination” by setting items in the Phonebook.

pThis may be the call or mail message from a party

stored in a group set with “Illumination/Mail

illumination” by Group Setting.

Images or melodies

selected in the

functions are not

played back; they are

played back at the

default setting.

pMake sure the UIM that was inserted when you

obtained images or melodies is inserted.

Cannot watch a 1Seg

program.

pYou may be out of the terrestrial digital TV

broadcasting service area or weak airwaves are

being received.

pMake sure Channel Setting is set.

252

254

Cannot perform data

transfer

pMake sure that you do not use a USB hub. If you

use a USB hub, the devices may not work

correctly.

—

Problem Check point

Reference

510

Appendix/Troubleshooting

p“(numerals)” in error messages are the code sent

from the i-mode Center for discriminating the error.

If Error Messages Appear

as Mentioned Below

“Accept serial port devices” failed

…An error occurred during the standby for registering the

serial port, so the serial port was not placed on standby

for registration.

ACMmax regulation

Cannot dial

…Total Calls has exceeded the maximum cost. Execute

“Reset total cost”. (See page 416)

Activating

…Receive Option Setting is set to “OFF”. Switch the

setting to “ON” and try again. (See page 160)

Activating keypad dial lock

…Keypad Dial Lock is activated. Release Keypad Dial

Lock and try again. (See page 135)

Activating mail security

Cannot download

…Mail Security is activated, so you cannot download.

Deactivate Mail Security and try again.

(See page 137, page 170)

Activating personal data lock

…Personal Data Lock is set. Release Personal Data

Lock and try again. (See page 130)

Activating personal data lock

Send pre-installed substitute image

…During Personal Data Lock, a “Pre-installed” substitute

image is sent.

Activating record display OFF

…Record Display Set is set to “OFF”. Switch the setting

to “ON” and try again. (See page 136)

Activating reject unknown

…“Reject unknown” is set to “Reject”. Set to “Accept” and

try again. (See page 140)

Activating ring time

…“Ring time” is set to “ON”. Set to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 139)

Address is not valid (451)

…You could not send the mail correctly. Check the

address and try again. (See page 146, page 190)

All protected

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 202, page 171, page 183)

Another function is active

Cannot connect

Another function is active

Cannot operate

Another function is active

Cannot store

Another function is active

Cannot switch

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 402)

Authentication failed

…An authentication error occurred.

Authentication type is not supported (401)

…Incompatible authentication type, so cannot be

connected.

Auto time adjust info is not received

Unable to play

…You have not received the auto time adjust information,

so could not play back the file with restrictions on the

playable period or playable deadline.

Cannot compose because too large data

…The size of the shot image is too large to attach to

i-mode mail.

Cannot dial

…An error occurred, so you could not dial.

Cannot display

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 294)

Cannot edit message

…The attached file reaches 10,000 bytes, so you cannot

enter the text.

Cannot execute because of other tasks

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 402)

Cannot record

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

Cannot resend

Send after edit

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send. Edit the text

again and send. (See page 171)

Cannot save

…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could

not be saved.

Cannot save some attached files

…Full of images, so part of the images could not be

stored into the Phonebook.

Cannot start any more functions

…The maximum number of functions is already running

using Multitask. End the functions not in use and try

again. (See page 402)

Cannot start because use mail folder

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 294)

Cannot use network transmission

…“Network set” is set to “OFF”. Set it to “ON” and try

again. (See page 295)

Certificate is rejected

Certificate is rejected (tampered)

…You received an altered SSL/TLS certificate, so could

not connect.

Error Message (A - C)

511

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Check new message is set all OFF

…No check marks are placed to the items for “Set check

new message”. Put a check mark for the items to be

checked and try again. (See page 179)

Check SMS center selection

…The SMS Center is not correctly specified by SMS

Center Selection. Specify the SMS Center and try

again. (See page 192)

Conditional access

Cannot watch

…Receiving by limited method, so you cannot watch.

Connection failed

…Failed to connect to the Bluetooth device while

switching the voice to it during the call.

…Radio waves are weak, so you cannot connect. Move

to a place where radio waves are strong enough and

try again.

…The destination address set by Host Selection is

wrong, so you cannot connect to it. Check the setting

and try again. (See page 209)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed (403)

…You cannot connect to a site or Internet web page.

Connection failed (503)

Connection failed (562)

…You could not connect because of network trouble.

Wait a while and try again.

Connection failed

Check the other side device

…The Bluetooth device is not compatible with the service

supported by the FOMA terminal, so could not be

registered.

…The service you tried to connect to is invalid for the

other end’s Bluetooth device, so you could not connect

to it.

Connection interrupted

…Disconnected from the personal computer during data

communication.

Connection is not valid

…The destination address set by Host Selection is not

compatible, so you cannot operate. Check the setting

and try again. (See page 209)

…The user certificate is being operated, so you cannot

connect. Complete operating the user certificate and

try again.

Could not add

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Could not be found

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

Could not find your blinks

…Failed to detect your blinks. Change the direction of

your face or the place, and then try again.

(See page 135)

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to delete

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to download

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to move

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to start

Current UIM is not registered as IC owner

Unable to upgrade

…You cannot move, start up, delete, download or

upgrade because a UIM different from the one set for

the IC card is inserted. Insert the UIM set for the IC

card, and try again. (See page 39)

Data in IC card is full

Unable to download

Delete service?

…This is displayed when the memory space within the IC

card is short for downloading the i-αppli program that

supports Osaifu-Keitai.

Select “YES” to display the service names of

Osaifu-Keitai already registered and the space within

the IC card (in bytes). Check the area size for shortage,

select the service to delete, start up the i-αppli program,

and then delete it.

Data is full

…The maximum number of Phonebook entries has been

stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive

a new one. Delete unnecessary Phonebook entries

and try again. (See page 101)

…The maximum number of schedule events has been

stored in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive

a new one. Delete unnecessary schedule events and

try again. (See page 409, page 410)

…The maximum number of ToDo items has been stored

in the FOMA terminal, so you could not receive a new

one. Delete unnecessary ToDo items and try again.

(See page 412)

Data is too long

A part is deleted

…Characters for one (or plural) of address, subject, and

text of the mail exceeded the maximum, so part of

them was deleted.

Data not applicable

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

Data size is too big to save

…The file exceeded the maximum storable size by

setting “File restriction”, so could not be set.

Details cannot be saved

…The ToruCa detailed data was not supported, so was

not saved.

Error Message (C - D)

512

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Device list is full

No device to overwrite

…The maximum number of Bluetooth devices is stored,

so you cannot store any more. Delete unnecessary

Bluetooth devices. (See page 425)

Downloaded data exists

Cannot connect to network

…Save the PC movie on the PC movie acquisition

completion display, and then close the data acqusition

completion display. (See page 229)

Downloading interrupted

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Editing now

Cannot delete

…Being used for another function, so you cannot delete.

End the function and try again.

(See page 402)

Enter zoom size

…No magnification is entered. Enter the magnification

and try again. (See page 392)

Enter “+” in right position

…“+” is wrongly positioned. Enter it to the beginning of

the phone number. (See page 60)

Error

…An error occurred, so you could not operate.

Error in image

Does not work correctly

…The Flash movie had an error, so you could not play it

back normally.

Failed in transmission

…An error occurred, so you could not perform iC

transmission.

Failed to authenticate

…An authentication error occurred.

Failed to get license file

…Failed to obtain the license information about the PC

movie, so cannot be played back.

Failed to read

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Failed to read

Quitting

…An error occurred when playing back the movie.

…The file cannot be read because you tried to play back

the file in the “Movable contents” folder with a UIM that

was not inserted when that file was saved. Insert the

UIM that was inserted when the file was saved, and try

again. (See page 39)

…The microSD card was removed while reading the

information from it. Insert the microSD card and try

again. (See page 370)

Failed to receive channel info

…Failed to obtain the i-Channel information because part

or all of it could not be obtained.

Failed to save

…An error occurred, so you could not copy the ToruCa

file.

…An error occurred, so you could not save.

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Failed to send Ir data

…An error occurred, so you could not send the data

using infrared rays.

Failed to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Format error

Insert microSD formatted

…The format of the microSD card is incompatible with

P-01A. Use P-01A to format it. (See page 378)

iαppli stand-by display terminated due to security

error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 295)

iαppli To function is not set

“iαppli To” function is not set

…A check mark is not put for “Set iαppli To”, so you

cannot start up the i-αppli program. Put a check mark

and try again. (See page 295)

IC card function inactive

Unable to download

…IC card has been locked, so you could not download or

upgrade. Release IC Card Lock and try again.

(See page 318)

Image display is OFF

Cannot receive

…“Set image display” is set to “OFF”, so you cannot

obtain the image. Set to “ON” and try again.

(See page 208)

Image in message will be deleted

…The output-prohibited image from the FOMA terminal is

attached to the mail text, so deleted.

i-mode Center is busy

Please try again later (555)

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

i-mode mail service is busy

Please try again later (553)

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Incomplete data

Unable to start

…The i-αppli program you tried to start up does not start

because partial data only is saved. Download the

whole i-αppli program and try again.

(See page 292)

Input error (205)

…The entered contents are wrong. Check the contents

and try again.

Input too long

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 196)

Error Message (D - I)

513

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Invalid

Cannot resend

…The address is invalid or the text exceeds the size that

can be entered, so you cannot re-send.

Invalid code

…The entered USSD is incorrect. Enter the correct one.

(See page 456)

Invalid data

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

…You cannot play back the following PC movies:

・The data files other than Windows Media files or the

files with invalid contents

・The data file whose image size is larger than 320

dots x 240 dots, image bit rate is higher than 2 Mbps,

or voice bit rate is higher than 385 kbps

・If the server returns an unidentified response when

you try to download a savable data file.

・When the streaming server is not supported by the

FOMA terminal (The streaming servers supported by

the FOMA terminal are Windows Media Services 4.1

and Windows Media Services 9 only.)

Invalid data (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Invalid data

Data size is not supported (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Invalid func in this UIM

…The function cannot be operated from the inserted

UIM.

Invalid ID

…The entered ID is wrong. Enter the correct ID.

(See page 339)

Invalid UIM auto start not display

Invalid UIM

iαppli is unable to run

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the i-αppli program was downloaded

and try again. (See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Incorrect display

…The screen memo cannot be correctly displayed

because of the UIM security function. Insert the UIM

that had been inserted when the screen memo was

saved, and try again. (See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Requested service not available

Invalid UIM requested service not available

…You cannot operate because of the UIM security

function. Insert the UIM which had been inserted when

the data or file was obtained and try again.

(See page 39)

Invalid UIM

Requested software failed to start

Invalid UIM requested software failed to start

…You cannot start up the i-αppli program because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM which had been

inserted when the data or file was obtained and try

again. (See page 39)

Invalid URL

…The URL is invalid, so you cannot connect to the site or

the Internet web page.

Linked page is not downloaded

…The PDF data file has a link but the linked end has not

been downloaded, so the linked page could not be

displayed.

Location provision failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

以下の宛先にはメール送信できませんでした (561)

Mails could not be sent to following address. (561)

●●@△△△.ne.jp※

…You could not send the mail message correctly to the

displayed address.

※

The mail address differs depending on the destination.

Max cost icon is not displayed

…The Max Cost icon is not displayed, so cannot be

deleted.

Memory full

…There is no usable memory space, so you cannot

operate.

Memory function active

Cannot operate

…The microSD card is in use, so you cannot set.

Memory No.：XXX

Cannot overwrite

…You cannot store in the same memory number with the

Phonebook entry stored as secret data. Store in a

different memory number.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

(See page 93)

Error Message (I - M)

514

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Memory shortage

Cancel update

Memory shortage

End document viewer

Memory shortage

Failed to create font effect

Memory shortage

Return to Access Setting

Memory shortage

Return to Full Browser menu

Memory shortage

Return to i-mode menu

Memory shortage

Return to ToruCa list

…The memory space is not enough, so processing is

suspended.

microSD is locked

…You cannot write on the microSD card because it is

write-protected. Use external devices to unlock the

protection and try again.

Network is not found

…You cannot connect to the specified network. However,

the connection is completed if the antenna icon

appears afterward.

No channel found

…No broadcasting station was found that can receive

programs currently in the area.

No channel info

…The channel information cannot be downloaded, so

recommended channel mail cannot be composed.

No data in phonebook

Cannot operate

…The phone number and mail address of the other party

are not stored in the Phonebook. Store them and try

again. (See page 91)

No picture

…No frames to fit the size are found.

No response

…No Bluetooth devices were found around the FOMA

terminal.

…Sending end was not found while using iC

communication.

No response (408)

…No response from the site or Internet web page, so you

could not connect to it. Try again.

No set melody

…This is displayed when you try to play back melodies

with the playlist unprogrammed. Program the melodies

and then play them back. (See page 382)

Not notify phone No.

Cannot operate

…You could not start up because the other party’s phone

number was not notified.

Not registered

…An error occurred, so you could not store.

Not secret data

Cannot call

…You have switched to Secret Data Only, so you cannot

access. Release Secret Data Only and try again.

(See page 136)

Notification failed

…You failed to notify the current location because you

moved out of the service area during the notification or

by other reasons. Move to a place where the radio

waves are strong enough and try again.

Operation failed

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Operation may not be performed

…The microSD card is removed while it is in progress or

an error occurred, so it might be possible that no

operation is done. Check the “Movie” folder for the

data. (See page 353)

Other function active

Cannot operate

…The function is not available simultaneously in

Multitask. End the functions not in use and try again.

(See page 402)

Out of service

Out of service area

…Radio waves are not received. Move to a place where

the radio waves are strong enough and try again.

Page is not found (404)

…The site or Internet web page does not exist, or URL is

wrong. Check the URL and try again.

(See page 199)

PIN1 code blocked

Enter PUK

PIN1 code not recognized

…Three times erroneous entry of the PIN1 code blocks

the code. Enter the PUK (PIN unblock code).

(See page 128)

Please set “To type” receiver

…No address is in the “To” field. Fill in the “To” field and

try again. (See page 146, page 148)

Please wait

…The audio line/packet communication facility has

trouble or the audio line network/packet communication

network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.

You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls

might not be connected by the situation.

…The packet communication facility has trouble or the

packet communication network is very congested. Wait

a while and try again.

Error Message (M - P)

515

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Please wait for a while

…The audio line/packet communication facility has

trouble or the audio line network/packet communication

network is very congested. Wait a while and try again.

You can make calls at 110/119/118. However, calls

might not be connected by the situation.

Please wait for a while (packet)

…The packet communication facility has trouble or the

packet communication network is very congested. Wait

a while and try again.

Positioning failed

…An error occurred because the FOMA terminal is out of

the service area or by other reasons, so it failed to

measure the current location or to provide the location

information. Move to a place where radio waves are

strong enough and try again.

Preparing

Cannot record

…You cannot record just after recording. Wait a while

and try again.

Protected all

Cannot delete

…All data items are protected, so cannot be deleted.

Release the protection and try again.

(See page 202, page 171, page 183)

Protected

Cannot delete

Protected mail

Cannot delete

Protected memo

Cannot delete

Protected message

Cannot delete

…Protected data, so could not be deleted. Release

protection and try again. (See page 183)

PUK blocked

PUK code blocked

PUK code not recognized

…Ten times erroneous entry of the PUK (PIN unblock

code) blocks the code. Contact the handling counter of

a docomo shop.

Read error

…An error occurred while reading information from the

microSD card.

Received invalid data

…Received data has an error, so it cannot be displayed

or saved. The received data is discarded.

Receiver cannot save data

…The receiving end blocks data.

Receiving failed

…The destination address set by Host Selection is

wrong, so you cannot select and receive. Check the

setting and try again. (See page 209)

Registration is in progress (554)

…You cannot operate because the user is being

registered. Wait a while and try again.

Replace with a new one or check the disk

…The microSD card formatting is abnormal. Execute

Check microSD. (See page 378)

Replay period has not yet started

…Playable date has not come yet, so you cannot play

back the file.

Retention period has expired (492)

…You could not download attached files held at the

i-mode Center because the save period had been over.

Return to normal style

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 24)

Rewrite failed

…Failed to update the software program. Contact a

handling counter such as a docomo shop.

Root certificate has expired

Terminate SSL session

…Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the

connection is suspended.

Root certificate is not valid

…The SSL certificate of that server is set to “Invalid” for

“Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again. (See

page 209)

…The SSL/TLS certificate of that server is set to “Invalid”

for “Certificate” setting. Set to “Valid” and try again.

(See page 209)

Run software and delete data on IC card

Then delete software

…Data is left inside the IC card, so you cannot delete the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program. Start up the

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli program, delete the

stored data, and try again.

Secret data

…You have not switched to Secret Mode or Secret Data

Only, so cannot access.

Switch to Secret Mode or Secret Data Only and try

again. (See page 136)

Server is busy

…The line facility has trouble or the line is very busy. Wait

a while and try again.

…The line is very busy. Wait a while and try again.

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to download

Delete a service?

Service is used by a previous software

Unable to upgrade

Delete a service?

…When the software program with the service that uses

the same IC card has already been downloaded, you

cannot download or upgrade a new service unless you

delete the existing service that has already been

stored. Select “YES” to display the service to be

deleted, and then delete that service already stored.

Error Message (P - S)

516

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Service unavailable

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete

Setting auto assist

Cannot delete all

…The country/area code or international call access code

set by Auto Assist Setting cannot be deleted. Change/

Cancel the setting and try again.

(See page 61)

Setting IC card lock

…IC Card Lock is set. Release IC Card Lock and try

again. (See page 318)

Setting receive option

Cannot start

…Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”, so you cannot

start up. Switch to “OFF” and try again.

(See page 160)

Size of data is not supported

…Data size exceeded the maximum, so you could not

download normally.

Size of page is not supported

Size of this page is not supported

…The size of site or Internet web page is large, so

obtaining is suspended, and only obtained portion is

displayed.

Software for this folder deleted

Refer to Open folder

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program has

been deleted.

Software for this folder exists

Cannot delete

…The corresponding mail-linked i-αppli program is

contained, so you cannot delete.

Software terminated due to security error

…i-αppli DX has forcibly been ended. (See page 295)

Software update active

Cannot operate

…You could not start up during updating the software

program. After the software update is completed, try

again.

Software update is aborted

Please retry

…The FOMA terminal was turned off during updating the

software program. Try updating it again.

(See page 521)

Software upgraded

…The target software program is not updated, so you

cannot execute.

Some addresses are not valid

…Some addresses are incorrect. Enter the addresses

correctly and send. (See page 146, page 190)

Some data could not be copied

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied, so you could not copy some data.

Some data could not be moved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

moved, so you could not move some data.

Some data could not be saved

…The selected files contained ones that could not be

copied to the FOMA terminal or microSD card, so you

could not save some data.

Sort is full

Cannot add

…The maximum number of settings is already set.

Release unnecessary settings and try again.

(See page 177)

Specified page number is not valid

…The entered page number is invalid. Enter the correct

page number and try again.

(See page 391)

Specify max cost within ¥10-100,000

…Set the limit of Notice Call Cost to ¥10 through

¥100,000. (See page 417)

SSL session cannot be established

…Either an altered SSL certificate was received or an

SSL error occurred, so you could not connect.

SSL session failed

…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you

cannot connect.

SSL/TLS session cannot be established

…Either an altered SSL/TLS certificate was received or

an SSL/TLS error occurred, so you could not connect.

SSL/TLS session failed

…An authentication error occurred at the server, so you

cannot connect.

Switch to normal style to answer

…You cannot operate in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to

Normal Style and try. (See page 24)

Syntax error

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

System is restarted

…An error occurred, so the system is restarted and then

the Stand-by display returns.

This certificate has expired

Terminate SSL session

…Expiration date of SSL certificate has passed, so the

connection is suspended.

This certificate is not valid for this URL

Terminate SSL session

…The contents of this SSL certificate do not match, so

the connection is suspended.

This data is not valid

…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.

…You are trying to paste characters that cannot be used.

Check the characters to be pasted and try again. (See

page 436)

This file is not attachable

Cannot resend

…The output-prohibited file from the FOMA terminal has

been attached to the mail, so you could not re-send it.

Error Message (S - T)

517

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This file is not valid

…The file is incompatible, so cannot be displayed.

This image is not valid

…The image could not be displayed normally, so cannot

be saved. Even if normally displayed, it may not be

saved depending on the file format.

This mail is broken

Cannot resend

…The size of the mail text is too large or the attachment

information about the text is damaged, so you could not

re-send.

This picture is not valid

…The image data is invalid, so cannot be displayed.

This site is not certified

Terminate SSL session

…This SSL certificate was not supported, so the

connection was suspended.

This software contains an error

Unable to download

…The software program contains invalid data, so cannot

be downloaded or upgraded.

This software is currently unavailable for use

…You cannot start up the software program because the

effective period is expired or the server has put it in

unavailable state.

This software is not supported by this phone

…The software program to be downloaded or upgraded

does not support the FOMA terminal.

This software is presently out of use

…You cannot start up the software program because the

effective period is expired or the server has put it in

unavailable state.

This UIM cannot be recognized

…An error occurred on the UIM or the PUK (PIN unblock

code) is blocked. Contact the handling counter of a

docomo shop.

…Check to see if the correct UIM is inserted.

(See page 39)

This UIM cannot be recognized

Phone is restarted

…This UIM cannot be recognized correctly.

The system is restarted and then the Stand-by display

returns.

Time out

…Disconnected from the other end’s Bluetooth device

during entering a Bluetooth passkey.

…No response from the Bluetooth device, so you could

not store or connect it.

…The maximum stand-by time for “Accept dialup

devices” had elapsed, so “Accept dialup devices” was

deactivated.

Too much data was entered

…Too many entered characters to send. Decrease the

number of characters and send again.

(See page 196)

Transmission failed

Transmission failed (552)

Transmission failed (XXX)

…You could not send the mail correctly. A three-digit

numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Unable to acquire remaining data

Delete data

Unable to acquire remaining data,

Data deleted.

…An error occurred when downloading the remaining

data of the file that was partially saved, so the data was

deleted.

Unable to change title

…You could not edit the title because entering no

characters or entering only space is disabled while

editing the title. Enter characters and try again.

(See page 347)

Unable to combine/bind

…You could not concatenate the scanned data. The

scanned data up to now is discarded.

Unable to compose

Unable to compose message

…You could not compose i-mode mail because the

FOMA terminal was reading data. Wait a while and try

again.

Unable to dial

Switch to normal style to dial

…Cannot dial in Horizontal Open Style. Switch to Normal

Style and try again. (See page 24)

Unable to download

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

…The data is invalid, so cannot be downloaded.

…The maximum number of programs has already been

saved or there is not enough memory, so you could not

download the program.

Unable to download

Cancel update

…Another function was running or an error occurred, so

you could not download.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size

…You tried to download the PDF data file exceeding the

maximum size, so could not download it.

Unable to download

Data exceeds maximum size (452)

…You tried to receive data exceeding the maximum size,

so could not receive it.

Unable to edit file name

…You cannot change the file name to the one starting

with a period or containing prohibited characters except

half-pitch alphanumeric characters. Enter the correct

file name and try again. (See page 348)

Unable to input because of exceeding maximum size

…You could not enter the Deco-mail pictogram because

it exceeded the maximum size of the images to be

inserted.

Error Message (T - U)

518

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Unable to move

…The i-αppli program is the one that cannot be moved to

the FOMA terminal, so could not be moved from the

microSD card to the FOMA terminal.

Unable to perform AV output

…An error occurred, so the AV output is suspended.

Unable to play because of wrong UIM or license info

…This music file cannot be played back because of the

UIM security function. Insert the UIM you used for

obtaining the Chaku-uta Full® music file, and try again.

If the UIM is the one inserted for obtaining the

Chaku-uta Full® music file, the license information of

the music file in the FOMA terminal is invalid, so cannot

be played back. Perform “Initialize” and try again. (See

page 142)

Unable to retrieve the requested URL (504)

…No response from the server, so you cannot connect.

Unable to save

…The data could not be obtained from a site, so could

not be saved.

Unable to search any channels

…No broadcasting station was found that can receive

programs currently in the area.

Unable to select

…When selecting the end point for “Trim imotion”, you

tried to select the point before the start point or the

same point as the start point. So, the end point could

not be selected. Reselect the start point again, then

proceed. (See page 359)

Unable to send all Ir data

…All the selected files were output-prohibited from the

FOMA terminal, so could not be sent.

Unable to set

…An error occurred, so you could not set.

Unable to set auto-update

…An error occurred, so you could not set “Set

auto-update”.

Unable to set for storage

…There are no unoccupied memory numbers within the

folder, so you cannot set.

Unable to support this card

…The inserted memory card cannot be used on P-01A.

Use P-01A compatible microSD card. (See page 370)

Unable to switch audio data

…There is only one audio, so you cannot switch.

Unable to upgrade

…An error occurred, so you could not upgrade.

Unable to use B address history

Unable to use PushTalk from call logs of Number B

Unable to use PushTalk in B mode

…You cannot make a PushTalk call from Number B/

Address B while using 2in1. Switch to A Mode or Dual

Mode, or make a PushTalk call from Number A/

Address A. (See page 450)

Unable to use this function

…The function cannot be operated with the inserted UIM.

Unsupported contents exist

…The data that the FOMA terminal does not support is

contained.

Update pattern definitions

…An error occurred, so you cannot use Scanning

Function. Update the pattern data and try again.

(See page 527)

Updating program

…The program of Music&Video Channel is updating, so

you cannot download or play it back. Wait a while and

try again.

URL address is not valid

URL address is not valid (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Usage is currently restricted

Try again later

…When a Pake-Houdai, Pake-Houdai Full or

Pake-Houdai Double user communicates a large

amount of data within a certain duration, the connection

might be restricted for a certain duration. Wait a while

and try again.

Using mail folder

Cannot delete

Using mail folder

Cannot download

Using mail folder

Cannot start

…Corresponding software program is running. End the

software program and try again. (See page 294)

Wait for a while to retry

…Currently, it is placed inactive. Wait a while and try

again.

Wrong PIN1 code

…The entered PIN1 code is wrong. Enter the correct one.

(See page 126)

Your HTTP version is not supported (XXX)

…Received data has an error, so cannot be displayed or

saved. The received data is discarded.

A three-digit numeral is displayed for (XXX).

Error Message (U - Y)

519

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pMake sure that you have received a warranty card provided at purchase. After

checking the contents of the warranty card as well as “Shop name and date of

purchase”, keep the warranty card in a safe place. If you notice that necessary items of

the warranty card are not filled in, immediately contact the shop where you purchased

the FOMA terminal. The term of the warranty is one year from the date of purchase.

pAll or part of this product including the accessories may be modified for improvement

without notice.

pData stored in the Phonebook and others might be changed or lost owing to a

malfunction, repairs, or other mishandling of your FOMA terminal. You are advised to

take a note of Phonebook entries and other files in preparation for such incidents. After

we repair your FOMA terminal, we cannot move, with some exceptions, the information

downloaded by using i-mode or i-αppli to your repaired FOMA terminal because of the

※The FOMA terminal enables you to save Phonebook entries, i-motion movies, or

data files used for i-αppli to the microSD card.

※You can use Data Security Service (pay service that is available on a subscription

basis) to save the data files such as Phonebook entries from the FOMA terminal to

the Data Storage Center.

※If you have a personal computer, you can transfer and save the data files from the

Phonebook to your personal computer by using the DOCOMO keitai datalink (see

page 473) via the FOMA USB Cable with Charge Function 01/02 (option) or FOMA

USB Cable (option).

Warranty and After-sales Services

Warranty ◎When there is a problem with the FOMA terminal

Before asking repairs, check “Troubleshooting” in this manual.

If the problem remains unsolved, contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page

of this manual for malfunction and consult them.

◎When repairs are necessitated as a result of consultation:

Bring your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by DOCOMO. Note that your

FOMA terminal is accepted for repair during the repair counter’s business hours. Also,

make sure that you will bring the warranty card with you to the counter.

■In warranty period

・Your FOMA terminal is repaired charge free in accordance with the terms of

warranty.

・Make sure that you bring the warranty card to the counter for the repair. If you do not

show the warranty card, or when troubles or malfunctions are regarded to be

caused by your mishandling, the repair cost is charged even within the warranty

period.

・The cost for troubles caused by the use of devices and consumables other than

those specified by DOCOMO is charged even within the warranty period.

・For the damages of liquid crystal display, connector, etc. after purchase, the repair

cost is charged.

■Repairs may not be performed in the following cases:

・When exposure to water is found at our repair counter (Example: When the

waterproof sticker reacts)

・When, as a result of inspection at our repair center, corrosion is found due to

exposure to water, dew condensation, or sweat, or when damage or deformation is

found in the circuit board (Repairs might not be carried out when damage to the

connector terminal, Earphone-Microphone/AV output terminal, or LCD, or cracks in

the body are found.)

※Even if repair is feasible, it is not covered by the warranty, so that repair cost is

charged.

■After the warranty period

We will repair your FOMA terminal on request (charges will apply).

■Spare parts availability period

The minimum storage period of the performance spare parts (parts required for

maintaining performance) for the FOMA terminal is basically six years after the closure

of its production. Note, however, that your FOMA terminal might not be repaired

depending on the parts because of shortage of the spare parts. Even after the storage

period, some FOMA terminals can be repaired depending on the troubled portions.

Contact the “Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

After-sales Services

520

Appendix/Troubleshooting

◎Other points to note

pMake sure not to modify the FOMA terminal or its accessories.

・Catching fire, giving injury, or causing malfunctions may result.

・For the repair of devices that the modification is applied to, we accept it if you

agree to have the modification reset. Further, we might reject to repair depending

on the conditions of the modification.

The following might be regarded as modifications:

・To put stickers, etc. onto the liquid crystal display or keys

・To decorate the FOMA terminal using adhesives

・To replace the coverings etc. with those of other than DOCOMO genuine

・Repairs of troubles or malfunctions resulting from the modifications are charged

even within the warranty period.

Do not peel the nameplate off the FOMA terminal.

The nameplate is a certificate for ensuring the technological standard. If someone

intentionally peel off the nameplate or replace it, the contents described in the

nameplate cannot be checked, as we cannot verify the conformity of the product to the

technical standard. Note that we may refuse repair for some malfunctions in this case.

pThe information such as function settings and Total Calls Duration, etc. might be

reset depending on troubles or repairs, or the way you handle the FOMA terminal.

Set the settings again.

pThe following parts of the FOMA terminal uses the parts generating magnetic field:

Note that if you put a card such as cash card liable to be influenced by magnetic field

close to it, the card might be adversely affected.

Using parts: speaker, earpiece

pIf the FOMA terminal gets wet or becomes moist, immediately turn off the power and

remove the battery pack; then visit a repair counter. The FOMA terminal may not be

repaired depending on its condition.

◎Memory dial (Phonebook function) and downloaded information

・It is recommended to take a note of the information you have stored in the FOMA

terminal and keep it in a safe place. We are not responsible for any change in or loss

of information.

・When replacing or repairing your FOMA terminal, the data you created, obtained

from external devices, or downloaded may be changed or lost. We do not take any

responsibility for the loss or change incurred to the data. We may replace your

FOMA terminal with a new one instead of repairing, for our convenience sake. With

this FOMA terminal, we move the files including the images and ring melodies

downloaded to the FOMA terminal or the files you created to the new FOMA terminal

so far as your existing FOMA terminal is troubled or repaired. (We cannot move

some files. Also, some files might not be movable depending on the degree of

malfunction.)

※It may take a while to move files, or it might occur that moving files is not possible

depending on the memory size of the files stored in the FOMA terminal.

You can check on your FOMA terminal whether sending/receiving mail

messages, downloading images/melodies, and others are normally

working.

pTo connect to “ｉモード故障診断サイト

(i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site)” [in Japanese only]

i-mode site:

iMenu→お知らせ (News)→サービス・機能

(Services & Functions)→ｉモード (i-mode)

→ｉモード故障診断 (i-mode Fault Diagnosis)

pA packet communication fee for connecting to the i-mode

Fault Diagnosis Site is free. (When you access it from overseas, you are charged the

fee.)

pThe test items differ by model of FOMA terminals. Further the test items might be

changed.

pWhen you check operations of your FOMA terminal according to each test item, read

the cautions on the site thoroughly and then perform the test.

pWhen you connect to the i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site and test on sending mail

messages, the proper information about your FOMA terminal (model name, mail

address, etc.) is automatically sent to the server (i-mode Fault Diagnosis Server). We

never use the sent information for other purposes than for the i-mode fault diagnosis.

pWhen you think your FOMA terminal is in trouble as a result of your check, contact the

“Repairs” counter listed on the back page of this manual.

i-mode Fault Diagnosis Site

Top display Test Menu list

QR code for

accessing the site

521

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This function is to check whether you need to update software programs

in the FOMA terminal by connecting to the network, and if necessary, you

can download some parts of software programs using packet

communication, and can update the software programs.

※You are not charged a packet communication fee for updating software

programs.

If you need to update the software programs, the DOCOMO website and

“お知らせ (News)” in Japanese iMenu let you know about it.

“Auto-update”, “Update Now” and “Reserve Update” are available for

updating software programs.

【Auto-update】: Automatically downloads new software programs, and

updates at the time you specified beforehand.

【Update Now】: If you want to, immediately update.

【Reserve Update】: Reserve the date and time for updating software

programs, and they are automatically updated at the

reserved date and time.

pDo not remove the battery pack while updating software programs. You may fail to

update.

pYou can update software programs with the Phonebook entries, images shot by the

camera, or downloaded data retained in the FOMA terminal; however note that data

may not be protected depending on the conditions (such as malfunction, damage, or

drench) your FOMA terminal is placed in. You are advised to backup important data.

Note that some data such as downloaded ones might not be backed up.

Updating Software

■Before Using Software Update

pYou can update software programs even when you set “Host selection” to a user

designated destination.

pFully charge the battery before updating software programs.

pYou cannot update software programs in the following cases:

・When the FOMA terminal is off ・When date and time are not set

・During a call ・Out of the service area

・During PIN1 code lock ・During Omakase Lock

・During Self Mode ・While using other functions

・When the UIM is not inserted

・While connecting to external devices such as a personal computer

pIt may take time to update (download or rewrite) software programs.

pYou cannot make/receive calls, use communication functions, and use other functions

while updating software programs.

(You can receive voice calls, forward calls or operate Record Message during

download.)

pWhen updating, the FOMA terminal is connected to the server (DOCOMO site) using

SSL communication. You need to validate the SSL certificate.

(Setting at purchase: Valid See page 209 for how to set.)

pIt is recommended to update software programs when radio wave is strong enough

with the three antennas displayed and while you are not moving.

※If radio wave conditions get worse while downloading software programs, or

download is suspended, move to a place with good radio wave conditions and try

again to update software programs.

pIf you check Software Update with the software programs already updated, the

message “No update is needed Please continue to use as before” is displayed.

pWhen “Receive option setting” is set to “ON” and mail comes in during software

update, the display for notifying you of the arrival of mail may not be displayed after

software update is completed.

pWhen updating software programs, the proper information about your FOMA terminal

(model name or serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server

(DOCOMO-managed server for Software Update). We at DOCOMO never use the

sent information for other purposes than for updating software programs.

pIf you fail to update software programs, “Rewrite failed” is displayed and you cannot do

all the operations. In that case, you are kindly requested to come to a repair counter

specified by DOCOMO.

pYou cannot use Software Update overseas.

522

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You can download new software programs automatically, then the

updating is operated at the time you specified beforehand.

When the rewriting state is ready, the “Rewrite notification” icon appears.

Then you can confirm the rewrite time and select whether to change the

rewrite time or rewrite the program immediately.

pYou cannot change “Set auto-update” when the notification icon of software update is

displayed on the Stand-by display. In that case, select the notification icon, and clear

that icon without confirming whether the software update is required. You are then able

to change “Set auto-update”.

1Set the date/time of updating.

Update Software Programs Automatically

<Set Auto-update> 2Select the “Rewrite notification” icon on the Stand-by

display, and select “OK”, “Change time” or “Now

rewrite”.

When you select “OK”

Select the

Rewrite

notification

icon.

※The “Rewrite

notification” icon

notifies you that

rewriting starts at

the set time. (It is

cleared when you

check it.)

Rewrite notification icon

※After you select it, the Stand-by display returns, and then

rewriting starts at the set time.

523

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You can set the time and day of the week for rewriting.

When you select “Change time”

Rewrite notification icon

※“Rewrite completion icon” appears only when you select “Now rewrite”.

When you select “Now rewrite”

Rewrite completion icon

524

Appendix/Troubleshooting

If you select “Only notification” of “Set auto-update”, “Update

notification icon” notifies you when software update is necessary.

You can start Software Update by selecting “Update notification icon”, or

from the Menu display.

1Select “Update notification icon” on the Stand-by

display.

pIf you select “No”, the confirmation display appears asking whether to delete the

notification icon.

p“Update notification icon” appears in the following cases:

・When notification is provided by DOCOMO

・When “Update is needed” is displayed in step 3 on page 524

・When you fail to update software programs during updating in Reserve Update

・When you cancel the reservation for the software update

2Check whether the software programs need to be

updated.

pYou can answer voice calls

during check.

Start Software Update

Start Software Update by Selecting “Update notification icon”

3When updating is not necessary, “No update is needed”

is displayed. Use the FOMA terminal as it is. When

updating is necessary, “Update is needed” is displayed.

You can select either “Now update” or “Reserve”.

1mSet./ServiceOther settingsSoftware update

Enter your TerminalSecurity CodeUpdate

2Go to step 2 of [Start Software Update by Selecting

“Update notification icon”] on page 524.

Software Update

display

※When updating is

not necessary

※The display for when

the software update is

unavailable because of

the server congestion.

(Wait for a while and

then start the software

update again.)

Start Software Update from Menu

525

Appendix/Troubleshooting

1When you select “Now update”, “Start download” is

displayed and downloading starts after a while. (Select

“OK” to start downloading right now.)

pYou can answer voice calls

during download.

pIf you cancel downloading

midway, the data

downloaded up to that point

is deleted.

pOnce downloading starts,

updating proceeds

automatically; you do not

need to select menu items.

2When downloading is completed, rewriting the software

programs starts. (Select “OK” to start rewriting right

now.)

When rewriting is completed, your FOMA terminal

automatically restarts.

pIt may take a while to start rewriting.

pYou cannot even answer calls while rewriting.

※While rewriting the software programs, all key operations are disabled. You

cannot even stop updating.

Also, charging temporarily stops even if the AC adapter (option) is connected.

Update Software Now (Update Now) 3After confirming the update

completion, select “OK”.

When downloading takes time or the server is busy, you can set in

advance the date and time for starting the software update by

communicating with the server.

1Select “Reserve” from the Software Update display.

The date and time which can be reserved are displayed.

pThe server’s time table appears for the software update reservation.

When you select “Others”

After communicating with the server, you can select the date and time you want.

The availability of each time zone is displayed on the time selection display as

follows:

○: Available, △: Almost full, ×: Not available

When you select one time zone you want, you can communicate with the server

again to display candidates for reserving time.

Reserve Date and Time for Updating Software (Reserve

Update)

526

Appendix/Troubleshooting

2Confirm the date and time you selected. Select “YES”.

Your FOMA terminal communicates with the server

again and then the reservation is completed.

The display on the right appears and about five seconds later

the software update starts automatically.

Before the reserved time, fully charge the battery pack, place

the FOMA terminal with the Stand-by display shown in a place

within reach of radio wave.

When the reserved time comes

Information

pNote that updating may not start even when the reserved time arrives if you are using

another function.

pThe software update may not be started if an alarm is activated.

pIf you execute “Initialize” on page 142 after completing the reservation, the software

update does not start even when the reserved time arrives.

Make a reservation for the software update again.

Select “Software update” from the setting menu, then enter your

Terminal Security Code and select “Update”; then you can confirm the

reserved time.

You can change or cancel the reserved date and time from the

display for checking reservation. To change, select “Change”.

To cancel, select “Cancel”.

If you select “NO” or “Cancel” from each display, the display for ending

the operation appears.

Select “YES”; then the software update ends and the Stand-by display returns. To return

to the previous display, select “NO”.

Check, Change, or Cancel the Reserved Date and Time

End Software Update

Information

pIf the battery level points “ ” during operation, the software rewriting is not done and

the operation ends.

527

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Regarding data and programs downloaded or obtained from sites,

i-mode mail messages or SMS messages to the FOMA terminal, you can

detect data that might cause failure, can delete it, and can stop starting

an application program.

pUse the pattern data for checking. Update the pattern data, because it is upgraded

each time new trouble is found. (See page 527)

pThe scan function is for filtering out the data that causes failure to mobile phones at the

time of browsing web pages or receiving mail messages. Note that this function works

only when the pattern data for each failure has been downloaded to your mobile phone

and when the pattern data for each failure is found.

pThe data contained in the pattern data varies depending on the mobile phone model.

Therefore, note that we may stop distributing the pattern data to mobile phones that

have been on the market for three years or more.

If you set “Scan” to “Valid”, data or a program can be automatically

checked when you try to run it.

In addition, if you set “Message scan” to “Valid”, a received SMS

message can be automatically checked when you display it.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Set scanSelect an item.

Scan. . . . . . . . . . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function.

Message scan . . . Sets whether to run the scanning function when displaying an

SMS message.

pWhile “Scan” is set to “Invalid”, you cannot set “Message scan”.

Protecting the FOMA Terminal from

Harmful Data

First of all, update the pattern data to make it the latest.

Set Scanning Function <Set Scan>

2Valid or InvalidYES

pWhen the scan function is set, an alert is shown by five levels if data that might

cause failure is detected. (See page 528)

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

UpdateYESYES

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

2OK

pWhen pattern data update is not necessary, “Pattern definitions are up-to-date” is

displayed. Use the pattern data as it is.

Information

pThe scanning is not available for the SMS message which notifies you of incoming

calls for Voice Mail Service.

Update Pattern Data <Update>

Information

pWhen updating the pattern data, the proper information about your FOMA terminal

(model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the server

(DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO never use

the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pSet the date (year/month/date) for the FOMA terminal correctly in advance.

pThe pattern data is not updated in the following cases:

・When the date/time is not set ・During a call ・Out of the service area

・When the UIM is not inserted ・During Lock All

・While another function is working

・When connecting to external devices such as personal computers

・While Self Mode is activated

pIf you cancel downloading midway, the data downloaded up to that point is deleted.

528

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You can set whether to update the pattern data inside your FOMA

terminal when the pattern data is created anew.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Set auto-updateON or OFF

2YESOK

pWhen you select “ON” in step 1, the confirmation display appears telling that your

mobile phone information is sent at auto-update.

pTo cancel during i-mode connection, select “Cancel”.

■About the display for scanned problem elements

A warning display appears when problematic data

is found. Select “Detail” from the warning display to

show the name of the problem element.

pWhen six or more problem elements are found, the sixth and

later problem element names are omitted.

p“Detail” might not appear depending on the detected problem

element.

Update Pattern Data Automatically <Set Auto-update>

Information

pWhen setting auto-update or updating automatically, the proper information about

your FOMA terminal (model name, serial number, etc.) is automatically sent to the

server (DOCOMO-managed server for the scanning function). We at DOCOMO

never use the sent information for other purposes than for the scanning function.

pWhen auto-update is completed, the notification icon of “ ” (Update completed)

appears on the Stand-by display. If it is failed, “ ” (Pattern update failed) appears.

Select “ ” to display the update result.

Displays for Scanning Result

■The displays for scanning result

pThe alert displays for when displaying i-mode mail messages or SMS messages may

differ from the ones above.

1mSet./ServiceLock/SecurityScanning function

Version

Alert level 0 Alert level 1 Alert level 2

OK.....Continues the

operation.

YES.....Stops and ends the

operation.

NO ......Continues the

operation.

OK.....Stops and ends the

operation.

Alert level 3 Alert level 4

YES.....Deletes the data

and ends the

operation.

NO.......Stops and ends the

operation.

OK.....Deletes the data and

ends the operation.

Check Pattern Data Version <Version>

529

Appendix/Troubleshooting

■Handset

Main Specifications

Model P-01A

Dimensions

(when closed)

Height: 108 mm

Width: 50 mm

Depth: 17.4 mm

Weight (with the battery pack

attached)

Approx. 123 g

Continuous

standby

time

FOMA/3G Select

networks

[3G]

In motion: Approx. 410 hours

Select

networks

[Auto]

Standstill: Approx. 580 hours

In motion: Approx. 400 hours

GSM Select

networks

[Auto]

Standstill: Approx. 260 hours

Continuous

talk time

FOMA/3G Voice call: Approx. 200 minutes

Videophone call: Approx. 110 minutes

GSM Voice call: Approx. 190 minutes

1Seg watching time Approx. 200 minutes

(when Mobile W-speed is “OFF”: Approx. 260

minutes)

(in ECO Mode: Approx. 360 minutes)

Charging time AC adapter: Approx. 130 minutes

DC adapter: Approx. 130 minutes

LCD Type Display: TFT 262,144 colors

Private window: Organic EL one color

Size Display: Approx. 3.1 inches

Private window: Approx. 0.9 inches

Number of pixels Display: 409,920 pixels (480 dots x 854 dots)

Private window: 4,608 pixels (128 dots x 36 dots)

Image

pickup

device

Type Inside camera: CMOS

Outside camera: CMOS

Size Inside camera: 1/8.0 inches

Outside camera: 1/2.8 inches

※1: Image size: Sub-QCIF (128 x 96), Image quality: Normal, File size: 10 Kbytes

※2: The continuous playback time is the estimated time that the FOMA terminal can

play back using the Flat-plug Stereo Earphone Set P01 (option) with the FOMA

terminal closed.

※3: File format: AAC

※4: Shares with still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, Music&Video

Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, ToruCa files, and i-αppli programs.

■Battery pack

Camera Number of effective

pixels

Inside camera: Approx. 330,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 5,100,000 pixels

Number of recording

pixels (maximum)

Inside camera: Approx. 310,000 pixels

Outside camera: Approx. 5,000,000 pixels

Recording

Number of recordable

still images

※1

Approx. 2,500 max. (default)

Number of still

images for

continuous shooting

VGA: 4 QVGA: 5 through 10

QCIF: 5 through 20 Sub-QCIF: 5 through 20

Music

playback

Continuous

playback time※2

SD-Audio file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 4,560 minutes※3

Chaku-uta Full® music file (supports Play

Background): Approx. 4,150 minutes※3

i-motion movie (including Chaku-uta® music file):

Approx. 890 minutes※3

WMA file (supports Play Background):

Approx. 3,240 minutes

Music&Video Channel program (supports Play

Background)

Music: Approx. 4,150 minutes

Video: Approx. 250 minutes

Memory

capacity

Chaku-uta®Approx. 262.1 Mbytes※4

Chaku-uta Full®

Name of product Battery Pack P19

Battery type Li-ion (lithium ion) battery

Voltage 3.7 V

Capacity 800 mAh

530

Appendix/Troubleshooting

The number of files that can be saved varies depending on shooting environments.

※The number of files that can be saved to the FOMA terminal and microSD card has

limit.

■The number of files that can be saved to P-01A

pThe values are the number of files you can save after deleting the deletable

pre-installed data files.

Specifications for Still Image Shooting

File format JPEG

Compression format Baseline format

Extension jpg

Title/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image

was saved and the number of shot frames (when the 1st

frame was shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2008)

Title

“2008/11/18 10:00”

File name

“2008111810000000” (Store in: Phone)

“P1000001” (Store in: microSD)

Maximum file size 1.8 Mbytes

Mail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by

using the microSD card.

Memory capacity Approx. 262.1 Mbytes (Phone)

Estimate of the number of storable still images

Image quality

Image size

Super fine

(Approx.)

Fine

(Approx.)

Normal

(Approx.)

5M (1944 x 2592) 59 81 106

3.7M Wide (1456 x 2592) 88 106 132

3M (1536 x 2048) 106 132 150

2M Wide (1080 x 1920) 152 209 260

2M (1200 x 1600) 152 209 260

1M (960 x 1280) XXX XXX XXX

Stand-by (480 x 854) 703 963 1,182

VGA (480 x 640) 1,040 1,238 1,445

QVGA (240 x 320) 2,167 2,890 3,500

QCIF (144 x 176) 3,500 3,500 3,500

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,500 3,500 3,500

■The number of files that can be saved to the microSD card (64 Mbytes)

Image quality

Image size

Super fine

(Approx.)

Fine

(Approx.)

Normal

(Approx.)

5M (1944 x 2592) 34 47 62

3.7M Wide (1456 x 2592) 51 62 77

3M (1536 x 2048) 62 77 87

2M Wide (1080 x 1920) 89 122 152

2M (1200 x 1600) 89 122 152

1M (960 x 1280) XXX XXX XXX

Stand-by (480 x 854) 411 563 691

VGA (480 x 640) 608 724 845

QVGA (240 x 320) 1,268 1,691 2,174

QCIF (144 x 176) 2,536 3,044 3,805

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 3,805 5,073 5,073

Specifications for Movie Shooting

File format MP4, ASF (When “File size setting” is set to “Long time”.)

Coding system Video: MPEG4 Voice: AMR, G.726

Extension 3gp, asf

Title/File name Automatically set according to the date and time the image

was recorded (when shot at 10:00 on November 18, 2008)

Title

“2008/11/18 10:00”

File name

“200811181000” (Store in: Phone)

“MOL001” (Store in: microSD)

Maximum file size 2 Mbytes (Store in: Phone)

Can be limited to the size which can be attached to i-motion

mail when shooting. (See page 244)

Mail attachment/Output Can be attached to mail or output from the FOMA terminal by

using the microSD card.

Memory capacity Approx. 262.1 Mbytes (Phone)

531

Appendix/Troubleshooting

The recordable time varies depending on shooting environments. Take reference to the recordable time and memory capacity which appear on the Finder display as well.

■Recordable time to P-01A

pThe values are the recordable time after deleting the deletable pre-installed data files.

Estimate of recordable time

Image size File size

setting Movie type set

Recordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)

Image quality Image quality

Super fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine Normal

VGA

(640 x 480)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 379 sec 12 min 24 min

Video 2 sec 4 sec 8 sec 382 sec 12 min 24 min

Voice 305 sec 1,040 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 379 sec 12 min 24 min

Video 8 sec 16 sec 30 sec 382 sec 12 min 24 min

Voice 20 min 1,040 min

HVGA Wide

(640 x 352)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 505 sec 16 min 32 min

Video 3 sec 5 sec 10 sec 509 sec 16 min 33 min

Voice 305 sec 1,040 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 505 sec 16 min 32 min

Video 11 sec 20 sec 40 sec 509 sec 16 min 33 min

Voice 20 min 1,040 min

QVGA

(320 x 240)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 12 min 16 min 48 min

Video 4 sec 5 sec 15 sec 12 min 16 min 49 min

Voice 305 sec 1,040 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 16 sec 20 sec 59 sec 12 min 16 min 48 min

Video 16 sec 20 sec 60 sec 12 min 16 min 49 min

Voice 20 min 1,040 min

QCIF

(176 x 144)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 10 sec 35 sec 69 sec 32 min 117 min 232 min

Video 10 sec 39 sec 78 sec 33 min 132 min 264 min

Voice 305 sec 1,040 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 39 sec 141 sec 279 sec 32 min 117 min 232 min

Video 40 sec 159 sec 318 sec 33 min 132 min 264 min

Voice 20 min 1,040 min

Sub-QCIF

(128 x 96)

Mail restriction

(S)

Normal 19 sec 62 sec 122 sec 62 min 211 min 413 min

Video 20 sec 78 sec 156 sec 66 min 264 min 529 min

Voice 305 sec 1,040 min

Mail restriction

(L)

Normal 75 sec 254 sec 497 sec 62 min 211 min 413 min

Video 80 sec 318 sec 10 min 66 min 264 min 529 min

Voice 20 min 1,040 min

532

Appendix/Troubleshooting

■Recordable time to microSD card (64 Mbytes)

Image size File size

setting Movie type set

Recordable time per recording (Approx.) Total recordable time (Approx.)

Image quality Image quality

Super fine Fine Normal Super fine Fine Normal

VGA

(640 x 480)

Long time

Normal 227 sec 447 sec 14 min 227 sec 447 sec 14 min

Video 231 sec 462 sec 15 min 231 sec 462 sec 15 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

HVGA Wide

(640 x 352)

Normal 301 sec 577 sec 18 min 301 sec 577 sec 18 min

Video 308 sec 10 min 20 min 308 sec 10 min 20 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

QVGA

(320 x 240)

Normal 447 sec 577 sec 26 min 447 sec 577 sec 26 min

Video 462 sec 10 min 30 min 462 sec 10 min 30 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

QCIF

(176 x 144)

Normal 18 min 60 min 96 min 18 min 60 min 96 min

Video 20 min 80 min 160 min 20 min 80 min 160 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

Sub-QCIF

(128 x 96)

Normal 34 min 96 min 137 min 34 min 96 min 137 min

Video 40 min 160 min 180 min 40 min 160 min 320 min

Voice 180 min 624 min

533

Appendix/Troubleshooting

■Outside camera

Specifications of Zoom (Digital)

Camera mode Size Level of zoom

The maximum

magnifications

(Approx.)

Photo

5M (1944 x 2592) 1 level 1.0 time

3.7M Wide (1456 x 2592) 1 level 1.0 time

3M (1536 x 2048) 6 levels 1.2 times

2M Wide (1080 x 1920) 6 levels 1.3 times

2M (1200 x 1600) 11 levels 1.6 times

1M (960 x 1280) XXX levels xxx times

Stand-by (480 x 854) 11 levels 1.5 times

VGA (480 x 640) 31 levels 3.0 times

QVGA (240 x 320) 31 levels 8.1 times

QCIF (144 x 176) 31 levels 11.0 times

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 31 levels 15.1 times

Continuous

VGA (480 x 640) 11 levels 1.9 times

QVGA (240 x 320) 31 levels 3.8 times

QCIF (144 x 176) 31 levels 5.5 times

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 31 levels 7.5 times

Movie

(Image stabilizer:

Auto)

VGA (640 x 480) 11 levels 1.6 times

HVGA Wide (640 x 352) 11 levels 1.6 times

QVGA (320 x 240) 21 levels 2.4 times

QCIF (176 x 144) 31 levels 4.4 times

Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) 31 levels 6.0 times

Movie

(Image stabilizer:

OFF)

VGA (640 x 480) 11 levels 1.9 times

HVGA Wide (640 x 352) 11 levels 1.9 times

QVGA (320 x 240) 21 levels 3.0 times

QCIF (176 x 144) 31 levels 5.5 times

Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) 31 levels 7.5 times

During a

videophone call — 31 levels 5.5 times

■Inside camera

Camera mode Size Level of zoom

The maximum

magnifications

(Approx.)

Photo/

Continuous

VGA (480 x 640) 1 level 1.0 time

QVGA (240 x 320) 11 levels 1.5 times

QCIF (144 x 176) 31 levels 3.3 times

Sub-QCIF (96 x 128) 31 levels 5.0 times

Movie

VGA (640 x 480) 1 level 1.0 time

HVGA Wide (640 x 352) 1 level 1.0 time

QVGA (320 x 240) 21 levels 2.0 times

QCIF (176 x 144) 31 levels 3.3 times

Sub-QCIF (128 x 96) 31 levels 5.0 times

During a

videophone call — 31 levels 3.3 times

534

Appendix/Troubleshooting

Number of Savable/Registerable/

Protectable Items in FOMA Terminal

Function Number of savable/storable items

Reference

page

Phonebook 1,000※190

1Seg TVlink 50 261

TV timer 100 263

Timer recording 100 264

Schedule Schedule 2,500 407

Holiday 100 408

ToDo 100 411

Text memo 20 417

Mail

(total of SMS

messages and

i-mode mail

messages)

Received mail 2,500 max. ※2, ※3, ※4, ※5

<2,500 max. ※2>

164

Sent mail 1,000 max. ※2, ※4, ※6

<1,000 max. ※2>

165

Draft mail※720 max. ※2165

User created folder

(Inbox) 22 170

User created folder

(Outbox) 22 170

Area mail 30 164

Template Deco-mail 100 max. ※2, ※5155

Decome-Anime 100 max. ※2, ※5156

Message Message R 100 max. ※2

<50 max. ※2>

182

Message F 100 max. ※2

<50 max. ※2>

182

Bookmark

(i-mode)

Bookmark 300 200

Bookmark folder 10 (incl. “Bookmark”) 200

Bookmark

(Full Browser)

Bookmark 300※5200

Bookmark folder 10 (incl. “Bookmark”) 200

Screen memo Screen memo 300 max. ※2

<150 max. ※2>

201

Screen memo folder 10 (incl. “Screen memo”) 202

※1: Up to 50 Phonebook entries can be stored on the UIM.

※2: The number of savable, storable, or protectable items may decrease depending on

the data volume.

※3: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder, “Trash box” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※4: In addition, a total of 20 received and sent SMS messages can be saved to the

UIM. (See page 418)

※5: Includes pre-installed data.

※6: Includes mail in the “Chat” folder and the i-αppli mail folder.

※7: Can save unsent mail you are composing.

※8: Among pre-installed data, only the Deco-mail pictograms, PDF files, Kisekae Tool

files, and Machi-chara images are included as the savable/storable items.

※9: Still images, i-motion movies, melodies, PDF files, music files, Music&Video

Channel programs, Kisekae Tool files, Machi-chara images, ToruCa files, and

i-αppli programs share the number of savable/storable items and memory space.

Still image 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9346

User created folder 20 382

Movie/i-motion movie 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9353

User created folder 19 382

Melody 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9366

User created folder 20 382

Chara-den 3※5363

PDF file 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9390

Music&Video

Channel

Downloaded

program 2274

Saved program 10 max. ※2, ※9274

Kisekae Tool 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9369

Machi-chara 3,500 max. ※2, ※8, ※9365

ToruCa 495 max. ※2, ※9318

User created folder 20 320

i-αppli 100 max. ※2, ※9292

Mail-linked i-αppli 5 292

Function Number of savable/storable items

Reference

page

535

Appendix/Troubleshooting

This model phone P-01A meets the MIC’s* technical regulation for exposure to

radio waves.

The technical regulation established permitted levels of radio frequency

energy, based on standards that were developed by independent scientific

organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies.

The regulation employs a unit of measurement known as the Specific

Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit is 2 watts/kilogram (W/kg)** averaged

over ten grams of tissue. The limit includes a substantial safety margin

designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The

value of the limit is equal to the international guidelines recommended by

ICNIRP***.

All phone models should be confirmed to comply with the regulation, before

they are available for sale to the public. The highest SAR value for this model

phone is 0.909 W/kg. It was taken by the Telecom Engineering Center

(TELEC), a Registered Certification Agency on the Radio Law. The test for

SAR was conducted in accordance with the MIC testing procedure using

standard operating positions with the phone transmitting at its highest permitted

power level in all tested frequency bands. While there may be differences

between the SAR levels of various phones and at various positions, they all

meet the MIC’s technical regulation. Although the SAR is determined at the

highest certified power level, the actual SAR of the phone during operation can

be well below the maximum value.

For further information about SAR, please see the following web pages:

* Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications

** The technical regulation is provided in Article 14-2 of the Ministry Ordinance

Regulating Radio Equipment.

*** International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection

Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) of Mobile

Phone

SAR Certification Information

World Health Organization (WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/

ICNIRP: http://www.icnirp.de/

MIC: http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/body/index.htm

TELEC: http://www.telec.or.jp/ENG/Index_e.htm

NTT DOCOMO: http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english/product/

Panasonic Mobile Communications Co., Ltd.: http://panasonic.jp/mobile/

(In Japanese only)

This mobile phone complies with the EU requirements for exposure to radio waves.

Your mobile phone is a radio transceiver, designed and manufactured not to exceed

the SAR* limits** for exposure to radio-frequency (RF) energy, which SAR* value,

when tested for compliance against the standard was 0.780 W/kg.

While there may be differences between the SAR* levels of various phones and at

various positions, they all meet*** the EU requirements for RF exposure.

* The exposure standard for mobile phones employs a unit of measurement known as

the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR.

** The SAR limit for mobile phones used by the public is 2.0 watts/kilogram (W/kg)

averaged over ten grams of tissue, recommended by The Council of the European

Union. The limit incorporates a substantial margin of safety to give additional

protection for the public and to account for any variations in measurements.

*** Tests for SAR have been conducted using standard operating positions with the

phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested frequency bands.

Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level, the actual SAR

level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value. This is

because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use only

the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a base

station antenna, the lower the power output.

※The European RTTE approval of this product is limited to the use of the P-01A

handset, Battery Pack and FOMA AC Adapter for Global use (100 to 240 V AC) only.

Other accessories are not part of the approval.

pThis device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules.

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that

may cause undesired operation.

pChanges or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer responsible for

compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

European RF Exposure Information

Declaration of Conformity

The product “P-01A” is declared to conform with the essential requirements of

European Union Directive 1999/5/EC Radio and Telecommunications Terminal

Equipment Directive 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.2. The Declaration of Conformity can be

found on http://panasonic.net/pmc/support/index.html.

FCC Notice

536

Appendix/Troubleshooting

THIS MODEL PHONE MEETS THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR

EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.

Your wireless phone contains a radio transmitter and receiver. Your phone is designed

and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF)

energy set by the Federal Communications Commission of the U.S. Government. These

limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy

for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed

by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of

scientific studies.

The exposure standard for wireless mobile phones employs a unit of measurement

known as the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR). The SAR limit set by the FCC is

1.6 W/kg.* Tests for SAR are conducted using standard operating positions accepted by

the FCC with the phone transmitting at its highest certified power level in all tested

frequency bands. Although the SAR is determined at the highest certified power level,

the actual SAR level of the phone while operating can be well below the maximum value.

This is because the phone is designed to operate at multiple power levels so as to use

only the power required to reach the network. In general, the closer you are to a wireless

base station antenna, the lower the output.

Before a phone model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to

the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the U.S. government-adopted

requirement for safe exposure. The tests are performed on position and locations (for

example, at the ear and worn on the body) as required by FCC for each model. The

highest SAR value for this model phone as reported to the FCC when tested for use at

the ear is 0.866 W/kg, and when worn on the body, is 0.519 W/kg. (Body-worn

measurements differ among phone models, depending upon available accessories and

FCC requirements). While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various

phones and at various positions, they all meet the U.S. government requirement.

The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization for this model phone with all reported

SAR levels evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF exposure guidelines. SAR

information on this model phone is on file with the FCC and can be found under the

Display Grant section at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/ after search on FCC ID

UCE208009A.

For body worn operation, this phone has been tested and meets the FCC RF exposure

guidelines when used with an accessory designated for this product or when used with

an accessory that contains no metal and that positions the handset a minimum of 1.5 cm

from the body.

* In the United States, the SAR limit for wireless mobile phones used by the public is

1.6 watts/kg (W/kg) averaged over one gram of tissue. SAR values may vary

depending upon national reporting requirements and the network band.

FCC RF Exposure Information

AIRCRAFT

Switch off your wireless device when boarding an aircraft or whenever you are instructed

to do so by airline staff. If your device offers a ‘flight mode’ or similar feature consult

airline staff as to whether it can be used on board.

DRIVING

Full attention should be given to driving at all times and local laws and regulations

restricting the use of wireless devices while driving must be observed.

HOSPITALS

Mobile phones should be switched off wherever you are requested to do so in hospitals,

clinics or health care facilities. These requests are designed to prevent possible

interference with sensitive medical equipment.

PETROL STATIONS

Obey all posted signs with respect to the use of wireless devices or other radio

equipment in locations with flammable material and chemicals. Switch off your wireless

device whenever you are instructed to do so by authorized staff.

INTERFERENCE

Care must be taken when using the phone in close proximity to personal medical

devices, such as pacemakers and hearing aids.

Pacemakers

Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that a minimum separation of 15 cm be

maintained between a mobile phone and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference

with the pacemaker. To achieve this use the phone on the opposite ear to your

pacemaker and do not carry it in a breast pocket.

Hearing Aids

Some digital wireless phones may interfere with some hearing aids. In the event of such

interference, you may want to consult your hearing aid manufacturer to discuss

alternatives.

For other Medical Devices:

Please consult your physician and the device manufacturer to determine if operation of

your phone may interfere with the operation of your medical device.

This product and its accessories might be covered by the Japan Export

Administration Regulations (“Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law” and

its related laws). To export this product and its accessories, take the required

measures on your responsibility and at your expenses. For details on the

procedures, contact the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry.

Important Safety Information

Export Administration Regulations

537

Appendix/Troubleshooting

You have no right to copy, modify, or distribute the contents such as text, images, music,

or software programs downloaded from web pages on the Internet, or images shot by

the cameras of this product without permission from the copyright holder except for when

the copy or quote is for personal use that is allowed by the copyright law.

Note that it may be prohibited to shoot or record live performances or exhibitions even for

personal use. Make sure that you refrain from shooting portraits of other persons and

distributing such portraits over the Internet without consent, as this violates portrait rights.

p“FOMA”, “mova”, “PushTalk”, “PushTalkPlus”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “i-αppliDX”, “i-motion”,

“Deco-mail”, “Chaku-motion”, “Chara-den”, “ToruCa”, “mopera U”, “WORLD CALL”,

“Dual Network”, “FirstPass”, “visualnet”, “V-live”, “i-Channel”, “DCMX”, “iD”, “Security

Scan”, “i-motion mail”, “i-area”, “Short Mail”, “WORLD WING”, “Public mode”, “DoPa”,

“sigmarion”, “musea”, “IMCS”, “OFFICEED”, “2in1”, “Chokkan Game”, and the logos of

“FOMA”, “i-mode”, “i-αppli”, “DCMX”, “iC”, “iD”, “Music&Video Channel”, and

“HIGH-SPEED” are trademarks or registered trademarks of NTT DOCOMO, INC.

p“Catch Phone (Call waiting service)” is a registered trademark of Nippon Telegraph and

Telephone Corporation.

pFree Dial logo mark is a registered trademark of NTT Communications Corporation.

pMcAfee® is registered trademarks or trademarks of McAfee, Inc. and/or its affiliates in

the US and/or other countries.

pG-GUIDE, G-GUIDE MOBILE and their logos are registered trademarks in

Japan of U.S. Gemstar-TV Guide International, Inc. and/or its affiliates.

pQuickTime is a registered trademark of Apple Inc., in the US and other

countries.

pNAVIDIAL and NAVIDIAL logo mark are trademarks of NTT Communications

Corporation.

pMicrosoft®, Windows®, and Windows Vista® are trademarks or registered trademarks

of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and other countries.

pWindows Media® is either a registered trademark or trademark of Microsoft

Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.

Intellectual Property Right

Copyrights and Portrait Rights

Trademarks

JBlend and JBlend-related trademarks are trademarks or registered trademarks

of Aplix Corporation in Japan and other countries.

p is a registered trademark of FeliCa Networks, Inc.

pmicroSDHC logo is a trademark.

p“Multitask” is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.

pQR code is a registered trademark of Denso Wave Inc.

p使いかたナビ® is a registered trademark of CANNAC, Inc.

p“VIERA®” and “One-push Open™” are trademarks or registered trademarks of

Panasonic Corporation.

pJava and all Java based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered

trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.

pPowered by Mascot Capsule®/Micro3D Edition™

Mascot Capsule® is a trademark of HI CORPORATION.

pOKAO Vision is used for multiple face detection to improve camera AF.

OKAO is a registered trademark or trademark of OMRON Corporation in JAPAN and

other countries.

pThe image stabilization technology utilized is PhotoSolid®, a product of Morpho, Inc.

PhotoSolid® is the registered trademark of Morpho, Inc. in Japan and other countries.

pNapster is a registered trademark of Napster, LLC. and/or its affiliates in the US and/or

other countries.

pOther company names and product names described in the text are trademarks or

registered trademarks of those companies.

pThis product contains NetFront Browser and NetFront Sync Client of

ACCESS CO., LTD.

ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered trademarks of ACCESS CO.,

LTD. in the United States, Japan and other countries.

pIrFront is a trademark or registered trademark of ACCESS CO., LTD. in Japan and

other countries.

The IrDA Feature Trademark is owned by the Infrared Data Association and used

under license therefrom.

Contains Adobe

Flash

Lite™ and Adobe

Reader

LE technology by

Adobe Systems Incorporated.

Adobe Flash Lite Copyright

2003-2008 Adobe System Incorporated. All

rights reserved.

Adobe Reader LE Copyright

Adobe, Adobe Reader, Flash, and Flash Lite are either registered trademarks or

trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.

Others

538

Appendix/Troubleshooting

pFeliCa is a contactless IC card technology developed by Sony Corporation.

pFeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.

pLicensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or more of the following United

States Patents and/or their counterparts in other nations:

4,901,307 5,504,773 5,109,390 5,535,239 5,267,262 5,600,754

5,416,797 5,490,165 5,101,501 5,511,073 5,267,261 5,568,483

5,414,796 5,659,569 5,056,109 5,506,865 5,228,054 5,544,196

5,337,338 5,657,420 5,710,784 5,778,338

pThis product contains software licensed complying with GNU General Public License

(GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), etc.

For more details, see “readme.txt” in the “GPL・LGPL等について” folder on the

bundled CD-ROM. (“readme.txt” is only available in Japanese version.)

Advanced Wnn V2 of OMRON SOFTWARE Co., Ltd. is used for conversion methods

for Japanese language.

“Advanced Wnn V2”

pThe Bluetooth® word mark and logos are owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of

such marks by NTT DOCOMO, INC. is under license. Other trademarks and trade

names are those of their respective owners.

pThis product is loaded with Bluetooth™ Stack for Embedded Systems Spec 2.0 by

Toshiba Corp.

pMPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.

pThis product is licensed under the MPEG-4 patent portfolio license, AVC patent

portfolio license and VC-1 patent portfolio license for the personal and non-commercial

use of a consumer to

(i) encode video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Visual Standard, AVC Standard and

VC-1 Standard (“MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video”) and/or

(ii) decode MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a

personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a licensed video

provider licensed to provide MPEG-4/AVC/VC-1 Video.

No license is granted or implied for any other use.

Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C.

See http://www.mpegla.com.

Corporation.

The PRINT Image Matching logo is a trademark of Seiko Epson Corporation.

pThis product is manufactured or sold under license from InterDigital

Technology Corporation.

pThis product uses GestureTek’s technology.

2006-

pThe abbreviations used for respective operating systems (Japanese version) in this

manual are as shown below:

Windows Vista is the abbreviation of Windows Vista® (Home Basic, Home Premium,

Business, Enterprise, and Ultimate).

Windows XP is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® XP Professional operating

system or Microsoft® Windows® XP Home Edition operating system.

Windows 2000 is the abbreviation of Microsoft® Windows® 2000 Professional

operating system.

pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation

and third parties. Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is

prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and

third parties.

pThis product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation.

Use or distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a

license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.

pContent providers are using the digital rights management technology for Windows

Media contained in this device (“WM-DRM”) to protect the integrity of their content

(“Secure Content”) so that their intellectual property, including copyright, in such

content is not misappropriated. This device uses WM-DRM Software to play Secure

Content (“WM-DRM Software”). If the security of the WM-DRM Software in this device

has been compromised, owners of Secure Content (“Secure Content Owners”) may

request that Microsoft revoke the WM-DRM Software’s right to acquire new licenses to

copy, display and/or play Secure Content. Revocation does not alter the WM-DRM

Software’s ability to play unprotected content. A list of Revoked WM-DRM Software is

sent to your device whenever you download a license for Secure Content from the

Internet or from a PC. Microsoft may, in conjunction with such license, also download

revocation lists onto your device on behalf of Secure Content Owners.

539

MEMO

540

541

Index/Quick Manual

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542

Quick Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550

542

Index/Quick Manual

◆◇◆ A ◆◇◆

αBacklight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .307

AC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43

Accept dialup devices . . . . . . . . . . .426

Accept registered

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .426

Access setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Action list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74, 364

Activate TV with alarm . . . . . . . . . .264

Activate 1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .255

Add desktop icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

Add member (PushTalk). . . . . . . . . .82

Add to a phonebook entry . . . . . . . .94

Add to channel list . . . . . . . . . . . . .257

Add to phonebook (Phone). . . . . 90, 94

Add to phonebook (UIM) . . . . . .90, 94

Additional service . . . . . . . . . . . . . .456

Additional guidance. . . . . . . . . . .457

Address link function . . . . . . . . . . .207

After-sales services. . . . . . . . . . . . .519

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .404

Alarm setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Answer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Any key answer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

αPower saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .308

Area mail. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Area mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Arrival call act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447

AT command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

Attach bookmarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Attach document files . . . . . . . . . . .158

Attach i-motion movies . . . . . . . . . .158

Attach melodies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Attach PDF files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Attach phonebook entries . . . . . . . .158

Attach pictures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Attach schedule events. . . . . . . . . .158

Attach SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Index

How to refer to Index

pThe Index contains the terms and terminologies summarizing the descriptive contents

by sorting in alphabetical order. If you cannot find the term or terminology you want to

know, search for it using a different term or terminology.

<Example: To set the i-αppli Stand-by display using “Software setting” of

i-αppli>

Software setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Change melody/image. . . . . . . . . 296

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Location usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Map setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Program guide key. . . . . . . . . . . . 296

See phonebook/history . . . . . . . . 296

Stand-by net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Stand-by set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Stand-by display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

i-αppli stand-by display . . . . . . 113, 311

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Attach ToDo items. . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Attach ToruCa files . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Attachment preference . . . . . . . . . 180

Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157, 162

Auto answer setting. . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Auto answer setting (PushTalk) . . . 87

Auto assist setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Auto channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Auto color label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179

Auto melody play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Auto network transmission . . . . . . 225

Auto power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404

Auto reading ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . 325

Auto save set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Auto start info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Auto start setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Auto start time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Auto timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

Auto voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Auto volume (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Auto volume (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Auto-display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182

Automatic Replay Setting . . . . . . . 214

Auto-sort (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Auto-sort (ToruCa) . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Auto-sort setting display . . . . . . . . 176

AV output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

AV phone to function. . . . . . . . . . . 206

Avatar maker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

αVibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

◆◇◆ B ◆◇◆

Back cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Backlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 116

Backup to microSD . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Bar code reader list . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

Battery level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Battery pack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Attaching/removing . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Charging time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Usable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Bluetooth function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421

Bluetooth info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Bluetooth power off . . . . . . . . . . . . 426

Bluetooth settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Bookmark (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393

Add bookmark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Bookmark folder list. . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Bookmark list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Brightness . . . . 75, 133, 244, 258, 352

Broadcasting storage area . . . . . . 252

◆◇◆ C ◆◇◆

Cache . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

Calculator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113, 407

Calendar display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408

Call acceptance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Call barring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

Call/charging indicator. . . . . . . . . . . 23

Call data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Call forwarding. . . . . . . . . . . . 444, 468

Call rejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 137

Call setting without ID . . . . . . . . . . 139

Call waiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Answer an incoming call during

a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Continue the current call . . . . . . 443

End a call to answer another call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

End a call to answer the held call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

End a held call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Hold a call to make a new call

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Caller ID notification . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Caller ID request . . . . . . . . . . 446, 468

Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Index (A - C)

543

Index/Quick Manual

Number of storable still images

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530

Recordable time . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531

Specifications for movie shooting

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .530

Specifications for still image

shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530

Specifications of zoom . . . . . . . . 533

Camera menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 241

Caption (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Caption position in wide screen . . . 268

Capture screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Category list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Certificate host . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Chaku-moji . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Chaku-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 114

Chaku-uta full® music list . . . . . . . . 282

Change action . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 364

Change camera-mode . . . . . . . . . . 244

Change character code . . . . . . . . . 197

Change IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Change i-mode password . . . . . . . 199

Change PIN1 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Change PIN2 code. . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Change security code . . . . . . 127, 134

Change size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Change to videophone call. . . . . 53, 66

Change to voice call. . . . . . . . . . 53, 66

Channel info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Channel list . . . . . . . . . . 214, 254, 255

Channel list display . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Channel setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254

Chapter info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Character entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Bar code reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Candidate display . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Change input mode . . . . . . . . . . 434

Character set time . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Cut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Full pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Half pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Help. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Input time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

JUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Kuten code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437

Own dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Paste. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Pictograph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

Predict. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Quote own data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Quote phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . .434

Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .433

Undo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

2/NIKO-touch guide . . . . . . . . . . 434

Character entry display. . . . . . . . . . 430

Character input method . . . . . . . . .430

Mode1 (5-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Mode2 (2-touch) . . . . . . . . . . . . .438

Mode3 (NIKO-touch). . . . . . . . . . 438

Character size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Character stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351

Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73, 363

Chara-den display . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

Chara-den info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .364

Chara-den list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Chara-den player . . . . . . . . . . . . . .363

Chara-den recording display . . . . .364

Chara-den setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74

Charge sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Charging terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Chat group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Chat group address confirmation

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Chat group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .189

Chat mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Chat mail display . . . . . . . . . .186, 187

Chat member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Chat member list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Chat setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .188

Check box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38, 196

Check IC owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318

Check microSD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Check new message . . . . . . . . . . .161

Check new messages. . . . . . . . . . .440

Check new SMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Check same ToruCa. . . . . . . . . . . .325

Check settings (Full browser) . . . . .226

Check settings (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . .308

Check settings (i-mode) . . . . . . . . .208

Check settings (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . .180

Check TV settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . .270

Clear max cost icon . . . . . . . . . . . .417

Client authentication . . . . . . . . . . . .210

Color label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172

Color mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 244

Color theme setting. . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Command navigation key . . . . . . . . .25

Common phrase display . . . . . . . . .435

Common phrase folder list . . . . . . .435

Common phrase list . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Common phrases . . . . . . . . . . . . . .435

Common replay mode . . . . . . . . . .246

Connect to Bluetooth device. . . . . .424

Connect to other devices . . . . . . . .472

Connector terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Contents info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

Continuous mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

Continuous scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Continuous shooting . . . . . . . . . . . .239

Cookie. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Cookie setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226

Copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .436

Copy to microSD

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321, 323, 372, 374

Copy to phone

. . . . . . . . . . . 321, 323, 373, 375, 419

Copy to UIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419

Copyrights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235, 537

Correct characters . . . . . . . . . . . . .432

Count characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . .430

Country/area code. . . . . . . . . . 61, 462

Create Decome-Anime display . . . 153

Create learned word list . . . . . . . . 437

Cut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

◆◇◆ D ◆◇◆

Data box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Data broadcasting. . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Data communication . . . . . . . . . . . 470

Data list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371

Data security service. . . . . . . . . . . 140

Data transfer

(OBEX™ communication). . . . . . . 470

Data while editing . . . . . . . . . . 94, 432

DC adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

DCMX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Deco-mail pictogram . . . . . . . . . . . 344

Deco-mail template list . . . . . . . . . 155

Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Decome-Anime template list . . . . . 156

Delete attached file . . . . . . . . 159, 174

Delete backup data . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

Delete cookies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

Delete data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Delete from PushTalk phonebook. . 86

Description (Bluetooth function) . . 425

Desktop holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

Desktop icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 31

Desktop icon list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Detailed channel list display . . . . . 255

Detailed chat group display. . . . . . 189

Detailed data display. . . . . . . . . . . 371

Detailed deco-mail template display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Detailed dialed call display . . . . . . . 54

Detailed display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240

Detailed i-schedule display . . . . . . 411

Detailed kisekae tool display. . . . . 369

Detailed mail group display. . . . . . 178

Detailed message R/F display . . . 182

Index (C - D)

544

Index/Quick Manual

Detailed phonebook display . . . . . . .97

Detailed received call display . . . . . .55

Detailed received mail display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164, 166

Detailed redial display . . . . . . . . . . .54

Detailed schedule display. . . . . . . .409

Detailed screen memo display . . . .202

Detailed sent mail display. . . .165, 168

Detailed sent message . . . . . . . . . . .57

Detailed ToruCa file display . . . . . .322

Device list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .424, 425

Dial from headset

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Dialed call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dialed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Dictionary info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .437

Direct selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37

Disconnection settings

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . .428

Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 28

Display call/receive number . . . . . .122

Display during dialing . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Display during videophone calls . . . .50

Display for incoming calls . . . . . . . . .65

Display light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Display message R/F . . . . . . . . . . .182

Display mode setting . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Display phonebook image . . . . . . .115

Display setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Display size (Camera) . . . . . . . . . .245

Display size (Chara-den) . . . . . . . . 364

Display size (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . .357

Display size (PC movie) . . . . . . . . .233

Display size (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . .350

Display SMS report. . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Display software info . . . . . . . . . . .293

Display while dialing/communicating

(PushTalk) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82

DOCOMO certificate. . . . . . . . . . . .209

DOCOMO keitai datalink . . . . . . . .473

Document display settings . . . . . . .394

Document info . . . . . . . . . . . .391, 395

Document list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Document viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .394

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .204

Download dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . .437

Download i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

Download remain . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

DPOF setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396

Draft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

Draft list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165, 169

DTMF tone off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Dual network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446

◆◇◆ E ◆◇◆

Early warning “Area Mail” . . . . . . . .184

Early warning “Area Mail” settings

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Earphone/microphone. . . . . . . . . . .419

Earphone-microphone/AV output

terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Earpiece volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67

ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

Edit Decome-Anime display . . . . . .153

Edit imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358

Edit imotion display . . . . . . . . . . .358

Edit phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Edit picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .350

Edit picture display . . . . . . . . . . . . .350

End stand-by display. . . . . . . . . . . .311

End stand-by info . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

End Widget appli inf . . . . . . . . . . . .314

English display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

English guidance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447

Enter URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199, 223

Equalizer (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Equalizer (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . .288

Equalizer (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Equalizer (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . .232

Equalizer (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

Equalizer (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .269

Error messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .510

Exchanging history . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Export administration regulations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536

◆◇◆ F ◆◇◆

Face data reading display . . . 133, 134

Face reader security . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Face reader setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Family message board . . . . . . . . . 299

Feel＊Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181

FeliCa mark. . . . . . . . . . . 23, 317, 388

File info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378, 395

File restriction . . . . . . . . . . . . 247, 348

File size setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244

Finder display . . . . . . . . 237, 239, 241

FirstPass center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Fit in screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Flat-plug earphone/microphone with

switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419

Flicker correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Focus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 245

Focus function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

Folder info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Folder list (Document file) . . . . . . . 394

Folder list (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . 353

Folder list (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Folder list (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Folder list (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Folder list (SD other files) . . . . . . . 378

Folder list (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360

FOMA antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

FOMA communication environment

check application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Font . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

Forward ring tone

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Forward specified calls to specified

destination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Forward specified calls to voice mail

center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442

Forwarding guidance . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Forwarding image . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223, 351

Full browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

Full browser display. . . . . . . . . . . . 221

Full browser settings . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Fullsong ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Function list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476

Function menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

◆◇◆ G ◆◇◆

G guide program list remote control

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302

Google map application. . . . . . . . . 305

GPRS network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

GPS button setting . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

GPS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Group member list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Group member selection display . . . 84

Group setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

GSM network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

◆◇◆ H ◆◇◆

Hands-free. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Hands-free with PushTalk . . . . . . . . 87

Hands-free with videophone . . . . . . 76

Header/signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Headset microphone setting . . . . . 420

Headset switch to call . . . . . . . . . . 421

Headset usage setting. . . . . . . . . . 110

Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

High sensitivity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

History info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Holding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Holding (during a call) . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Home URL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Hook for horizontal open style . . . . . 23

Horizontal open lever. . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Horizontal open menu . . . . . . . 36, 120

Index (D - H)

545

Index/Quick Manual

Horizontal open style . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Host selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . 209, 342

◆◇◆ I ◆◇◆

i-αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Automatic start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292

Power saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Software info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Start up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

i-αppli banking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

i-αppli call DL set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

i-αppli call logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

i-αppli call logs display . . . . . . . . . . 310

i-αppli call sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

iαppli data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

i-αppli mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

i-αppli program guide . . . . . . . . . . . 260

iαppli settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

i-αppli stand-by display. . . . . . 113, 311

i-αppli to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

IC card content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

IC card lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

IC lock (power-off) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

iC transfer service . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

iC transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388

Receive all data files. . . . . . . . . . 389

Receive one data file . . . . . . . . . 389

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Send one data file. . . . . . . . . . . . 388

i-Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Icon (Camera) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Icon (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Icon (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Icon (Picture) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Icon (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Icon (1Seg). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

Icon color . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

i-concier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215

i-concier menu display . . . . . . . . . .216

Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33

iD setting application . . . . . . . . . . . 303

IDD prefix setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120

Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Image quality . . . . . . . . . . . . .117, 244

Image quality (Video) . . . . . . . . . . .268

Image quality (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . .268

Image size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .244

Image stabilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245

imenu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

imenu in English . . . . . . . . . . . . .195

i-mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

i-mode (Chaku-uta full®) folder list

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

i-mode arrival act (PushTalk) . . . . . .87

i-mode fault diagnosis site . . . . . . .520

i-mode mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Compose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Forward. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159

Reply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Reply with quote . . . . . . . . . . . . .161

Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Send . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

i-mode menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

i-mode password . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

i-mode settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .208

i-motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

imotion info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

i-motion player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Inbox. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164

Inbox folder list . . . . . . . . . . . .164, 166

Inbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164, 166

In-call ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

In-car hands-free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Incoming illumination . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Info notice setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

Information display setting . . . . . . .217

Infrared communication . . . . . . . . .384

Infrared data exchange

Receive all data files . . . . . . . . . .387

Receive one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Send all data files . . . . . . . . . . . .387

Send one or multiple data files

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386

Infrared data port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

Infrared remote control . . . . . . . . . .388

Initial setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46

Initialize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Inside camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23, 236

Intellectual property right . . . . . . . .537

Intelligent with secret . . . . . . . . . . .432

International call access code. . . . .462

International calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60

International dial

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .464

International dial assist . . . . . . . . . . .61

International prefix number for the

universal number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

International roaming . . . . . . . . . . .460

International videophone call . . . . . .60

Internet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199

i-schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

i-schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

ISP connection communication . . .209

iW watch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306

i-Widget. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312

i-Widget display . . . . . . . . . . . .33, 312

i-Widget roaming setting . . . . . . . . .313

i-Widget sound effect . . . . . . . . . . .313

◆◇◆ J ◆◇◆

JAN code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Japanese display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

J-E/J-C speech translation for P . . .301

◆◇◆ K ◆◇◆

Key guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76, 258

Key lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Keypad dial lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Keypad sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

Kingdom hearts coded . . . . . . . . . 298

Kisekae tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118, 369

Kisekae tool info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

Kisekae tool list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

◆◇◆ L ◆◇◆

Last URL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

LCD AI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Learned words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437

Light sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 116

Line feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432

Links with AV equipment. . . . . . . . 508

List of characters assigned to keys

(NIKO-touch input method) . . . . . . 498

List of characters assigned to keys

(2-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . 497

List of characters assigned to keys

(5-touch input method) . . . . . . . . . 496

List of pictograph. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502

List of symbol candidate . . . . . . . . 501

List of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499

List setting (Mail). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172

Listening (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Listening (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 287

Listening (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Listening (PC movie). . . . . . . . . . . 232

Listening (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Listening (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

Listing (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Listing (Kisekae tool). . . . . . . . . . . 369

Listing (Machi-charal) . . . . . . . . . . 366

Listing (PC movie). . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Listing (PDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391

Listing (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361

Location history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Location request menu . . . . . . . . . 340

Lock all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Index (H - L)

546

Index/Quick Manual

Lock setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Low battery alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44

◆◇◆ M ◆◇◆

Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119, 365

Machi-chara info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Machi-chara list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365

Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .146

Mail auto-receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Mail group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Mail group address confirmation

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Mail group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178

Mail list display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Mail menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166

Mail/message ring time. . . . . . . . . .109

Mail security . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137, 170

Mail settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Mail ticker display . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Mail to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Main menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34, 35

i-mode group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Mail group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Setting group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Tool group. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .401

Main specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .529

Main/sub sound (Video) . . . . . . . . .363

Main/sub sound (1Seg) . . . . . . . . .258

Making a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50

Making a call (International roaming)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .463

Making a PushTalk call. . . . . . . . . . .80

Making a videophone call . . . . . . . . .50

Making a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . .463

Making/receiving a PushTalk group

call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Manner mode . . . . . . . . . . . . .110, 111

Manner mode set . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

Map application . . . . . . . . . . .304, 329

Map/GPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

Map/GPS αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .329

Mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .393

Add mark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392

Marker stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .351

McDonald’s valuable application. . .305

Media to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

Melody call setting . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Melody effect. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Melody info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367

Melody list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Melody playback display. . . . . . . . .366

Melody player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Menu function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Menu icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

Menu icon setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Menu number selection. . . . . . . . . . .36

Message composition display. . . . .146

Message display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Message display settings . . . . . . . . .58

Message entry display . . . . . . . . . .146

Message R/F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181

Message R/F list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

microSD card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .370

File name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380

Folder configuration. . . . . . . . . . .380

Inserting/removing. . . . . . . . . . . .370

Using with a personal computer

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

microSD card slot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

microSD file display . . . . . . . . . . . .371

microSD format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

microSD info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .379

microSD reader/writer . . . . . . . . . . .379

Missed calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

Missed roaming notice . . . . . . . . . .467

Mobile W-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Motion tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295

Movable contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Move to microSD . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Move to phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .376

Movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Movie list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .353

Movie memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

Movie mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Movie playing software . . . . . . . . . 508

Movie shoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

Movie type set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Multi number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Multiaccess . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400

Multiaccess combinations . . . . . . . 504

Multitask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401

Multitask combinations . . . . . . . . . 505

Multiwindow. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222, 259

Music folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Music info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Music list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Music list of a playlist . . . . . . . . . . 289

MUSIC player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

MUSIC player playback display. . . 282

Music&Video channel . . . . . . . . . . 272

Music&Video channel display . . . . 274

Music&Video channel playback

display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274

My documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

My menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

My picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

◆◇◆ N ◆◇◆

Navigation displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Network search mode . . . . . . . . . . 465

Network security code. . . . . . . . . . 126

Network services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439

Night mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

No. of phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

Noise reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Normal style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Notice call cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Notification icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30, 70

Notify caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

Notify of location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

Notify switchable mode . . . . . . . . . . 78

Nuisance call blocking. . . . . . . . . . 445

Number of entered characters . . . 430

Number of protectable items . . . . . 534

Number of registerable items . . . . 534

Number of remaining characters

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430

Number of savable items. . . . . . . . 534

Numeric keys. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

◆◇◆ O ◆◇◆

Off timer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

OFFICEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456

Omakase lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

On hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

One-push open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

One-push open button. . . . . . . . . . . 23

Operation mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Operations during manner mode

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

Operator name display . . . . . . . . . 466

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20, 508

Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Original animation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Original animation list . . . . . . . . . . 352

Osaifu-Keitai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Osaifu-Keitai compatible i-αppli . . . 317

Other ID list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Outbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165

Outbox folder list . . . . . . . . . . 165, 167

Outbox list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165, 168

Out-of-service-area indication

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28, 45

Outside camera . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 236

Own dictionary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Own number . . . . . . . . . . . 48, 76, 414

Own number display . . . . . . . . 48, 414

◆◇◆ P ◆◇◆

Packet communication . . . . . . . . . 470

Page info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224

Page info on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Page layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392

Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Index (L - P)

547

Index/Quick Manual

Paste . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436

Pause dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

PC mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

PC movie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227

PC movie auto-play . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

PC movie folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

PC movie list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

PC movie player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

PC movie type selection display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229

PDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

PDF file list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

PDF viewer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390

Perform remote monitoring . . . . . . . 79

Personal data lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Personal information . . . . . . . . . . . 414

Phone mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

Phone to function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206

Phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Phonebook image sending. . . . . . . 141

Phonebook list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Phone/Terminal and UIM ID. . . . . . 197

Photo mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239, 244

Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349

Picture info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Picture viewer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

PIM/IC security mode . . . . . . . . . . . 132

PIN1 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

PIN1 code entry set . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

PIN2 code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Play background

. . . . . . . . . . .257, 272, 278, 283, 529

Play/erase messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Play/erase videophone messages

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73

Play mode setting (MUSIC player)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .285

Play mode setting

(Music&Video channel) . . . . . . . . . 276

Played history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231

Player menu display. . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Playing back record messages . . . . 72

Playlist (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Play back playlist . . . . . . . . . . . .358

Store playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .357

Playlist (Melody) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366

Edit playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382

Play back playlist . . . . . . . . . . . .366

Playlist (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . . . 288

Create playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Play back playlist . . . . . . . . . . . .289

Playlist list (i-motion). . . . . . . . . . . . 357

Playlist list (MUSIC player) . . . . . . . 289

PLMN setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Point ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Pointer/scroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Portrait rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235, 537

Position location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .328

Position memory (i-motion). . . . . . . 354

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356

Position memory (PC movie) . . . . . 231

Position memory . . . . . . . . .232, 233

Position memory (Video) . . . . . . . .361

Position memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Positioning mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Positioning tone/illumination. . . . . . 339

Post view display . . . . . . 239, 240, 242

Power on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Power saver mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Prediction conversion at reply . . . .179

Prefer Chaku-moji. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58

Preferred device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .425

Preferred tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Prefix setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Preparation flow for data

communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .473

Preparation flow for data transfer

(OBEX™ communication) . . . . . . .472

Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .265

Priority order

Alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 406

Answer message . . . . . . . . . . . . .71

Auto-sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177

Call receiving image . . . . . .114, 115

Incoming illumination. . . . . . . . . .121

Nuisance call prevention . . . . . . .144

Ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Substitute image . . . . . . . . . . .73, 74

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Private menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Private menu list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Private menu setting . . . . . . . . . . . .413

Private window . . . . . . .23, 28, 33, 115

Professor Layton and the curious

village prologue. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298

Program folder list. . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

Program info . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257, 276

Program list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .274

Protect (Bluetooth function) . . . . . .425

Protect on (Mail) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171

Protect on (MessageR/F) . . . . . . . .183

Protect on (Screen memo) . . . . . . .202

Provide location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336

Public mode (Drive mode) . . . . . . . .69

Public mode (Power off) . . . . . . . . . .70

PUK (PIN unblock code). . . . . . . . .127

Pull down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

PushTalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

PushTalk arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

PushTalk group list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84

PushTalk phonebook list. . . . . . . . . .84

PushTalkPlus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80

Puyo-puyo! Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . .300

◆◇◆ Q ◆◇◆

QR code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .248

Quality alarm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109

Quick manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .550

Quick record message . . . . . . . . . . .72

Quick silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

Quotation marks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

◆◇◆ R ◆◇◆

Radio button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Radio waves reception level . . . . . . 28

Rakuoku exhibition application 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Read aloud output. . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Read aloud settings . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Read aloud speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Read aloud valid setting . . . . . . . . 403

Read aloud volume . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

Read map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329

Reading aloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402

Reason for no caller ID . . . . . . . . . 139

Receive mail/call at open . . . . . . . 116

Receive option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Receive option setting. . . . . . . . . . 160

Receive ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Receive ToruCa files. . . . . . . . . . . 319

Received address . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Received address list . . . . . . . . . . 175

Received call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Received calls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Receiving a call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Receiving a call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 464

Receiving a PushTalk call. . . . . . . . 83

Receiving a videophone call . . . . . . 64

Receiving a videophone call

(International roaming) . . . . . . . . . 464

Receiving display (Mail) . . . . . . . . 180

Receiving ToruCa display . . . . . . . 325

Reception result display

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159, 184, 191

Recharge battery display . . . . . . . . 44

Recognition-failed image. . . . . . . . 134

Recommend channel mail. . . . . . . 259

Reconnect signal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Record Chara-den. . . . . . . . . . . . . 364

Record display set. . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Record message list . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Record message setting . . . . . . . . . 71

Record program when call . . . . . . 269

Record still images . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Record video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

Index (P - R)

548

Index/Quick Manual

Record voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . .415

Record when low battery . . . . . . . .269

Recorded file restriction . . . . . . . . .364

Recording result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Redial list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54

Refer microSD data . . . . . . . . . . . .371

Referer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227

Referer setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .227

Reject unknown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Related devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .508

Release Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . .119

Releasing PIN lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197, 223

Reload contents . . . . . . . . . . .258, 363

Remaster (i-motion) . . . . . . . . . . . .356

Remaster (MUSIC player) . . . . . . .287

Remaster (Music&Video channel)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277

Remaster (PC movie) . . . . . . . . . . .232

Remaster (Video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Remaster (1Seg) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . .448, 468

Remote control number . . . . . . . . .255

Remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79

Remote reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

Reserve update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525

Reset channel setting . . . . . . . . . . .269

Reset last URL . . . . . . . . . . . .198, 226

Reset learned words. . . . . . . . . . . .437

Reset settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .142, 269

Reset storage area . . . . . . . . . . . . .270

Reset total cost&duration . . . . . . . .416

Reset TV settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270

Restore to phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . .377

Restrict dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Retouch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

Ring time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Ring time setting (PushTalk). . . . . . .87

Ring volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

Roaming guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . .468

Rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .352

◆◇◆ S ◆◇◆

“S” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68

SAR. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535

Save i-motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213

Scanned code result display. . . . . .249

Scanning code display . . . . . . . . . .248

Scanning function . . . . . . . . . . . . . .527

Scanning result . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407

Schedule list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408

Screen memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Screen memo folder list . . . . . . . . .202

Screen memo list . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202

Script setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225

Scroll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37, 179, 208

Scroll selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

SD-Audio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .280

SD other file list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

SD other files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .378

Search & ranking application . . . . .307

Search by i-mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205

Search phonebook . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96

Search phonebook display . . . . . . . .96

Secret code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100

Secret data only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Secret mail display . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

Secret mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136

Security codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Security error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295

Security scan function

(Scanning function) . . . . . . . . . . . . .527

Security settings . . . . . . . . . . .125, 143

Select area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254

Select image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Select language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45

Select map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .338

Select networks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .465

Select ring tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Select storage . . . . 231, 285, 321, 383

Selecting multiple items . . . . . . . . . 38

Self mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Send DTMF tone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Send substitute images. . . . . . . . . . 74

Sent address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Sent address list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Service numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447

Service selection display. . . . . . . . 424

Service settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

Services available for the FOMA

terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Services available overseas . . . . . 460

Session number setting

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Set as ring tone (Chaku-uta full®)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

Set as ring tone (Melody) . . . . . . . 367

Set as stand-by (Camera) . . . . . . . 243

Set authentications

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Set auto-update (Scanning function)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528

Set auto-update (Software update)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522

Set check new message . . . . . . . . 179

Set connection timeout . . . . . . . . . 208

Set display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 347

Set full display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

Set hold tone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Set iαppli to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Set image display . . . . . . . . . 208, 225

Set imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

Set in-call arrival act . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Set roaming guidance . . . . . . . . . . 467

Set scan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527

Set time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Set to Machi-chara . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Setting when closed . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Setting when opened . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Shikkari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Shoot with frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Shot interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Shot number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Shutter sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Side keys guard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

Site display for the FirstPass center

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

Slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348

Smiley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433

SMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Compose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

Forward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162

Receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Save. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191

Send. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

SMS center selection. . . . . . . . . . . 192

SMS composition display . . . . . . . 190

SMS input character . . . . . . . . . . . 192

SMS report request . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

SMS settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

SMS validity period . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

Software info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Software list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

Software setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Change melody/image . . . . . . . . 296

i-αppli call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Icon info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Location usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Map setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Network set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Program guide key. . . . . . . . . . . 296

See phonebook/history . . . . . . . 296

Stand-by net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Stand-by set. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

View ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

Software update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Software update display . . . . . . . . 524

Sound effect setting. . . . 208, 225, 269

Sound setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . . . 87

Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Index (R - S)

549

Index/Quick Manual

Specific absorption rate . . . . . . . . . 535

Spur-of-the-moment english

dictionary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300

SSL certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Stand-by display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Stand-by set (i-αppli) . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Start! i-Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305

Status icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Status in the area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466

Still image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Still image list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

Still image shoot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Stock prices application . . . . . . . . . 306

Store in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245, 390

Store in PushTalk phonebook . . . . . 84

Styles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Sub-address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Substitute image . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 77

Substitute image answering . . . . . . . 64

Suica start-up application. . . . . . . . 306

Summer time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Super silent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Switch audio data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Switch cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . 74, 244

Switch display . . . . . . . . . . . . 258, 362

Switch image display positions . . . . 75

Switch TV/data BC . . . . . . . . . 258, 362

◆◇◆ T ◆◇◆

Template . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Deco-mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Decome-Anime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

Terminal security code . . . . . . . . . . 126

Text box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Text memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Text memo info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

Time-out to search

(Bluetooth function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 428

Timer lock on at close . . . . . . . . . . 131

Timer recording . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

Timer recording list. . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Timetable Widget . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299

Title name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349

ToDo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .411

ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

ToruCa file list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322

ToruCa folder list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

ToruCa from dataBC . . . . . . . . . . .325

ToruCa settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

ToruCa viewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Total calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .416

Total calls duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416

Trace info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .537

Trim away . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352

Trim for mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359

Trim for picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359

Trim imotion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .359

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .509

Tune service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

TV sound while closed . . . . . . . . . . 269

TV timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

TV timer list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .263

TVlink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

TVlink list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

Type list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281

◆◇◆ U ◆◇◆

UIM (FOMA card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Insert/remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Security function

(Restriction function). . . . . . . . . . . 39

Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40

UIM operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418

UIM setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Update (Pattern data) . . . . . . . . . . .527

Update now . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .525

Update ToruCa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .323

Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206, 224

URL history. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199

URL history list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199

USB mode setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Use phone information . . . . . .208, 225

User certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .210

Request issue/download . . . . . . .210

Request revocation . . . . . . . . . . .211

User settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .268

Uta-hodai . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .278

◆◇◆ V ◆◇◆

“V” icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .528

Vibration setting (PushTalk) . . . . . . .87

Vibrator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Video. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Video info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .361

Video list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Video player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .360

Videophone record message list . . .73

Videophone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

Videophone while packet . . . . . . . . .78

View blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Viewer display. . . . . . . . . . . . .255, 256

Visual preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76

Voice announce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

Voice call auto redial. . . . . . . . . . . . .77

Voice dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

Voice dial setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102

Voice headset dial . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Voice mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .440, 468

Voice memo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415

Voice memo during a call . . . . . . . .415

Voice recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389

Voice recorder recording display . .389

Voice recorder saving pre-check

display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .390

Voice settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

◆◇◆ W ◆◇◆

Wake-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114

Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .519

Web mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .192

Web to function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .207

White balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 244

Widget αppli . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

Window open guard . . . . . . . . . . . 225

WMA file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

WMA list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282

Work with style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

WORLD CALL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

World time watch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

WORLD WING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

◆◇◆ Y ◆◇◆

Yuttari talk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

◆◇◆ Z ◆◇◆

Zoom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75, 225, 243

Zoom in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391, 395

Zoom out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391, 395

◆◇◆ Numerics ◆◇◆

1Seg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

1Seg antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

2in1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

2in1 setting menu display . . . . . . . 450

2-touch dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

3D sound. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

3G network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460

3GPP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

3G-324M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

64K data communication. . . . . . . . 470

Index (S - Numerics)

550

Index/Quick Manual

Cut out Quick Manual interleaved into this manual along the cutout line, and then fold it as shown below:

Take Quick Manual “For Overseas Use” with you for using an international roaming service (WORLD WING) overseas.

■How to cut

Cut out Quick Manual along the cutout line. You can cut it out by placing a ruler on the cutout line.

pBe careful not to cut yourself when using scissors.

■How to fold

Fold Quick Manual along the dotted line so that the cover faces upwards as illustrated below.

pPut the first sheet on the second and other sheets in the order, and fold them together.

Quick Manual

How to Use Quick Manual

Cover

①

②

Cover

345

P-01A

Quick Manual

(In English)

0120-005-250 (toll free)

Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 151 (toll free)

Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

(In Japanese only)

(No prefix) 113 (toll free)

Unavailable from land-line phones, etc.

(In Japanese only)

0120-800-000 (toll free)

Available from mobile phones and PHSs.

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

For Applications or Repairs and After-Sales Service, please contact

the above-mentioned information center or the docomo shop etc.

near you on the NTT DOCOMO website or the i-mode site.

NTT DOCOMO website http://www.nttdocomo.co.jp/english

i-mode site ｉMenuお客様サポート(user support)

ドコモショップ(docomo Shop)

(in Japanese only)

General inquiries <docomo Information Center>

Repairs

★

Xo(for at least one second)→Phone

Enter a name.

→Edit a reading.

Group→Select a group.

Phone number→Enter a phone number

→Select an icon. (up to four numbers)

Mail address→Enter a mail address

→Select an icon. (up to three addresses)

Address→Enter a zip code

→Enter a postal address.

Storing in Phonebook

(FOMA terminal)

Location information→Select an item.

By position loc.

. . . Measures the current location and store the location information

→

Check the location information

→Oo

From loc. history

. . .Select a piece of location information from Location History

and store it.

Attach from image

. . . Store the location information from an image→Select a folder

→Select an image.

From own number

. . .Store the location information stored in “Own number”

→Enter your Terminal Security Code→Oo

Birthday→Enter a birthday

Memo→Enter a memo.

Image→Select an item.

Select image . . . . Store a still image from Data Box.

Shoot image . . . . Store a still image shot by the camera.

Memory No.

→Enter a three-digit memory number→l

■Adding Data to the FOMA terminal

Call up the redial item, dialed call record, or

received call record→i→Add to phonebook

→Phone→Add→Select a search method

→Search the Phonebook

→Select a destination Phonebook entry→Oo

→l→YES

Call up the detailed Phonebook display→m

→Select an item to be edited→Edit the contents

→l→YES

Store from Redial, Dialed Calls,

or Received Calls

Edit Phonebook Entries

■Character Entry Mode

abc. . . Alphabets

123. . . Numerals

漢. . . . Kanji/Hiragana

カナ

. . . . Katakana

■Selecting Character Input Method

m→Set./Service→Other settings

→Character input method→Input mode→

→l→Select a mode you use with priority.

Character Entry

Put a check mark for Mode 1 (5-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 2 (2-touch)

Put a check mark for Mode 3

(NIKO-touch)

■Switching “Uppercase” and “Lowercase”, or

entering “゛” and “゜”

Enter a character→Press a several times.

■Entering “、” and “。”

Press s several times.

■Switching “Alphabet” (abc), “Numerals” (123),

“Kanji/Hiragana” (漢), and “Katakana” (

カナ

)

Press l several times.

■Entering Pictographs

i→Pictograph/symbols→Pictograph

→Select a pictograph.

678

91011

■Entering Symbols

i→Pictograph/symbols→Symbols

→Select a symbol.

■Line Feed

Press a.

■Entering a Space

i→Pictograph/symbols→Space

■Deleting Characters

Use Mo to move the cursor→r

■Bringing up the Character Entry (Edit) display

m→Stationery→Text memo

→Select <Not recorded>→Press l a few

times to switch to Kanji/Hiragana input mode.

■Entering Hiragana characters <Mode 1>

た→Press 4 once and Vo once.

だ→Press 4 once and a once.

の→Press 5 five times.

か→Press 2 once.

し→Press 3 twice.

■Converting the Characters

Use Co to move the cursor to “の”→Bo

→Use Mo to highlight “タダの” and press Oo

→Fix the rest of characters in the same way.

Enter “

タダの菓子

” in a Text Memo

■Shooting a Still Image

c→Oo or 0→Oo or 0

■Continuous Shooting

c→c→c→Oo or 0

→Select a still image and press c

→Oo or 0

※This is the procedure to select and save one still

image for continuous shooting.

■Shooting a Movie

c→c→Oo or 0→Oo or 0→Oo or 0

Camera

■Auto Channel Setting

m→1Seg→Channel setting

→Auto channel setting→YES→YES

→Enter a title.

■Select Area

m→1Seg→Channel setting→Select area

→Select an area→Select a prefecture→YES

■Channel List

m→1Seg→Channel list→Select a channel list.

■Watching a 1Seg Program

c(for at least one second)

1Seg

■Playback by Music&Video Channel

m→MUSIC→Music&Video Channel

→Select a program.

m→Data box→Music&Video Channel

→Downloaded program or Saved program

→Select a program.

■Playback by MUSIC Player

p(for at least one second)→All tracks

→Select a music file.

Music Playback

■Making a Videophone Call

Enter the other party’s phone number→l

→Press h to end the call after talking.

■Receiving a Videophone Call

The ring tone sounds and the Call/Charging

indicator flickers→d, Oo or m

→Press h to end the call after talking.

If you answer by pressing d or Oo, the camera

image is sent to the other party. If you answer by

pressing m, the substitute image is sent to the

other party.

■Switching to Hands-free

During a call, dialing, or connecting→d

Making and Receiving a Videophone Call

12 13 14

15 16 17

m→Mail→l

Select the address field→Select an entering

method→Enter or select an address.

Select the subject field→Enter a subject.

Select the text field→Enter text.

Send a mail message by pressing l

→After sending, press Oo.

i-mode Mail

Compose and Send i-mode Mail

Address field

Subject field

Attachment field

Text field

■Picture/Melody/imotion/ToruCa/PDF/

Phonebook/Schedule/ToDo/Bookmark/

Document/Other

Call up the Message Composition display

→Select the attachment field

→Select a file type to be attached

→Select a folder→Select a file.

Selecting methods differ depending on the file.

Attach Files

“ (pink)” blinks

→The Reception Result display appears

→Select “Mail”

→Select an i-mode mail message to be displayed.

m→Mail→Check new message

Receive i-mode Mail

Check New Message

■Replying

Select or call up a mail message to be replied

→i→Reply/forward

→Rep. w/ i-mode mail, Rep. w/ Deco-Anime, or

Reply with quote→Select the text field

→Enter text→l→After sending, press Oo.

■Forwarding

Select or call up a mail message to be

forwarded→i→Reply/forward→Forward

→Select the address field

→Select an entering method

→Enter or select an address→l

→After sending, press Oo.

Other Mail Functions Function List

Menu Function name

Mail

Inbox

Outbox

Draft

Compose message

Create new Decome-Anime

Template

Web mail

Check new message

Compose SMS

Check new SMS

Chat mail

Receive option

Mail settings

SMS settings

Area mail settings

i-mode

iMenu

Bookmark

Screen memo

i-mode

Last URL

Go to location

Message R/F

i-Channel

Check new message

Operate certificate

i-mode settings

Full Browser

i-αppli

Software list(phone)

iαppli(microSD)

iαppli call logs

iαppli info

iαppli settings

About iαppli

Set./

Service

Sound

13 Select ring tone

50 Ring volume

30 Keypad sound

64 Melody effect

51 Headset usage setting

68 Mail/Msg. ring time

18 19 20

21 22 23

Set./

Service

Display

56 Display setting

70 Backlight

View blind

86 Color theme setting

Machi-chara

57 Menu icon setting

Horizontal open menu

52 Private menu setting

63 Desktop icon

93 Private window

66 Font

Character size

15 Select language

Recv.mail/call at open

Image quality

LCD AI

36 Icons

Illumination

All illum. setting

89 Incoming illumination

Set./

Service

Illumination in talk

Miss/unread illum.

Music&Video Ch illum.

Illum. when closed

Hourly illumination

MUSIC illumination

Bluetooth illumination

IC card illumination

PushTalk illumination

Side key illumination

Check settings

Kisekae

Lock/Security

Self mode

Lock all

Personal data lock

IC card lock

40 Secret mode

41 Secret data only

Keypad dial lock

Reject unknown

Set./

Service

10 Call setting w/o ID

29 Change security code

UIM setting

Scanning function

Lock setting

Call time/cost

61 Call data

60 Reset total cost&dura.

Notice call cost

CLR max cost icon

Clock

31 Set time

World time watch

Summer time

Auto power ON/OFF

Alarm setting

Incoming call

54 Vibrator

20 Manner mode set

58 Answer setting

Setting when opened

Set./

Service

Record display set

Disp. PH-book image

Disp. call/receive No.

90 Ring time

65 Info notice setting

V-phone while packet

Auto call/answer set.

Melody Call setting

Talk

Volume

18 Setting when closed

Set hold tone

Shikkari Talk

76 Noise reduction

75 Quality alarm

77 Reconnect signal

PushTalk

Auto answer setting

Ring time setting

Hands-free w/ PushTalk

PushTalk arrival act

Set./

Service

Sound setting

Vibration setting

Videophone

Visual preference

Select image

Hands-free w/ V. phone

Voice call auto redial

Remote monitoring

Notify switchable mode

Network setting

Prefix setting

Int’l roaming

Int’l dial assist

Status in the area

NW services

17 Caller ID notification

Voice mail

Call waiting

Call forwarding

Nuis. call blocking

Caller ID request

Set./

Service

2in1 setting

Multi number

Arrival call act

Set in-call arrival act

Remote control

Dual network

English guidance

Set Roaming guidance

Additional service

Service numbers

OFFICEED

Chaku-moji

Other settings

Work with style

Side keys guard

35 Character input method

Battery

84 Pause dial

Sub-address setting

Headset mic. setting

Voice settings

24 25 26

27 28 29

Set./

Service

USB mode setting

23 Reset settings

Initialize

Software update

Data box

46 My picture

MUSIC

Music&Video Channel

imotion

16 Melody

My documents

Kisekae Tool

Machi-chara

Chara-den

PC Movie

1Seg

Document viewer

SD other files

LifeKit

Bar code reader

79 Receive Ir data

microSD

Camera

LifeKit

Bluetooth

Map/GPS

55 Rec. msg/voice memo

Voice recorder

Data Security Service

i-concier

Phonebook

Add to phonebook

Search phonebook

UIM operation

PushTalk phonebook

24 Dialed/recv. calls

0Own number

Group setting

Restrictions

26 Phonebook settings

No. of phonebook

Stationery

44 Alarm

45 Schedule

95 ToDo

42 Text memo

85 Calculator

Stationery Guide

38 Common phrase/dic.

MUSIC MUSIC Player

Music&Video Channel

1Seg

Activate 1Seg

Program guide

TV timer list

Timer recording list

Recording result

TVlink

Channel list

Channel setting

User settings

Osaifu-

Keitai

IC card content

DCMX

ToruCa

IC card lock set.

Settings

Check IC owner

Change IC owner

Search by i-mode

■Public Mode (Drive Mode)

a(for at least one second)

■Manner Mode

During standby/During a call

→s(for at least one second)

■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Activate→YES→YES

→Enter a ring time (seconds).

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Deactivate→YES

■Playing Back Messages

m→Set./Service→NW services→Voice mail

→Play messages

→Play (voice call) or Play (videophone)→YES

→Operate following the voice guidance.

Network Services

Voice Mail Service ■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting

→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services→Call waiting

→Deactivate→YES

■Answering an Incoming Call during a Call

A call comes in during a call→d

Each time you press d, you can switch the

parties you talk with.

Call Waiting Service

30 31 32

33 34 35

■Activating

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Call forwarding→Activate

→Register fwd number→Enter the phone

number of the forwarding destination

→Set ring time→Enter a ring time (seconds)

→Activate→YES

■Deactivating

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Call forwarding→Deactivate→YES

Call Forwarding Service Services Available for the FOMA

Terminal

Available service

Phone number

Directory assistance service

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

※Listed phone numbers only can be

given.

(No prefix) 104

Telegrams (Telegram charges apply) (No prefix) 115

Time check (Charges apply) (No prefix) 117

Weather forecast (Charges apply) City code of the

desired area＋

177

Emergency calls to police (No prefix) 110

Emergency calls to fire station and

ambulance (No prefix) 119

Emergency calls for accidents at sea (No prefix) 118

Disaster messaging service

(Charges apply) (No prefix) 171

Collect calls

(Charges apply: guidance fee + call fee)

(No prefix) 106

: Battery level (estimate)

: Radio waves reception level (estimate)

: During Self Mode

(pink): Unread i-mode mail or SMS messages

exist.

(yellow): Unread Messages R/F exist

Major Icons

(pink): i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center.

(yellow): Messages R/F are held at the i-mode

Center.

: i-mode mail is held at the i-mode Center

(While Receive Option Setting is set to “ON”).

: During Lock All

: During Personal Data Lock

: During Keypad Dial Lock

: During Secret Mode or Secret Data Only

: During IC Card Lock

: While Timer Lock ON At Close is set

: During Key Lock

: While Vibrator is set to other than “OFF”

(See page 20)

: While Ring Volume is set to “Silent” or

Mail/Msg. Ring Time is set to “OFF”

: During Manner Mode (See page 27)

: During Public Mode (Drive Mode)

(See page 27)

: While Side Keys Guard is set to “ON”

(See page 23)

※Omakase Lock is a pay service. However, you are

not charged if you apply for this service at the

same time as applying for the suspension of the

use or during the suspension.

Setting/Releasing Omakase Lock

0120-524-360

Business hours: 24 hours

＜Phone number：＞

pPlease confirm the phone number before you dial.

Omakase Lock

Other Emergency Calls

345

P-01A

Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”

<docomo Information Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones

※

If you use P-01A, you should dial the number +81-3-5366-3114

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or

payment of cumulative cost overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-5366-3114*

(toll free)

*You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

landline phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

-800-0120-0151*

*You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

<Network Technical Operation Center> (available 24 hours a day)

pFrom DOCOMO mobile phones

※

If you use P-01A, you should dial the number +81-3-6718-1414

(to enter “+”, press and hold the “0” key for at least one second).

pFrom land-line phones <Universal number>

※See page 16 and page 20 for international call access codes

for major countries (Table 1) and international prefix numbers

for the universal number (Table 2).

pIf you lose your FOMA terminal or have it stolen,

immediately take the steps necessary for suspending the

use of the FOMA terminal.

pIf the FOMA terminal you purchased malfunctions, bring

your FOMA terminal to a repair counter specified by

DOCOMO after you return to Japan.

Failures encountered overseas

International call access code

for the country you stay (Table 1)

-81-3-6718-1414*

(toll free)

* You are charged a call fee to Japan when calling from a

landline phone, etc.

International prefix number for

the universal number (Table 2)

-800-5931-8600*

* You might be charged a domestic call fee according to the call

rate for the country you stay.

■Setting in Japan

i→iMenu→English→Options

→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

■Setting Overseas

i→iMenu→English→Options

→International Settings

→i-mode services Settings→Select “Yes”

→Enter your i-mode password→Select

Preparing for Overseas Use

Setting of i-mode

■Setting in Japan

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Remote control→Activate→YES

■Setting Overseas

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Remote control (Int.)→YES

→Operate following the voice guidance.

m→Set./Service→Clock→Set time

→Auto time adjust ON

Remote Control

Set Time

○: Available —: Not available

pThe GPS functions and 64K data communications are not

available overseas.

Communication Systems and

Available Services

Communication Service 3G GSM GPRS

Voice call ○○○

Videophone call ○——

i-mode ○—○

i-mode mail ○—○

SMS ○○○

i-Channel ○—○

Packet communication

by connecting with a

personal computer

○—○

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Network search mode

→Select an item.

Auto . . . . . . Automatically re-connect to another carrier. The

setting is completed.

Manual. . . . Connects manually to the listed carrier.

Network re-search

. . . . . . . . . . When set to “Auto”, automatically switches to an

available carrier. The setting is completed. When

set to “Manual”, displays the list of carriers.

→Select a carrier.

Setting a Search Method of

Telecommunication Carrier

678

91011

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→PLMN setting→i

→PLMN list select→Select a carrier→Oo

→Select a network type→l→YES

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Operator name display

→Display ON or Display OFF

Selecting a Telecommunication

Carrier to Preferentially Connect to

Displaying a Carrier Name on

the Stand-by Display

The type of network you are using is displayed.

After you return to Japan, the FOMA network is

automatically searched and connected.

pWhen you have set to switch networks manually

m→Set./Service→Network setting→Int’l roaming

→Network search mode→Manual→DOCOMO

Display

Setting after Returning to Japan

■

Making an International Call to Japan Using Phonebook

Call up the detailed Phonebook display

→d or Oo→Dial

Press

to make an international videophone call.

■Making an International Call Using “+”

0(for at least one second)→Enter

“Country/Area code - Area code (City code) -

Destination phone number”→d or Oo

Press

to make an international videophone call.

Enter “81” as a country/area code when you make an

international call to Japan.

When the area code (city code) begins with “0”, enter it except

for the “0”. However, include “0” when making a call to some

countries or regions such as Italy.

Making/Receiving a Call

Make a Call to Outside the Country

You Stay (Including Japan)

Enter a destination phone number→d or Oo

Press l to make a videophone call.

■Making a Call Using Phonebook

Call up the detailed Phonebook display

→d or Oo→“Dial with org. No.”

When you make a call to a person who is

internationally roaming, make the call in the same

way as to make international calls to Japan even

if he/she is in the country you stay.

Press d or o when a call comes in.

(For videophone call, press d, Oo or m.)

Make a Call to a Phone in the

Country You Stay

Make a Call to a Person Staying

Overseas and Using WORLD WING

Receive a Call

To use network services overseas, you need to

set “Remote control” beforehand.

■Set Roaming Guidance

pYou need to set this function in Japan.

m→Set./Service→NW services

→Set Roaming guidance

■Call Barring

pThis setting might not be available depending on

the overseas carrier.

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Call barring

Using Network Services ■Voice Mail (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Voice mail (Int.)

■Call Forwarding (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Call forwarding (Int.)

■Roaming Guidance (International)

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Roaming guidance (Int.)

■Caller ID Request

m→Set./Service→Network setting

→Int’l roaming→Caller ID req. (Int.)

12 13 14

15 16 17

Use the following country/area codes when you make

international calls or when you set Int’l Dial Assist.

(As of October 2008)

Country/Area Codes for Major

Countries

Service area Code

Australia 61

Belgium 32

Brazil 55

Canada 1

China 86

Czech Republic 420

Denmark 45

Finland 358

France 33

Germany 49

Greece 30

Hong Kong 852

Hungary 36

India 91

Indonesia 62

Ireland 353

Italy 39

Luxembourg 352

Macau 853

Malaysia 60

Monaco 377

Netherlands 31

Service area Code

New Zealand 64

Norway 47

Philippines 63

Poland 48

Portugal 351

Russia 7

Singapore 65

South Korea 82

Spain 34

Sweden 46

Switzerland 41

Taiwan 886

Thailand 66

Service area Code

pFor the code for the countries other than listed in

the table, or for details, refer to the DOCOMO

Global Service web page.

Turkey 90

United Arab Emirates 971

United Kingdom 44

United States of America 1

Vietnam 84

Service area Code

(As of March 2008)

International Call Access Codes

for Major Countries (Table 1)

Service area Access code

Australia 0011

Belgium 00

Brazil 0021/0014

Canada 011

China 00

Czech Republic 00

Denmark 00

Finland 00

France 00

Germany 00

Greece 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

India 00

Indonesia 001

Ireland 00

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Macau 00

Malaysia 00

Monaco 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Service area Access code

18 19 20

21 22 23

Norway 00

Philippines 00

Poland 00

Portugal 00

Russia 810

Singapore 001

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 002

Thailand 001

Turkey 00

Service area Access code

United Arab Emirates 00

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Vietnam 00

Service area Access code

(As of March 2008)

International Prefix Numbers for

the Universal Number (Table 2)

Service area International

prefix number

Argentina 00

Australia 0011

Austria 00

Belgium 00

Brazil 0021

Bulgaria 00

Canada 011

China 00

Colombia 009

Denmark 00

Finland 990

France 00

Germany 00

Hong Kong 001

Hungary 00

Ireland 00

Israel 014

Italy 00

Luxembourg 00

Malaysia 00

Netherlands 00

New Zealand 00

Norway 00

Service area International

prefix number

Peru 00

Philippines 00

Portugal 00

Singapore 001

South Africa 09

South Korea 001

Spain 00

Sweden 00

Switzerland 00

Taiwan 00

Thailand 001

United Kingdom 00

United States of America 011

Service area International

prefix number For lost, stolen, and cost settlement, or

malfunction of your FOMA terminal overseas,

refer to “Loss or theft of FOMA terminal or

payment of cumulative cost overseas” on cover

page of Quick Manual “For Overseas Use”, or

“Failures encountered overseas” on page 1.

pYou need to add the code from “International Call

Access Code (Table 1)” that is assigned to the

country you stay or “International Prefix Number for

the Universal Number (Table 2)” to the head of

each phone number for inquiries.

pNote that, in many cases, the universal number

may not be used from a mobile phone, public

phone, or hotel phone, etc.

Inquiries

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208009A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 01A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 01A

Contents

User Manual Part 3

Navigation menu

Namespaces

Views

Navigation

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208009A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth&#174; and RFID User Manual 000 P 01A

Panasonic Mobile Communications Development of Europe Ltd UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID 000 P 01A

Contents

User Manual Part 3

Navigation menu

Panasonic Mobile Communications 208009A UMTS/ GSM Cellular Mobile with Bluetooth® and RFID User Manual 000 P 01A